Home

Settings - CNET Content Solutions

1. _ Save to a subfolder with current date Vi Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application Send to an application Sand tea folder Instructions The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears 3J Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog eye eye K Finder 44 Preview __None Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Settings Driver Dialog Settings OCR Dialog Settings E mail Dialog 5 Click Photo eoo Canon lj Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon ME series Tey Document Instruc t E mail tions Scanning starts When scanning is completed the Save Settings dialog appears Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan Settings 464 6 Change the image order or file save options as required You can change the image order or file save options in the Save Settings dialog Note The default save folder is the Pictures folder 7 Click OK Scanned images are saved according to the settings 465 IJ Scan Utility Screens gt IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Settings Dialog e eee oeeoeeeee Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Setti
2. ee y es Ws a Two Sided Copying About Special Copy Menu _ Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Collated Copying 419 Making Copies This section describes the procedure to copy with Copy 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Select a Copy on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Copy standby screen is displayed 4 Load the original document on the platen glass or in the ADF 5 Specify the settings as necessary Standard copy 1 A4 B 100 0 Save profile I R Print settings AU 1 Number of copies Specify by using the Numeric buttons 2 Print settings By pressing the right Function button the print settings screen is displayed On the print settings screen you can change the settings of page size media type and print quality and so on Setting Items for Copying 3 Preview By pressing the center Function button you can preview an image of the printout on the preview screen Displaying the Preview Screen 4 Save profile By pressing the right Function button you can register the current print settings as a custom setting 6 Press the Color button for color copying or the Black button for black amp white copying The machine starts copying 420 Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after copying is complete Important e If you
3. Registering Recipients Receiving Faxes Other Useful Fax Functions 567 Preparing for Faxing Connect the machine to the telephone line and set up the machine before using the faxing functions Then specify the basic setting such as sender information date time and daylight saving time Important e If the Power Disconnects Unexpectedly If there is a power failure or if you accidentally unplug the power cord the date time settings will be reset e The settings for user information and directory will be retained All faxes stored in the machine s memory such as unsent and received faxes will be lost If the power disconnects the following will apply e You will not be able to send or receive faxes make copies or scan originals When you are connecting the telephone whether or not you can use it depends upon your telephone line or telephone Setting Up the Machine The machine must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function Follow the procedure below to set up the machine 1 Connecting the Telephone Line Connect the machine to your telephone line 2 Setting the Telephone Line Type Set the correct telephone line type for your telephone line 3 Setting the Receive Mode Set the receiving operation receiving mode D gt Note e You can set the fax setting according to the instruction on the LCD Easy setup If you set up according to the instruction o
4. 549 Saving Scanned Data on the USB Flash Drive Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 552 Forwarding Scanned Data to Shared Folder on the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine ee See eee ee Se ee Ore eee eee eee eee eee ey ee ere Tee ere rT 555 Deleting Scanned Data on USB Flash Drive TIERT TET ee ee E TT ETTET TET 558 Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 560 Network Scan Settings ished eer ee er ere ee patie ad FEME TESE ESTEE Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan Utility 564 Pat EEEE IERT AT eae See AAT T EAE T EEATT 567 Preparing for Pee oe trousa Ce etoe ro a AGATE EEE E 568 Connecting the Telephone Line cnedvd atintesand ede taadwuad be waw itia eae hd ade oe ate 569 setting the Telephone Line Typ ca00 lt c de bee a Ce ey ne eee Re eR CeO ON EEE EEE Se HEE 572 Setting the Receive Mode 66 2 sresrer hid au eroiira neen day EE E Rael a 573 Setting the Sender Information aaua auaa aaaea Se ee ee eee 577 Sending Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 583 Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number bs ee EEEE aides Sch Sede 584 Resending Faxes Redialing a Busy Number c nkusecaward awd edna mde an caw ae aa 587 Setting items for Sending Faxesics cccsussariedsitede eure cde ne eed kee eee eR eS 589 Sending Faxes Using Useful Functions
5. When you select Cloud from the printer home screen the cloud s Main screen appears You can use areas shown below to perform various functions including printing photos and documents and adding starting and managing apps WASE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM 4 paper craft Add delete Manage 2 3 1 Display area 2 Add delete button 3 Manage button D Important e Some apps may require you to have an account before using the app If this is the case get the account beforehand e After selecting the app some apps may not be fully displayed in the display area If this is the case scroll up down right and left to change the display area Log in 4x UserID or C_J Visible area The app is not displayed if it is not yet released or if the language not available in your region is selected in the display language setting 1 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select Immediately after the cloud s Main screen appears a list of the registered apps appears To start an app select the app that you want to use on the list 54 DJ Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model e Can be used with genuine Canon ink 2 Add delete button Use this button to add delete and sort apps Register apps Delete apps Sor
6. When the machine receives black amp white faxes in the machine s memory if 2 sided is selected for 2 sidedPrintSetting in FAX paper settings selecting 1 sided may print the faxes You can set the machine to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out Set Print when out of ink in Auto print settings under FAX settings to Print However part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out Also the contents of the fax will not be stored in the machine s memory If the ink has already run out we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings to store the received fax in the machine s memory After you replace the ink tank and select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings the fax stored in the machine s memory will be printed automatically Auto print settings Is the machine set to the appropriate receive mode Check the receive mode setting and change it to a mode suited to your connection if necessary Setting the Receive Mode Is FAX reception reject set to ON Select OFF for FAX reception reject in Security control under FAX settings 728 For details on how to set see Rejecting Fax Reception Are there setting items set Reject in Caller rejection If you select Reject for any setting items in Caller rejection in Security control under FAX settings the machine rejects calls for setting item selected Reje
7. 2 Setup possible through Standard setup WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WCN Windows Connect Now or Cableless setup USB and LAN can be used at the same time Operating environment Storage environment Power supply Power consumption External dimensions Temperature 41 to 95 F 5 to 35 C Humidity 10 to 90 RH no condensation The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature and humidity conditions Recommended conditions Temperature 59 to 86 F 15 to 30 C Humidity 10 to 80 RH no condensation For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper refer to the paper s packaging or the supplied instructions Temperature 32 to 104 F 0 to 40 C Humidity 5 to 95 RH no condensation AC 100 240 V 50 60 Hz Printing Copy Approx 26 W Standby minimum Approx 1 0 W 1 2 OFF Approx 0 2 W 1 1 USB connection to PC 2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed Approx 18 3 W x 15 3 D x 10 3 H inches Approx 463 W x 389 D x 260 H mm With the Paper Output Tray and Cassette retracted Approx 23 4 Ib Approx 10 7 kg With the Print Head and ink tanks installed Print Head Ink Total 4352 nozzles BK 1280 nozzles C M Y 512 x 6 nozzles 330 ADF capacity A4 or Letter size max 50 sheets 20 Ib 75 g m paper up to 0 20 inch 5 mm in height Legal size max 10 sheets 20 Ib 75 g m paper up to 0 04 inch 1 m
8. 281 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name When the printer is detected you may see multiple printers of the same name on the detection result screen The printer names on the screen are displayed with the MAC address added at the end of the names or displayed as the printer name specified by Bonjour Select a printer with checking the MAC address the printer name specified by Bonjour or the serial number set to the printer against that on the detection result screen Note A serial number may not be displayed on the detection result screen To check the MAC address of the printer print out the network setting information using the operation panel of the printer Printing Out Network Setting Information Additionally you can check the network setting information on the LCD of the printer Select WLAN setting list from Confirm LAN settings in LAN settings under Device settings and check the item displayed on the LCD LAN settings 282 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To add the computer connecting the machine with LAN or to change the connection method between the machine and the computer from USB to LAN perform setup according to the instructions on our website Connecting to Other Computer with LAN To add the computer connecting the machine with LAN perform setup according to the instructions on our website Changing the Connection Method
9. Advanced FAX settings GAZA Is the sender s fax machine operating normally Contact the sender and ask the sender to check whether the fax machine is operating normally 730 Q Cannot Send a Fax Clearly A ees Is the document loaded correctly Remove the document then reload it on the platen glass or in the ADF Loading Originals Is the platen glass and or the inner side of the document cover and or the glass of ADF dirty Clean the platen glass and or the inner side of the document cover and or the glass of ADF then reload the document Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover DJ Note e If the glass of ADF is dirty black streaks appear on the paper as shown below eee Is the image quality setting or the scan contrast setting suitable for the document On the LCD select an image quality setting and a scan contrast setting that are suitable for the document Setting Items for Sending Faxes ene Is the original document loaded with the wrong side facing upwards or downwards When loading a document on the platen glass the side to be scanned should be face down When loading a document in the ADF the side to be scanned should be face up ete Are you scanning thick or curled documents Thick or curled documents may not be sent as good quality faxes because of a shadow or distortion caused when such documents are scanned When loading a document on the platen glass press on the
10. Important Depending on the setting item it is necessary to perform connection or setup again after you have reverted the setting back to the default Web service setup only Reverts the Web service settings back to the default LAN settings only Reverts the LAN settings other than the administrator password back to the default After resetting perform setup again as necessary Telephone number only Reverts the telephone fax number settings to default Settings only Reverts the settings such as the paper size media type or other setting items back to the default The LAN settings and the telephone fax number are not reverted Device info sending setting only Reverts only the device information sending settings FAX settings only Reverts the fax settings to the default Disconnect the telephone line from the machine before you revert this setting item After resetting perform setup again as necessary Reset all Reverts all settings you made to the machine back to the default The administrator password specified for the machine reverts to the default setting After resetting perform setup again as necessary DJ Note You cannot change the following setting items back to the default The language displayed on the LCD The current position of the print head e The country or region selected for Country or region e Total use of copying scanning and faxing recorded in Records of use You can delete th
11. 558 When the format for PDF data is selected only the first page of the PDF data is displayed on the LCD 6 Use the 4 button to select the file to delete then press the OK button 7 Use the 4 button to select Yes on the confirmation screen then press the OK button The machine starts deleting the file 559 Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine You can change the scan settings such as the scan size resolution or data format When the Scan standby screen is displayed press the right Function button to select the setting item Use the Y button to select the setting item use the A button to specify the setting then press the OK button Note When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista you cannot specify the scan setting Depending on the destination some setting items cannot be selected This section describes the setting items when you select USB flash drive on the screen for selecting to which you save the data The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item the document type selected for Doc type or the scan menu on the screen for selecting to which you save the data If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected Error details is
12. Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine and cause problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results e Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the machine as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine 225 Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover gt Important e Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax or when unsent faxes are stored in the machine s memory Make sure if the machine completed sending or receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power cord The machine cannot send or receive faxes when the power is turned off e If the power cord is unplugged the date time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the machine s memory will be lost Send or print a necessary document or save it on a USB flash drive before unplugging the power cord Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine and cause problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results e Never use volatile liqu
13. Insert the USB flash drive into the USB flash drive port gt Important e If you already insert the USB flash drive to save the received faxes automatically you cannot print the photographs even when the USB flash drive which contains the photo data is set In this case set Auto save setting in FAX settings to OFF and remove the USB flash drive for saving faxes then insert the USB flash drive which contains the photo data 4 Select Access medium on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The photo selection screen is displayed DJ Note If both photo files and PDF files are saved on USB flash drive the confirmation screen to select which file you print is displayed Select Print photos in the displayed screen then press the OK button e If no printable photo data is saved on the USB flash drive Data of supported types are not saved is displayed on the LCD e If more than 2 000 photo data are saved on the USB flash drive the photo data is split by group per 2 000 photos in reverse chronological order date last modified automatically Check the message displayed on the LCD then press the OK button 5 Specify the settings as necessary z 0 ES 2000 2000 4 x6 10x15cm 1 Change view sg Print settings a WN 1 Number of copies Specify by using the Numeric buttons 408 2 Selection photo Select the photo you want to print by using the A button 3 Print settings By pressing
14. LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Device settings then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to select Device user settings then press the OK button 5 Use the 4 button to select Daylight saving time setting then press the OK button 6 Use the button to select ON then press the OK button To disable summer time select OFF 7 Set the date and time when summer time starts 1 Set the date when summer time starts Use the amp button to change the setting item use the A button to change the setting then use the OK button to confirm the selection Start date time Month March Week Last week DOW Sunday 2 Set the time in 24 hour format when summer time starts Use the A gt button to move the cursor under the desired position use the amp button to enter the time then press the OK button Precede single digits with a zero Start date time Set shift time 06 00 OK Set 579 8 Set the date and time when summer time ends 1 Set the date when summer time ends Use the amp button to change the setting item use the A button to change the setting then use the OK button to confirm the selection End date time Month October Week Last week DOW Sunday 2 Set the time in 24 hour format when summer time ends Use the A button to move the cursor under the desired position use the 4 button to enter the time then press the OK button Pr
15. These are examples and could not be guaranteed to suit every connecting condition For details refer to the instruction manual supplied with the network device control devices such as an xDSL Digital Subscriber Line modem or terminal adapter you are connecting to this machine Note e xDSL is the generic term for the high speed digital communication technology with telephone line such as ADSL HDSL SDSL VDSL e Connecting to an Internet Telephone A Digital Subscriber Line B xDSL modem splitter may not be built in to the modem C Broadband router compatible with Internet Telephone D Computer E Telephone or answering machine F WAN Wide Area Network port G LAN Local Area Network port H TEL port I LINE port Port configurations and names may vary depending on the product 570 gt J Note e When connecting to the xDSL line select the same line type as you are subscribing to in Telephone line type Setting the Telephone Line Type e Connecting to an xDSL A Analog Subscriber Line B xDSL modem splitter may not be built in to the modem C Computer D Telephone or answering machine gt Important e When the splitter is not built in to the modem do not branch the telephone line before the splitter wall side And also do not connect splitters in parallel The machine may not be able to operate properly DJ Note e When connecting to the xDSL line select the same line type as you a
16. We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and keeping it on a level surface For Plain Paper Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side For Other Paper If the curl on the four corners of the paper is more than 0 1 inch 3 mm A in height the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly In such cases follow the procedure described below to correct the paper curl 715 A 1 Roll up the paper in the opposite direction to the paper curl as shown below re eF 2 Check that the paper is now flat We recommend printing curl corrected paper one sheet at a time Note e Depending on the media type the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly even if it is not curled inward In such cases follow the procedure described below to curl the paper outward within 0 1 inch 3 mm B in height before printing This may improve the print result C C Printing side We recommend printing paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the loaded paper If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the loaded paper set the machine to prevent paper abrasion by using the operation panel or the computer Print speed may be reduced if you apply the setting to prevent paper abrasion setting
17. 7 When you hear a high pitched signal press the Color button or the Black button Press the Color button for color transmission or the Black button for black amp white transmission Important e Color transmission is available only when the recipient s fax machine supports color faxing Note e To cancel a fax transmission press the Stop button To cancel a fax transmission while it is in progress press the Stop button then follow the instructions on the LCD e If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress Document in ADF Select to eject document is displayed on the LCD By pressing the OK button the remaining documents are automatically ejected 602 Registering Recipients Registering Recipients Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility 603 Registering Recipients Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Registering recipients in the machine s directory in advance allows you to dial fax telephone numbers simply The following methods to register are available e Recipient registration Registering the recipient s fax telephone number and name allows you to send a fax by selecting a registered recipient in the machine directory Registering the Fax Telephone Number of Recipients e Group dial registration You can combine two or more recipients registered in advance into a group You can send the s
18. Aut Oo Photo Scan Color Mode Paper Size x Qsiom Scan Resolution Auto fa Sree Gace ex Document Scan Orientation Settings Image Processing Settings Ea Oivor Save Settings Ss OCR File Name IMC Save in E Pictures Data Format Auto JPEG tmage Quality Standard POF Compression Standard M Create a POF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings E mail Client E None Attach Manually Instructions Defaults 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned Select Auto to detect the item type automatically and to set Color Mode Paper Size and Resolution automatically as well 39 Important e Item types supported by Auto are photos postcards business cards magazines newspapers documents and BD DVD CD To scan the following types of items specify the item type or size You cannot scan correctly with Auto e A4 size photos e Text documents smaller than 2L 5 inches x 7 inches 127 mm x 178 mm such as paperback pages with the spine cut off e Items printed on thin white paper e Long narrow items such as panoramic photos e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected 499 Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly Refer to Pl
19. JA Select ii Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel Select Lt Device settings then press the OK button Use the Y button to select FAX settings then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select Auto save setting then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select ON then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select USB flash drive then press the OK button DJ Note You can save up to 250 pages of fax as one PDF file You can save up to 2000 PDF files on a USB flash drive 640 e If the USB flash drive is removed or becomes full while saving faxes is in progress the error message is displayed on the LCD Press the OK button to dismiss the error The folder and file name of faxes saved on the USB flash drive is as follows Folder name CANON_SC FAXDOC 0001 e File name file extension PDF Running numbers starting from FAX_0001 e File date The date and time of saving as set in the machine For details on how to set the date and time Setting the Date and Time e When removing the USB flash drive set Auto save setting to OFF 641 Forwarding Received Faxes Automatically to Shared Folder on the Computer You can forward received faxes to the shared folder on the computer as PDF files automatically This section describes the procedure to enable the machine to forward received faxes to the shared folder on the computer automatically Important Do not
20. KI Picasa Web Albums CANON INC i Creativity Cards Crafts Forms Facebook Notices CANON INC i Fis Apps Flickr CANON INC Photos in Tweets o When you select G the details of the app are displayed When you select Dm Morf you can choose to register or unregister the app Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model e Can be used with genuine Canon ink 79 s Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status s Manage jobs Manage jobs This screen displays the print status and the print history You can check the print status by looking at Status list and the print history by looking at History You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete If you are using a PC n Mng pring e Manage users 2 A User information imstrucions Logout senes 3 Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Config Properties Dropbox Manage jobs Google Drive
21. Press the left Function button on each standby screen or on the screen displayed after the settings are specified Copy standby screen Scan standby screen Fax transmission standby screen Standard copy i PC TEL priority 07 02 12 53 Local USB st a Ne 1234567 Doc type Document at Add recipient PDF 300 dp 0 gt gt end FAX e IOE Start copy pr siento gt Pause Save profile f Print settings Scan settings Save profile Space When the confirmation screen of Save profile is displayed select Yes then press the OK button When the screen to enter the name of the setting is displayed enter the name then press the OK button Note e If you press the OK button without entering the name the name currently shown is applied as the name of the setting Calling Up the Registered Setting Follow the procedure below to call up the registered setting 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select te Custom profiles on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Use the amp button to select the setting you want to call up then press the OK button DJ Note e You can change the displayed items by pressing the right Function button 275 Editing Deleting the Registered setting Follow the procedure below to edit or delete the registered setting 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select te Custom profiles on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Pan
22. Printed Paper Curls Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion e When printing from your computer You can confirm the intensity using the printer driver Adjusting Intensity e When copying Setting Items for Copying Is Photo Paper used for printing photographs When printing data with high color saturation such as photographs or images in deep color we recommend using Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon speciality paper Media Types You Can Use 714 Q Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged The Edges of Paper Are Smudged Printed Surface Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched A Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Is the appropriate type of paper used Check to see if the paper you are printing on is suitable for your printing purpose Media Types You Can Use Load the paper after correcting its curl When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is If you roll up this paper to flatten this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality
23. Printing a Document in Machine s Memory REJECTED NUMBER Lists the rejected numbers LIST For details on the procedure to print see Printing Report or List CALLER HISTORY Lists the caller history This list is available when Caller ID service is subscribed For details on the procedure to print see Printing Report or List This list may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase TX REPORT ERROR Either of these reports is printed after each fax transmission TX REPORT At the time of purchase ERROR TX REPORT is set to be printed only when a transmission error occurred 666 You can set the machine to print TX REPORT each time it sends a document or disable printing of the report by selecting TX report in Auto print settings under FAX settings You can also specify the print setting so that the first page of the fax is printed along with the report Auto print settings DJ Note e The first page of the fax is not printed in color transmission e MULTI TRANSMISSION REPORT is printed after sequential broadcasting of a document e If an error occurs when you send a fax the error number is printed on ERROR TX REPORT there are some errors for which the cause is also printed For details on the error number see Errors When You Send a Fax MULTI This report is printed after sequential broadcasting of a document TRANSMISSION Confirms whether the transmission to all th
24. Q x oi 2 RIJID mce a es 2 a Select Output Size A3 A4 x 2 s Scan Direction Scan from Left Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 CIC Adjust cropping frames mannan Cancel The combined image is saved 3J Note e Refer to Image Stitch Window for details on the Image Stitch window e You can make advanced scan settings in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog displayed by clicking Settings 451 Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR Click OCR in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in a specified application DJ Note You can also extract text from Document Custom or Driver 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the document type resolution etc in the Settings OCR dialog and then select the application in which you want to display the result When setting is completed click OK Note For Resolution only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set e If a compatible application is not installed the text in the image is extracted and appears in your text editor Text to be displayed is based on Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog Select the language you want to extract in Document Language and scan e You can add the application from the pop up menu 3 Click OCR e200 Canon Ij Scan Utility2 Product Name
25. The scanner driver and Canon Quick Toolbox are installed If the scanner driver and Canon Quick Toolbox are not yet installed install them from our website The machine is connected to a computer via a LAN correctly The destination folder is specified in Canon Quick Toolbox You can specify the destination folder in Canon Quick Toolbox For details on settings of Canon Quick Toolbox Destination Folder Settings Follow the procedure below to forward scanned data to the shared folder on the computer 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select z Scan on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed Forward scanned data to a PC OK Set 3 Select Ei Destination folder then press the OK button Note e When the message informing you that the operation restriction is enabled ask the administrator of the machine you are using For details on the operation restriction of the machine About the Machine Administration 4 Use the amp button to select the folder to save the scanned data then press the OK button 555 Note e When you specify a PIN code for a registered folder a screen asking you to enter a PIN code is displayed Entering the PIN code allows you to assign the shared folder as the destination 5 Use the a gt button to select the document type af Destination folder SharedFolder 1 Doc type
26. 5 Select Delete CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft This app is available exclusively to users of genuine Canon inks You can print various paper Delete When the deletion is finished the app will be deleted from the apps list on the main screen To delete another app repeat the procedure from step 4 To end the app deletion select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen Sort apps You can sort apps displayed on the apps list Follow the steps described below to sort apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 48 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums r CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Add delete Manage 3 Select Sort Register apps Delete apps Sort 4 On the apps list select the app that you want to sort Sort MAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums ADY DDOCAAINIRA Back D2 Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model e Can be used with genuine Canon ink 5 Use buttons to move the app a CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Y 6 Select Done 49 Sort CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Y Sorting is complete To continue the sorting repeat the procedure from step 4 To end the sorting select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen 50 Using MAXIFY Cloud
27. Default Gateway IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Subnet Prefix Length 2 Subnet Prefix Length Security Protocol 3 Method of the Security Protocol ESP ESP amp AH AH Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous reception Enable Disable wireless LAN r Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name Up to 52 alphanumeric characters DNS Server Getting DNS Server Auto Manual automatically Proxy Address Proxy Address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XX represents alphanumeric characters 1 Depending on the country or region of purchase one of the channels from 1 to 11 is printed 2 Only when IPv6 is enabled the status of the network is printed 285 3 Only IPv6 and the IPsec setting are enabled the status of the network is printed 286 About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings Appendix for Network Communication 287 Changing and Confirming Network Settings IJ Network Tool gt Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Monitoring Wireless Network Status Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine gt Viewing the Modified Settings 288 IJ Network Tool IJ Network Tool is a utili
28. E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration D Important The e mail address is case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Reset password from here Select this if you forgot the password Reset your password by following the instructions on the screen 71 Create new account A new registration will be added to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center For a new registration you need the Printer registration ID System requirements This displays the system requirements for the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Help legal notices smartphone and tablet devices only The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed Software license info The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed About this service This displays the descriptions of this service Description of the Main screen When you log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center the Main screen appears Important e With this service the functions available to Standard user of the printer are different from those available to the printer Administrator Standard user can only use the functions marked by an asteri
29. For details on how to unplug the power cord refer to Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord Note e If the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord the list of the faxes deleted from the machine s memory MEMORY CLEAR REPORT will be printed after turning the machine on For details see Summary of Reports and Lists Is the document being sent from memory or the fax being received into memory When the message for the transmission reception is displayed on the Fax standby screen a fax is being sent from received into machine s memory Wait until the transmission reception is complete E Is the machine s memory full Delete contents in memory then send a fax again Document Stored in Machine s Memory Is the telephone line type set correctly Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary Setting the Telephone Line Type 724 Is Hook key setting set to Disable When you send a fax manually dial the number with Enable selected for Hook key setting in Security control under FAX settings or dial the number using the telephone connected to the machine Security control Is Dial tone detect set to ON Resend the fax after a while If you still cannot send the fax select OFF for Dial tone detect in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings Advanced FAX settings Is the fax number registered correctly in the machine
30. If the problem persists use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the printer If the document cannot be printed refer to the Online Manual for your model 112 D gt Note e After you turn on the printer it may take few minutes before the printer can communicate through a wireless LAN connection Confirm that the printer is connected to the wireless LAN and then try printing If Bonjour on the printer is disabled AirPrint cannot be used Check the LAN settings on the printer and enable Bonjour Note e The windows used in the explanations may differ from those displayed by your Apple product or app 113 Checking Printer Information You can use your smartphone tablet or computer to check the Printer status and execute utility functions from apps such as Canon Inkjet Print Utility and MAXIFY Printing Solutions You can also use the convenient web services presented by Canon 1 Selecting Printer Information in an Apps Screen DJ Note e You can also enter IPv4 address directly in the web browser to display printer information laane 1 From the home window select Lil Setup gt ee Device settings gt LAN settings gt Confirm LAN settings gt WLAN setting list Then from the displayed window check the IP address 2 From your computer smartphone or tablet device open the Web browser and enter the following U
31. LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Press the center Function button 4 Use the Numeric buttons to dial the number of the information service 5 When the recorded message for the information service answers press the Tone button to switch to tone dialing 6 Use the Numeric buttons to press the numbers in accordance with the message 7 Press the center Function button to finish using the service e Dialing by Using the Telephone Connected to the Machine 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select Bimi FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 652 Lift the handset of the telephone Use the telephone to dial the number of the information service When the recorded message for the information service answers use the telephone to switch to tone dialing When you dial the number of the information service using the telephone connected to the machine you cannot use the machine to switch to tone dialing For instructions on how to switch to tone dialing refer to your telephone s instruction manual Use the telephone to press the numbers in accordance with the message Hang up the handset to finish using the service 653 Transmission Reception of Faxes Using ECM This machine is set to send receive faxes in Error Correction Mode ECM If the recipient s fax machine is compatible with ECM ECM automatically co
32. Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette iss lt lt 1o gt i bp Print Quality jard Grayscale Printing T PDF Hide Details Cancel print 6 Select the media type For Media Type select the same paper type loaded in the printer 346 Printer Canon gt series gt Presets Default Settings gt Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation TH Te Quality amp Media Paper Source Cassette in a loft gt gt i Print Quality Standard gt Grayscale Printing Hide Details Cancel Print 7 Select the print quality For Print Quality select High or Standard according to your purpose Printer Canon gt series Presets Default Settings Copies ij Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation TH T Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette mW a loft gt b gt Print Quality Standard gt Grayscale Printing POF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Important e The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile 8 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the document will be printed in accordance with the type and size of the media 347 Printer Canon
33. Open the Utilities folder in the Applications folder 2 Start Network Utility 3 Click the Ping button 4 Make sure that Send only XX pings XX are numbers is selected 5 Enter the IP address of the target machine or the target access point in Enter the network address to ping 6 Click Ping XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the target device A message such as the following is displayed 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 0 ttl 64 time 3 394 ms 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 1 ttl 64 time 1 786 ms 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 2 ttl 64 time 1 739 ms XXX XXX XXX XXX ping statistics 3 packets transmitted 3 packets received 0 packet loss If the packet loss is 100 the communication is not available Otherwise the computer is communicating with the target device Q Checking the Network Setting Information A To check the network setting information of the machine display the network setting information using the operation panel of the machine or print out the network setting information of the machine LAN settings Printing Out Network Setting Information 697 Q How to Restore the Machine s Network Settings to Factory Default A D Important e Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine and printing or scanning operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the machine over network perform setup according to the i
34. POF Compression Standard V Create a PDF file that supports keyword search C Save to a subfolder with current date C Check scan results Application Settings ee eet ee re ea A Instructions Defaults aOR nen 5 Select Select Source according to the documents to be scanned To scan only the front side of each document select Document ADF Platen or Document ADF Simplex To scan the front side then the back side of each document select Document ADF Manual Duplex eoa Settings Document Scan leja if Scan Options Select Source Document ADF Platen MM proto scan a Paper Size Letter we Resolution 300 dpi 5 E Rea ex Document Sean Orientation Settings p Image Processing Settings eH Onvor Save Settings af cen File Name IMG x Save in E Pictures diz wer Email Data Format POF Multiple Pages s POF Compression Standard M Create a PDF file that supports keyword search C Save to a subfolder with current date C Check scan results Application Senings LDA nm acne em L mii ee Pe A Instructions Defaults T a T See 6 Set the color mode document size and scanning resolution as required 459 Click Document Scan Orientation Settings to specify the orientation of the documents to be scanned In the displayed dialog you can specify the Orientation and Binding Side How to place the documents when scanning the back sides depends on the
35. Product Name Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use If the displayed product is not the one you want to use select the desired product from the list In addition for network connection select one with Network after the product name DJ Note e With network connection Select appears on the right side of the product name Click Select to display the network selection screen in which you can change the scanner to use Refer to Network Scan Settings for the setting procedure E mail Attachment Size You can restrict the size of scanned images to be attached to an e mail You can select Small Suitable for 640 x 480 Windows Medium Suitable for 800 x 600 Windows Large Suitable for 1024 x 768 Windows or No Change Document Language Select the language for detecting text in images Folder to Save Temporary Files Displays the folder in which to save images temporarily Click Browse to specify the destination folder Instructions Opens this guide 516 Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 517 Network Selection Screen You can select the scanners or printers to be used for scanning or printing over a network from your computer or the operation panel Network Selection Screen In Product Name in the Settings General Settings dialog select an item with Network after the product name from the list then click Select that ap
36. Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher Monitor display i Number of display colors 24 bits true color or higher Internet Explorer 8 Windows XP SP3 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 8 9 Windows Vista SP1 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 8 9 10 11 Windows 7 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 10 Windows 8 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 11 Windows 8 1 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Mac OS X v10 6 OS X Mavericks v10 9 Safari 5 1 6 7 When you use Internet Explorer 8 the web pages may not display correctly Canon recommends that you upgrade to Internet Explorer 9 or later or use another browser Smartphone or tablet iOS 5 1 or later 320 x 480 HVGA or higher OS standard browser Android 2 3 3 or later 480 x 800 HVGA or higher Android3 x is not supported Important e On the browser you are using enable JavaScript and cookies e If you use the zoom function or change the font size on your browser the web pages may not display correctly e If you use the translation function of Google Chrome the web pages may not display correctly e If you use a proxy server outside of your country the service may not be able to determine the correct region 60 e In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be released For confirmation instructions contact the network administrator 61 Preparatio
37. Sending the Same Document to Several Recipients Sequential Broadcasting Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes Using the On Hook Dial Function 590 Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone If you want to speak to the recipient before sending a fax or if the recipient does not have a fax machine that can receive faxes automatically send a fax manually after speaking to the recipient on the telephone to check whether the recipient can receive faxes Important It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect registration of fax telephone numbers When you send important documents it is recommended that you send them after speaking on the telephone See below for the procedure to send a fax manually With manual transmission you cannot use the platen glass to load documents Load the documents in the ADF When loading document on the platen glass send a fax with automatic transmission Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number To speak to the recipient before sending a fax you need to connect a telephone to the machine For details on how to connect the telephone to the machine Basic Connection J Note e For details on the basic sending operations Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select Bimi FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen
38. The confirmation screen will appear 7 Select Yes then press the OK button The print head alignment sheet will be printed and the print head position will be adjusted automatically This takes about 3 to 4 minutes D gt Note e If the automatic adjustment of the print head position has failed the error message appears on the LCD A Message Is Displayed 8 When the completion message appears press the OK button Note e If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above align the print head manually You can also align the print head manually from a computer Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer 211 Aligning the Print Head Manually If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position automatically adjust the print head position manually Note e For details on adjusting the print head position automatically see Aligning the Print Head You need to prepare two sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load two sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Register cassette paper in
39. To set a non standard size select Manage Custom Sizes Orientation Select the print orientation Scale Set the scaling percentage You can expand or reduce the size of the document when printing 386 Print Dialog In the Print dialog you can set paper type and print quality to start printing To open the Print dialog you typically select Print from the File menu of your application software Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter gt amp 50 by 11 00 inches or Orientation 7 Te TextEdit Print header and footer M Rewrap contents to fit page POF Hide Details Cancel Print Printer Select the model to be used for printing When you click Add Printer a dialog for specifying the printer opens Presets You can save or delete the settings of the Print dialog Note e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 you can select Show Presets to check the print settings that are set in the Print dialog Copies You can set the number of copies to be printed DJ Note e If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 you can also set collate printing e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 you can set collated printing by choosing Paper Handling from the pop up menu Two Sided You can set duplex printing Pages Yo
40. When the confirmation screen is displayed select Yes and press the OK button When the Specify the storage medium screen is displayed select USB flash drive and press the OK button All documents are saved on the USB flash drive D Note e You can save up to 250 pages of fax as one PDF file e You can save up to 2000 PDF files on a USB flash drive e Faxes are saved according to the order of the transaction number when Save all RX documents is selected e If the USB flash drive is removed or becomes full while saving faxes is in progress the error message is displayed on the LCD Press the OK button to dismiss the error The folder and file name of faxes saved on the USB flash drive is as follows Folder name CANON_SC FAXDOC 0001 e File name file extension PDF Running numbers starting from FAX_0001 e File date The date and time of saving as set in the machine 661 For details on how to set the date and time Setting the Date and Time 662 Forwarding a Document in Machine s Memory to Shared Folder on the Computer You can forward the received faxes stored in the machine s memory to the shared folder on the computer as PDF files using the operation panel of the machine You can forward a specified document in the machine s memory to the shared folder on the computer or forward all the documents in its memory to the shared folder on the computer at a time Important Do not disconnect the machine w
41. button to move the cursor to Unit TEL 2 Enter the unit fax telephone number 581 User information settings Unit name Canon Europe Unit TEL Na 0123456789 OK Register x DJ Note e You can enter the fax telephone number up to 20 digits including spaces e For details on how to enter or delete characters Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 9 Press the OK button to finalize registration 582 Sending Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number Basic Resending Faxes Redialing a Busy Number Setting Items for Sending Faxes Sending Faxes Using Useful Functions 583 Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number This section describes dialing and sending faxes directly by entering the fax telephone numbers 39 Important e It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect registration of fax telephone numbers When you send important documents it is recommended that you send them after speaking on the telephone Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load documents on the platen glass or in the ADF J Important e When sending a double sided document load the document on the platen glass Double sided documents cannot be automatically scanned and sent from the ADF DJ Note e For details on the types conditions of document
42. e You can use the on hook dial function only when Hook key setting in Security control under FAX settings is set to Enable Security control 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Press the center Function button 4 Use the Numeric buttons to dial the number of the information service 5 When the recorded message for the information service answers use the Numeric buttons to press the numbers in accordance with the message 6 Press the center Function button to finish using the service e Dialing by Using the Telephone Connected to the Machine 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select Bimi FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Lift the handset of the telephone 4 Use the telephone to dial the number of the information service 5 When the recorded message for the information service answers use the telephone to press the numbers in accordance with the message 6 Hang up the handset to finish using the service Using the Rotary Pulse Line e Dialing by Using the On Hook Dial Function D gt Note e You can use the on hook dial function only when Hook key setting in Security control under FAX settings is set to Enable Security control 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on EO 2 Select FAX on the HOME screen
43. eoo Canon IJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon M series ne a S als Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver ___Instructions Settings Scanning starts When scanning is completed the specified e mail client starts and the images will be attached to a new message Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan The scanned images are saved according to the settings made in the Settings dialog e When the Check scan results checkbox is selected in the Settings dialog the Save Settings dialog appears After you set the save options and click OK the scanned images are saved and automatically attached to a new message of the specified e mail client 5 Specify the recipient enter the subject and message then send e mail Refer to the manual of your e mail client for e mail settings 454 Scanning Multiple Items at One Time You can scan two or more photos small items placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually 33 Important The following types of items may not be scanned correctly In that case adjust the cropping frames selection boxes scan areas in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan again e Photos that have a whitish background e Items printed on white paper hand written documents business cards etc e Thin items e Thick items Note The screens for scanning with favorite settings are used as examples in the following de
44. 0678912345 J Willard Using the 4 button to select a fax telephone number or name and pressing the OK button the screen to register the recipient s fax telephone number and name is displayed Go to next step Note e This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase 10 Enter the recipient s name If you select From incoming call log as a registration method the recipient s name may be already entered If you do not change the name go to next step 1 Use the 4 button to move the cursor to the entry field of name 606 2 Enter the recipient s name Directory 00 Name a L George TEL no OK Apply EJE x Space 3 Press the OK button Note e You can enter the name up to 16 characters including spaces Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 11 Enter the recipient s fax telephone number If you select a fax telephone number on From outgoing call log or From incoming call log the fax telephone number is already entered If you do not change the fax telephone number go to next step 1 Use the amp button to move the cursor to the entry field of fax telephone numbers 2 Enter the recipient s fax telephone number Directory 00 Name L George TEL no Ng 0123456789 OK Register gt Pause x Space Note e You can enter the fax telephone number up to 60 digits 40 digits for the US Canada Korea and some regions of Lat
45. 4 Document PDF 300 dpi POF A4 BD BD Scan Save profile Scan settings Document Scans the original on the platen glass or in the ADF as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings 6 Press the right Function button to specify the settings as necessary Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine DJ Note e Pressing the left Function button on the Scan standby screen allows you to register the current scan settings as a custom setting Registering the Favorite Settings Custom profiles 7 Load the original document on the platen glass or in the ADF 8 Press the Color button for color scanning or the Black button for black amp white scanning DJ Note e If the original is not loaded properly a message is displayed on the LCD Load the original on the platen glass or in the ADF according to the scan settings If ON is selected for Preview on the scan settings screen the preview screen is displayed on the LCD after scanning To rescan the original press the left Function button If you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen you can rotate the scanning image on the preview screen by pressing the right Function button To start saving press the OK button e If you select JPEG for Format on the scan setting screen The mac
46. 791 1310 Cause The size of paper may not be compatible with automatic duplex printing Action The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 and Letter Make sure that the size of the paper loaded in the machine is correct Pressing the OK button will eject the paper and restart printing from the front side of the next paper The reverse side of the ejected sheet will not be printed 792 1575 Cause Ink cannot be correctly detected Action If an ink tank becomes empty replace it An ink tank cannot be replaced until it becomes empty Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition 793 1600 Cause Ink may have run out Action Replacing the ink tank is recommended If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing press the machine s OK button with the ink tank installed Then printing can continue Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing The machine may be damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition Since the information contained in the fax may be lost if it is printed in this condition the received fax will not be printed and will be stored in the machine s memory until the ink is replaced You must manually print out faxes that were stored in the memory You can change the setting so that the received fax is forcibly printed out instead of being stored
47. Canon series to a m es Al Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver L E mail Instructions Settings Scanning starts When scanning is completed the scanned images are saved according to the settings and the extracted text appears in the specified application Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Text displayed in your text editor is for guidance only Text in the image of the following types of documents may not be detected correctly e Documents containing text with font size outside the range of 8 points to 40 points at 300 dpi Slanted documents Documents placed upside down or documents with text in the wrong orientation rotated characters Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text Documents with narrow line spacing Documents with colors in the background of text 452 e Documents containing multiple languages 453 Sending Scanned Images via E mail You can send scanned images via e mail easily by simply clicking E mail in the IJ Scan Utility main screen Note e You can also send scanned images via e mail from Document Photo Custom or Driver 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the item type resolution etc in the Settings E mail dialog and then select an e mail client When setting is completed click OK 3 Place the item on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 4 Click E mail
48. If the machine was not able to print a received fax the machine stores the unprinted fax temporarily in its memory memory receiving Memory Reception When receiving a fax you can save received faxes on a USB flash drive as PDF files automatically or forward received faxes to the shared folder on the computer as PDF files automatically Saving Received Faxes Automatically on a USB Flash Drive Forwarding Received Faxes Automatically to Shared Folder on the Computer When TEL priority mode is selected When the call is a fax The telephone will ring when a call incomes Pick up the handset If you hear the fax tone wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops then hang up the handset Note If the machine will not switch to fax reception select FAX again on the HOME screen then the Color or Black button to receive the fax To receive a fax without picking up the handset set Manual auto switch in Advanced to ON RX start time allows you to specify the number of seconds until the machine switches to fax reception If you have subscribed to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong the telephone will ring a specified number of times when there is an incoming call with a fax distinctive ring pattern Then the machine will switch to fax reception automatically without the handset being picked up The number of times to ring the telephone until switching to fax reception can be changed e Set the machin
49. Information on Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is sent to the e mail address that you entered select the URL 2 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center read the statements and select Agree if you agree 65 License agreement Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the Terms are a binding agreement between you and Canon Inc Canon which govern your use of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof offered with a Canon brand printer You may agree to the Terms by choosing Agree Your use of the Service also shall be deemed as agreement to the Terms If you do not agree to the Terms you may not use the Service Canon reserves the right to modify the Terms at any time at its sole discretion Alhan the Tarme ara madified Danan Do not agree Agree Privacy statement Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the Privacy Statement describes information that Canon Inc Canon collects from users of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof throughout the world subject to certain exceptions and how this information is used and disclosed By using the Service you expressly agree to the collection use and disclosure of information as described in the Privacy Statement and Service Terms of Use the Terms If you do not agree to the
50. January 2004 http www apache org licenses TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE REPRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION 19 1 Definitions License shall mean the terms and conditions for use reproduction and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document Licensor shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License Legal Entity shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control are controlled by or are under common control with that entity For the purposes of this definition control means i the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or ii ownership of fifty percent 50 or more of the outstanding shares or iii beneficial ownership of such entity You or Your shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License Source form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications including but not limited to software source code documentation source and configuration files Object form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form including but not limited to compiled object code generated documentation and conversions to other media types Work shall mean the work of authorship whether in Source or Object form made available under the License as indicated
51. Latest notices There are no new noSces OneDrive Notice list Notices 5 Copyright CANON INC 1 Mng printer Select printer button 2 Manage users button 3 Printer name area 4 Menu area 5 Notices area 6 Information area 7 Global navigation area 80 8 Display area 1 Mng printer Select printer button When you select the Mng printer Select printer button the Mng printer Select printer screen appears m Mng printer Manage users User information instructions Log out ae mo Printer list Close Updated date Mar 4 2014 4 44 Au senes senes vV Multiuser mode Multiuser mode Copy apps Pa Copy apps EA F Add printer From the Mng printer screen Select printer screen you can check and update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center change printer names delete printers add printers and copy apps Check the printer information series vV Multiuser mode Copy apps The registered printer name is displayed indicates the currently selected printer indicates that an error occurred on the printer Display update date time of the printer information User information Instructions Log out Close Updated date Mar 4 2014 4 59 AM This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information 81 Multiuser mode If multiple use
52. OK Register If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3 Extend the output tray extension then open the paper output support A f 4 Select iA Setup on the HOME screen then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 5 Select Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance screen will appear 6 Select Deep cleaning then press the OK button 208 Maintenance Print nozzle check pattern Deep cleaning Auto head alignment Manual head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleaning The confirmation screen will appear 7 Select Yes then press the OK button The machine starts cleaning the print head deeply Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the deep cleaning of the print head This takes about 2 to 3 minutes The pattern print confirmation screen will appear 8 Select Yes then press the OK button The nozzle check pattern will be printed 9 When the completion message appears press the OK button 10 Examine the nozzle check pattern If the problem is not resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours Do not unplug the power cord when turning off the power If the problem is still not resolved the print head may be damaged Contact the service center 209 Aligning the Print Head If printed ru
53. Readjust the setting not to prevent paper abrasion once printing is complete If not this setting remains enabled for all subsequent print jobs To set by using the operation panel Press the HOME button select Setup Device settings and Print settings in this order and then set Prevent paper abrasion to ON Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD e To set by using your computer In the Canon lJ Printer Utility select Custom Settings in the pop up menu select the Prevent paper abrasion check box and then click Apply To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again 716 If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion e When printing from your computer Reduce the intensity setting in the printer driver and try printing again 1 Open the Print dialog gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 Select Color Options in the pop up menu 3 Drag the Intensity slide bar to set the intensity e When copying Setting Items for Copying Is printing performed beyond the recommended printing area If you are printing beyond the recommended printing area of your printing paper the lower edge of the paper may become stained with ink Resize your original document in your application software P
54. Scan Options Select Source Color Mode Paper Size Resolution ez Image Processing Settings Save Settings File Name Save in Data Format JPEG Image Quality POF Compression Docurnent Scan Orientation Settings MG Ei Pictures Auto Standard Standard Vi Creare a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application Send to an application Send to a folder _ J Attach to e mail Start OCR Do not start any application 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Ki Finder 49 Preview None None Attach Manually Output to Text More Functions Defaults eK Select the type of item to be scanned Select Auto to detect the item type automatically and to set Color Mode Paper Size and Resolution automatically as well D Important e Item types supported by Auto are photos postcards business cards magazines newspapers documents and BD DVD CD e To scan the following types of items specify the item type or size You cannot scan correctly with Auto e A4 size photos 480 e Text documents smaller than 2L 5 inches x 7 inches 127 mm x 178 mm such as paperback pages with the spine cut off e Items printed on thin white paper e Long narrow items such as panoramic photos e Reflec
55. Set to OFF gt Advanced FAX settings The fax telephone number you dialed is busy Try dialing again after waiting for a moment The fax telephone number registered in the machine s directory is incorrect Check the recipient s fax telephone number correct the fax telephone number registered in the machine s directory then send the document again gt Changing Registered Information The machine could not send a fax because its memory is full Delete contents in memory then send a fax again Document Stored in Machine s Memory Transmission has been canceled because the machine could not detect the recipient s fax machine information or the information did not match the dialed number This message is displayed when Check RX FAX information in Security control under FAX settings is set to ON For details see Sending Faxes after Checking Information Checking the Recipient s Information The recipient s fax machine is not color compatible Resend the document in black amp white The Stop button was pressed to cancel transmission of the document Resend it if necessary The fax could not be sent from the computer Windows only Ensure that the machine is connected with the computer correctly and redo operation While automatic redialing the unsent fax is stored in the machine s memory temporarily until the sending fax is complete If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord before a
56. The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and inserting the cassette Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette Note e If you do not know what paper information to register to the machine press the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed When the previous screen is displayed confirm the paper size and the media type then register them to the machine 417 e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Cancel Cancels printing Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying Change the paper settings then try printing again DJ Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting When you disable the message the machine starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and the cassette paper information registered to the machine are different e To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings e To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode 418 Copying ee ane oe gt eo bees aee Making Copies YBasic Reducing or Enlarging a Copy
57. and how to load the document Loading Originals 4 3 Select Bimi FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed A 5 Q H AGO tan ie Directory So Redial G F E A Receive mode The receive mode selected currently is displayed B Date and time The date and time are displayed C Entry field of fax telephone numbers The entered numbers are displayed 584 D Function list You can use the each fax functions and change the setting for the fax E Redial Select to send faxes with redialing Resending Faxes Redialing a Busy Number F On hook dial Select to send faxes with the on hook dial function Using the On Hook Dial Function G Directory You can select a registered fax telephone number Sending a Fax to the Registered Recipient H Current state The current state is displayed Scan contrast and resolution Setting Items for Sending Faxes Note e If you have not set up the machine for sending receiving faxes yet the message for setup is displayed on the LCD when you select FAX for the first time When you set up for faxing follow the procedure according to the instructions on the LCD 4 Use the Numeric buttons to dial the recipient s fax telephone number TEL priority 05 05 12 21 Ny 0678912345 Add recipient SIS Send FAX gt Pause Save profile Space Use the following buttons to
58. distribute alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use reproduction or distribution of Your modifications or for any such Derivative Works as a whole provided Your use reproduction and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License Submission of Contributions Unless You explicitly state otherwise any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License without any additional terms or conditions Notwithstanding the above nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions Trademarks This License does not grant permission to use the trade names trademarks service marks or product names of the Licensor except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file Disclaimer of Warranty Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing Licensor provides the Work and each Contributor provides its Contributions on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIN
59. f Flickr Facebook Properties Manage jobs Latest notices CANON INC CANON INC CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM i ON pop up card ace for Your Photos Notice list On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category 84 Search apps Productmity Creatmty Picasa Web Albums CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Cards CANON INC CANON INC Manage jobs Crafts o Latest nodces Forns Nace bet Noces Facebook Flickr Promium CANON INC CANON INC o When you select Gi the details of the app are displayed When you select Cm morf you can choose to register or unregister the app DJ Note Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model Can be used with genuine Canon ink ES Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual 33 Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status Manage jobs This screen displays the print status and the print history You can check the print status by looking at Status list and the print history by looking at History You can also cancel print jobs and
60. gc lt s4c2c see cheedhenies doce betewdusdcdedveccads 151 The Machine Cannot Be Powered On 0 0 cc eee eee eee es 752 Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly 0 00 c eee ee 753 Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection 2000000 eee 754 Leb Gamot Be SEERA aiaa aeaduiagucina dodanie a ed wa area Radka siuim A wade 755 An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the LCD 0 00000 eee eee eee 756 Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing e ee eee ee eae 757 Problems with Installation Downloading 6 2 esse es 64 doh db we ee eee eee ers dee e ws 758 Cannot installing MP Dive Sisk u sane i E we eh Ra anwar ad D heared a a a D tobe 759 Uninstalling IJ Network TOOl 224550800 bee ee eee ee ORE EERE Se DOO eRe 760 About Errors Messages Displayed scecbe0seessseseeeseouescwe wens 761 an EMOrP OCCU ck rari Gea Hehe eEa eae Hl SOREN SES HOS 86M Ce EER ba Ee Heed any ee 762 A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on the Fax Standby Screen 00 0c eee eee eee 763 A Message Is Displayed eT er Pinged CETERE ETETETT atid ere ipa wb apadedsed 108 it You Cannot Resale the PIovlem 4454444142000 00004 40004 ns odut ed ers 770 SDRC oe ii sk di reson 5a in6o5 bees eee esonescacees 771 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 2 0 ci cc bobs gdedewedecctatadads 773 O k E eh ahs ere ah a r Reel a E ap 774 Yk heehee hc west o
61. gt How to Set an Encryption Key Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the machine within 164 ft 50 m from the access point etre Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct Make sure that the computer can communicate with the access point over the wireless LAN 688 Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default When using a router connect the machine and computer to the LAN side same network segment When the machine is connected to an AirPo
62. ia i Backs Ae eee ee Eee ee A ee a 518 Sav SSUINGS DIAG 05 kde are a hd weet Garhi Setar Gee aw esa ewe sarberang dee Se 8 520 image Suten VINO creres irks rar Nh ie alae Macao ald Rae Awad Re ee 523 scanning with Scanner Divers g 0sasag a4 su disusu kird iae hb a nee be athe oe bea ee 527 Image Corrections and Color Adjustments 2 2 2c 0 4 66 654 4046 see ce ds dag eee ace 528 General Notes Scanner Driver sicc ct dvetiaweed adie kdir tk it pe r tn eee dS 532 Updating the Scanner DAVET eee ee ae ee dnia a ame ee Pee en re 933 Obtaining the Latest Scanner Diivehias 54 lt 4 ua oie ee Ghee Reb eRe ew Heeb bee be Gwe 534 Before Installing the Scanner Driver ai c c4c605 biadeeeeat ddaasdania dias anead ad 535 Installing the Scanner Driver c idsc0cren ddan ed eh dedeadetdbdedddind domed 536 Useful infonmmeation GN SCANNING ais sxe seiquvs ives anck ss cued uGatededebuumets ead aud waa 537 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window aaau 538 RAS RUNNIN EE say cha ty T hy he ein gh dla Re ip aaa ath sp hei ch erg aaa 539 Data FOMA ea raa N oe Se Need Se a 541 Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer oa sseeasssssrenuataiieu maaadaaa iutan ia 542 Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine 250000555 545 Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 546 Attaching the Scanned Data to E mail Using the Operation Panel of the Machine
63. is displayed Press the OK button to return to the previous screen 6 Use the button to select a save menu then press the OK button e To specify a document to save on the USB flash drive 660 If you select Save specified document you can specify the document to save on the USB flash drive When the Specify the storage medium screen is displayed select USB flash drive and press the OK button The document selection screen is displayed Note e If the specified document is not stored in the machine s memory There is no document that can be saved is displayed Press the OK button to return to the previous screen Save specified document 18 02 15 07 0001 0987654321 Color a VEER My B 0912345678 Color mae 18 02 15 08 0891234567 A Date and time of transaction and fax telephone number B Transaction number TX RX NO A transaction number from 0001 to 4999 indicates a document being sent A transaction number from 5001 to 9999 indicates a document being received C Color information Color is displayed for color transmission reception Nothing is displayed for black amp white transmission reception After selecting the document to save and pressing the OK button the specified document is saved on the USB flash drive To save all the received documents stored in the machine s memory on the USB flash drive If you select Save all RX documents you can save all documents on the USB flash drive
64. key A network key helps prevent unknown intruders from connecting to this network Type the hey and then cick Connect 9 When connection is complete click Back until the screen below appears Proceed with the setup Canon man mpeg rI Fou cen select whether to use the printer wie USE connection or LAN connection Folios the crmecreen watructions to select the commection meted Netace setup requeEd ahen uang the printer via LAN comecton If the setup slready completed the Commmction cor automaticaly If the setup not comeleted follow the ormecreen watructions 10 set we the printer 35 Restrictions When connecting another device while a device such as a smartphone is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection Connection Using an Access Point Make sure that a device and an access point or wireless network router are connected For details on how to check the settings refer to the manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer As for a device already connected to the printer without using an access point reconnect it via an access point The configuration router functions setup procedures and security set
65. testprint a SS SSE SS SEES SS SS amp amp The screen differs depending on the OS you are using When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the LCD Support Code There is no paper in the cassette Check the following then load paper and press OK Align the paper guides with the paper Check that the page size For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes refer to Support Code List Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer or on the LCD by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes see A Message Is Displayed 762 Q A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on the Fax Standby Screen A If a message is displayed on the Fax standby screen take the corresponding action described below Auto redial This group dial cannot be used Directory Replace the receiver Try again in black amp white Failed to connect Received in memory The machine is waiting to redial the recipient s number because the line was busy or the recipient did not answer when you tried to send a document Wait for the machine to automatically redial the number If you want to cancel automatic redialing wait until the machine starts dialing the number then press the Stop button You can also delete the document from machine s memory to cancel automatic rediali
66. you can restrict all copying operations If you select Restrict color copying you can restrict color copying operations only Print from storage medium Restricts to print from a USB flash drive Scan to USB flash drive Restricts to save the scanned data on a USB flash drive Scan to destination folder Restricts to forward the scanned data to a shared folder on the computer FAX transmission Restricts to send a fax FAX reception Restricts to receive a fax Important e If the machine receives a fax while Restrict is selected Not available An operation restriction is set is displayed on the LCD and the fax standby screen is displayed In this case you cannot receive the faxes Ask the administrator of the machine you are using to change the setting then have the sender resend the faxes Directory Restricts operations related to the machine s directory Note e If you disable all restrictions select Cancel operation restrictions in step 5 and press the OK button When the confirmation screen is displayed select Yes then press the OK button To disable each operation restriction select the item press the OK button select Do not restrict then press the OK button 263 Reset setting Important This setting item is for the administrator Reverts all settings you made to the machine back to the default However some data may not be changed depending on the current usage state of your machine
67. 25 5 cc d0ca wadae edad hd dad dw dd dew daa ee dala dod we 590 Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone ee eee re eee EEE 591 Sending a Fax to the Registered Recipient 0 00 ccc cece eee 593 Sending the Same Document to Several Recipients Sequential Broadcasting 595 Preventing Mistransmissioniat Faxes cuss dca acdadsdedaedaneavardu ada a iaa a aA 599 Using the On Hook Dial FUNCHON 16 20005 ener e eee ee eed eo RE Ree eee eee 601 Registering ReCPeMS e si serere boo ESE KS EH EEA OSG ORES OSeR REE EOE EEO ORS 603 Registering Recipients Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 0 0 0 0 0c eee eee 604 Registering the Fax Telephone Number of Recipients 020200e ee eeeeee 605 Registering Recipients in Group Dialic sc cc0c cue veered ee eee ee eee aa 609 Changing Registered Informati n coi ov cece dd dahon added adhe dees dua h an daw d wa aa 612 Deleting Registered Information rece pence ork ae ETE oie ee EPON ree 613 Printing a List of the Registered Destinations c eece5 ce eee Reed veee week ee aec dans 614 Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility 0 0 00 0c ee ee 615 Staring Up Speed Dial Ut gt de ce eae hr ce ie Rds ae ah aaa dNe kk Bk aed 616 Speed Dial Utility Dialog pe srest o4eh cage eee eee ea in ipar Mea eieae aei 617 Saving Registered Information on the Machine to Your Computer 0000 eee ee 619 Registering a Fax t
68. 4 on 1 copy is selected and the original is loaded on the platen glass you can set to display the preview screen after scanning the original is finished Two Sided Copying Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Collated Copying The original will be scanned to display the preview image Therefore do not open the document cover until the preview screen is displayed e Originals are rescanned after displaying the preview screen and before copying starts Therefore do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass while Scanning document is displayed Zoom 25 400 Page size 1 2 100 3 OK Set magnification 1 Preview of the original The original that is set on the platen glass is displayed If the displayed image is skewed refer to Loading Originals and reset the original properly then display the preview screen again and preview the original 2 Page size A frame showing the selected page size appears over the image The inside of the frame will be printed 3 Magnification The magnification setting which was set when the preview screen was displayed is displayed If the setting other than Fit to page is selected you can change the magnification setting using the Y button 423 Setting Items for Copying The following screen is displayed by pressing the right Function button on the Copy standby
69. A A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks Note After head alignment is completed you can print and check the current setting To do so click the Print Head Alignment icon and when the message is displayed click Print Alignment Value 223 Cleaning the Machine Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Cleaning the ADF Auto Document Feeder Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette 224 Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine e The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax or when unsent faxes are stored in the machine s memory Make sure if the machine completed sending or receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power cord The machine cannot send or receive faxes when the power is turned off e If the power cord is unplugged the date time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the machine s memory will be lost Send or print a necessary document or save it on a USB flash drive before unplugging the power cord
70. Application Settings Open with an application Send to an application _ Send to a folder _ Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults feere eee 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format J Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name 505 Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Set from the operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open wit
71. Binding Side When setting is completed click OK e090 Settings Document Scan T Iela if OO mms Scan Options Select Source Document ADF Platen g E Photo Scan Paper Size Letter Custom Scan Resolution 300 dpi C AA ex Document Sean Orientation Settings Image Processing Settings 2 Over Save Settings z3 ocr File Name IMG 7 Save in E Pictures a wr Eval Data Format PDF Multiple Pages POF Compression Standard V Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Check scan results Application Senings ee ee eee Lt MO ll tn AL Instructions Defaults The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears D Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings OCR Dialog Settings E mail Dialog 7 Click Document eoo Canon IJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon E series oa a a Document Photo Custom Stiteh Driver E mail Instructions Settings Scanning starts Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 460 When Document ADF Manual Duplex is selected for Select Source proceed to Step 8 8 Follow the on screen instructions to place the documents Note e The screens for scanning with Orientation set to Portrait are used as examples in the followi
72. Directory a Redial Specify the first recipient with the one of the following methods e By specifying with the recipient registered to the machine Press the left Function button and specify the recipient Sending a Fax to the Registered Recipient e By entering the fax telephone numbers Use the Numeric buttons to enter the recipient s fax telephone number Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number D gt Note If FAX number re entry in Security control under FAX settings is set to ON enter the number again Security control e By redialing Press the right Function button and select a number in the outgoing call logs Manual Redialing 6 Add the recipient 1 Use the lt button to select Add recipient then press the OK button TEL priority 05 05 12 23 L George Add recipient Send FAX Save profile The list of the recipients is displayed 2 Select a method to add the recipient 596 Send FAX L George 0123456789 A B c A You can add the recipient from the registered recipients by the left Function button B You can add the recipient by entering the fax telephone numbers after pressing the center Function button if you added a first recipient from the registered recipients C You can add the recipient by selecting a number from the outgoing call logs after pressing the right Function button if you added a first recipient from the registered recipients 3
73. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for 364 Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 365 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 366 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows 1 Select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog 2 Set grayscale printing Check the Grayscale Printing check box Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies E Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ma T Quality amp Media A eee Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette i s loft Diop Print Quality Standard Grayscale Printing 2 POF Hide Details Cance
74. Install the MP Drivers gt Uninstalling IJ Network Tool 758 Q Cannot Install the MP Drivers A Download the driver from the support page of our website then reinstall it 759 Q Uninstalling IJ Network Tool A Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Tool from your computer Important e Even if IJ Network Tool is uninstalled you can print over network or scan from the computer However you cannot change the network settings over network 1 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder double click Canon Utilities gt IJ Network Tool drag the Canon IJ Network Tool icon into the Trash 2 Restart the computer Empty the Trash and restart your computer DJ Note e To reinstall IJ Network Tool uninstall IJ Network Tool then install it again from our website 760 About Errors Messages Displayed gt If an Error Occurs A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on the LCD gt A Message Is Displayed 761 If an Error Occurs When an error occurs in printing such as the machine is out of paper or paper is jammed a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message When an error occurs a Support Code error number is displayed on the computer screen or the LCD When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen eoo Canon MB2000 series 1 Job ity a Pause Settings Scanner Gupport Code 1003 0
75. J o Without an access point Jo g D USB Connection 3S Wireless Connection There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device such as a smartphone One method is to connect using an access point and the other method is to connect without using an access point The two connection methods cannot be used at the same time If you have an access point or wireless network router it is recommended that you use the method described in Connection Using an Access Point When connecting another device while a device is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using an Access Point J Saf e Connect the printer and a device using an access point e Connection methods vary depending on the access point type e You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer e When the connection between a device and an access point is completed and o Wi Fi icon is displayed in the device s screen you can connect the device to the printer using the access point 31 Connection without Using an Access Point Vy 4 gt e Connect the printer and a device without using an access point Connect a device and the printer directly using the printer s access point mode function e When establishing a connection in acces
76. LAN Change LAN Wireless LAN active Access point mode active Disable LAN 3 Check the SSID displayed in the printer screen 4 Press the right Function button C check the Password network key then press the Back button D You will use the SSID and Password network key in the subsequent steps 33 Access point information Details SSID Wireless LAN security Password C 5 Press the left Function button Access point information SSID Details 6 Right click the Wireless Network Connection icon in the notification area of the taskbar on the computer then select View Available Wireless Networks Change Windows Firewall settings Open Network Connections Rep View Available Wireless Networks 7 Select the network name SSID you want to use then click Connect ee Connection Choose a wireless network Network Tasks D Petras neemt est Chet an tem r tha bet below to connect to a grees netmort Fraga of to get more rions for a home or saal office S Setup a wireless retrext on I7 Seourty qnatiied meoies network WPA wl Related Tasks a pe J Lean bas wireless I Securky mabled meiss network WRAL wll retrerting Pe Orange the order of J retrcahs LE Seourty enabled na eless network 9 8 Enter the Password Network key then click Connect 34 Wireless Network Connection The network MEE requires a network key also called a WEP key or WPA
77. LAN with an Internet connection A 2 From the operation panel of this printer display the home window and select Mi Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Register printer 3 Follow the instructions on the screen and print the printer registration URL and PIN code Important Do not turn off the power on the printer until the registration process is completed Access the printed URL and log in within 25 minutes e If you canceled the registration before it is completed repeat the procedure from printing the registration information Access the Printed URL and Enter the Owner s E mail Address and Other Required Information Next enter the owner s e mail address and other required information 1 Access the printed URL by using the browser on your smartphone tablet or computer and select Log In 2 In the use agreement window select Agree Important e If you do not select Agree in the use agreement window you will not able to register as the printer owner 3 Enter the printer owner s e mail address and select Next 122 J Important e An e mail is sent with the required information for completing the registration to the e mail address entered for the printer s owner e If domain specific reception is set change the setting so that mail can be received from info mp c ij com Note The e mail address of the printer owner cann
78. Link This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example Important e The available functions differ depending on the app The printing procedure differs depending on the app e You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand e The following file formats can be printed jpg jpeg pdf docx doc xlsx xls pptx ppt and rtf The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app Before you print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start D gt Note e You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jog and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in Country Region Japan User ID Password D Important e Some apps may not be fully displayed in the display area If this is the case scroll up down right and left to change the display area C Visible area e The Login screen may vary between apps e After logging in you may be asked from an external service to agree to use their app Agree if you are using the app 3 In the displayed album list select the album of your choice 51 Sample00 Sample01 a we Sample0 Menu 4 In the displayed image list select the image that you want to print and then select Next 5 Make the necessary print s
79. Note that the number of channels that can be used for your wireless LAN varies depending on the region or country DHCP server functionality The router or the access point assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a network starts up DNS server A server that converts device names into IP addresses When specifying IP addresses manually specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server 313 F Firewall It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network To prevent you can use the firewall function of a broadband router the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer IEEE 802 11b International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11 Mbps e IEEE 802 119 International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 54 Mbps Compatible with 802 11b e IEEE 802 11n International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges Even when using two or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using multiple communication channels at the same time the transmission speed may be influenced by the connected apparatus At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps it is possible to communicate with multiple computer terminals within a dozen or so metre radius Com
80. Pattern Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 396 Display the Printing Status Screen Check the print progress according to the following procedure 1 Launch the printing status screen e If the print data has been sent to the printer The printing status screen opens automatically To display the printing status screen click the Sp the printer icon displayed on the Dock e If the print data has not been sent to the printer Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print amp Scan or Print amp Fax To display the printing status screen select the name of your printer model from the printer list and then click Open Print Queue 2 Checking the printing status You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 or OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 eoo Canon MB2000 series 1 Job Deletes the specified print job Stops printing the specified document Resumes printing the specified document ay Stops printing all documents D Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped and resumes printing all documents e If you are using OS X Lion v10 7 or Mac OS X v10 6 8 397 eoo Canon M82000 series 1 Job Deletes the specified print jo
81. Register to Printer 2 Confirm the message on the display then click OK The information is registered to the machine 624 Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility Follow the procedure below to change the user s name or fax telephone number 1 Start up Speed Dial Utility 2 Select the machine from the Printer Name list box then click Display Printer Settings 3 Click User Information Setting from Setting Item List The user s information is displayed 4 Select an item to change then click Edit The User Information dialog is displayed 5 Enter the new user s name on User Name and new fax telephone number in TEL Number then click OK To save the edited information on the computer 1 Click Save to PC 2 Enter the file name on the displayed screen then click Save e To register the edited information to the machine 1 Click Register to Printer 2 Confirm the message on the display then click OK The information is registered to the machine 625 Registering Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility Follow the procedure below to register change or delete rejected numbers 1 Start up Speed Dial Utility 2 Select the machine from the Printer Name list box then click Display Printer Settings 3 Click Rejected Number Setting from Setting Item List The list of rejected numbers is displayed e To register a rejected number 1 Select an unoccupied code from the list
82. TE PETERET TEIT 705 Copying Printing Stops Before It Is Completed 2 02c 0ec sae eeaceaaaeeawaeeeadeeas 706 Problems with Printing UA reiss c eee eee riesi erie ee esaea EEE 707 Print Results Not SaustacCiony o4 242c102iccedeertbesauicngoneiedioaege RAEE ERA EA 708 Cannot Print to End of Job CEET E ee eee Pe ree eae see ae AENT o 709 No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks 710 Lines Are Misaligned TEELE EET EEEE ETETE TEE TERET pee aw SEERE EE 713 Printed Paper Cursor Has Ink BlOtSs oa aadcas 4 igana aaa a kes aa i ka als 714 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 0 anaa 715 Back or the Paper ls Smudge ceakieeddic ma nae Kaede ERIE hea eae 719 Colors Are Uneven or Streaked TEREE ee ee ee re ere 720 IAK Vis UU assy aco ig aaa hc i cai hd dn tg a ah ape Soa ah bh a a WALA hd dare Ree aad 722 Probleme Wih Fax crei isssiter i ieii eienn EARE RERE 06 EE EEE 723 Problems Sending Faxes discccididuusaastdivadunai a a a a ee 724 Problemes Receiving FaxXeS 00 ihendhe est dawd Gate bees abd ae i eai ae Saeed 727 Cannot oend a Fx Clean ica wa nawaee deo dda obeod date Mena Ree eee we eo A ae 731 Telephone Problems TETEA ORARET EIA weird de ere E OAA EEEE gt 732 Problems wiih SCAMMN eerie ee e EAEE EE ERENER EES ETR IRERE RE EER 733 Problems with Scanning panels i ATTY pea He ee eer ree Cer Teer eeaeee 04 Scanner D
83. Te ee eee eee 814 PO ree ee ee ee eee eee eee Tee Sees re eee Te ee ee ee ee ee eee 815 POR shce chee ce Seer se ted eteeeeee ge eeeh sul etek E A S EEEE T 816 iy See ee eee ee ee ee ey ee ee ee ee ee eee ee te ee eee 817 1 eee eee ree ee ee ee ee yee eee er eee were eee ee ee ee ee a 818 PU E A A EA EELEE AT E ese se eedace Sahar ghee eetecegasudsus 819 i See ie eee em et rere eee eg eee ne Te ee eee ee er ee fet er re ere ae 820 S 2 i956 o np ss 4 a gee Be pee 4 Ge ee ee oe eo 2 821 a Se ee ee ee ee ee ee er ee ee ee eee 822 i ee eee ey er Se E eee ee ee ee ee eee ee te E E EEE 823 So eee Tee ee eee ee ee ee Tere ee ee ee eT ee eee ee ee ee ee 824 i a ee ee ee eT ee ee re ee eee ee eee 825 SL Ses ie eee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee re re ee re ere ee 826 Od hi Sk a ha oe 6S apd 4 a a ng Bree 4 6 Gh OO ed 9s 827 ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 828 EA eee Ce ee eee eee eee ete re ee eee eS eee eee ee EE 829 Pe cit Gate eoesiGiatcauteatiengacteshesasesessicb earnest A E E E ET 830 a ee ee ee ee ee A A ee ee ee 831 PO 2 oe ee Se ete hes a cinco Ah ee ae a as eee ete Cees sone eee ae 832 POM celicgasespecieieisaebecesegadesGiesaueseeseutgnesrsrcegunseneze 833 Cc a ee er ee eee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee 834 PPO nee ee re a eee ee Tre ee ee eee ere he ee ee eee ee eee ee ye 835 PE lesccocetentet ian ge ce E Sate eeeteaneeisebhedeoeceet ede gasses 836 Co ee ee ee ee er eee ee ee ee eee eee ee ee eee 837 St Ee ee ee ee ee A ee eee eee or eer wey a eee ee
84. The input method is as follows To move the insertion position cursor position in the entry field Press the or button B To delete an entered character Move the cursor under the character to delete then press the center Function button C to select e To insert a space Press the right Function button D to select Space To insert a symbol Repeatedly press the EJ button E to display the desired symbol After entry is complete press the OK button F List of Characters Assigned to Each Numeric Button Lowercase mode Uppercase mode Numeric mode Fax abc ABC 123 Telephone no ar F p ee e e ar H p o 155 1 SP indicates a space 2 Displayed only when entering characters in the LAN settings 156 Loading Paper Originals Loading Paper Loading Originals Inserting the USB Flash Drive 157 Loading Paper gt gt gt Paper Source to Load Paper Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes Media Types You Can Use Media Types You Cannot Use Printing Area 158 Paper Source to Load Paper Adjusting the cassette according to the Paper The cassette can be adjusted to three lengths Press down the lock A on the cassette to extend the cassette B Lock position for stowing the cassette When not using this machine for long period of time or moving it set it to the position B The cassette will fit into the width of the machine Paper cann
85. The setup menu screen will appear 3 Select EJ Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance screen will appear 4 Select Bottom plate cleaning then press the OK button Maintenance Cleaning Deep cleaning Auto head alignment Manual head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleaning Bottom plate cleaning The confirmation screen will appear 5 Select Yes then press the OK button 6 Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette then press the OK button 7 Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in half widthwise then unfold the paper 8 Fold one side of the opened paper in another half aligning the edge with the center crease unfold the paper then press the OK button 231 9 Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette with the ridges of the creases facing up and the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side 10 Extend the output tray extension then open the paper output support 11 Press the OK button The paper cleans the inside of the machine as it feeds through the machine Check the folded parts of the ejected paper If they are smudged with ink perform Bottom Plate Cleaning again 12 When the completion message appears press the OK button Note e When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again be sure to use a new piece of paper If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again the protrusions in
86. Web service setup gt Connection setup gt Google Cloud Print setup gt Register with Google Cloud Print Note e If you have already registered the printer with Google Cloud Print the confirmation message to re register the printer is displayed 4 When the confirmation screen to register the printer is displayed select Yes 5 Select a display language on the print setting screen of Google Cloud Print The confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed 6 Load A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper then select OK 104 The authentication URL is printed 7 Ensure that the authentication URL is printed select Yes 8 Perform the authentication process using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device Access to the URL using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and perform the authentication process following the on screen instructions Note e Perform the authentication process with your Google account which you have gotten in advance 9 When the message that the registration is complete is displayed on the LCD of the printer select OK When authentication process is complete properly the registration items are displayed When authentication process is complete you can print the data with Google Cloud Print When authentication process is not complete properly and the error message is displayed select OK When the confirmation message to print the authenti
87. You are Using Printer Driver 343 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver gt Printing with Easy Setup Basic Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Overview of the Printer Driver Updating the Printer Driver 344 Printing with Easy Setup The simple setup procedure for carrying out appropriate printing on this printer is as follows 1 Check that the printer is turned on 2 Load paper on the printer 3 Select the printer Select your model from the Printer list in the Print Dialog Printer Canon series gt Presets Default Settings Copies i Two Sided Pages All 44 a lofl a gt gt POF Show Details Cancel Print D gt Note e Click Show Details E the disclosure triangle to switch the Setup window to the detailed display 4 Select the paper size For Paper Size select the paper size to be used If necessary set the number of copies the pages to be printed and the orientation 345 Printer Canon 9 series sl Presets Default Settings sj Print header and footer M Rewrap contents to fit page 2 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 5 Select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu Printer Canon m series Presets Default Settings gt Copies E C Two Sided Pages A Ka From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches
88. a cnn 229 Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning 0 00 231 Cleaning ine Rad M the Cassete os gic nnbadene kenene i anaa i Deedee awe 234 Changing the Machine Settings c5 cscndeseecaeeer ti CaGeee n r nrrre rre 235 Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer assas sac ds cade dade ewdaa nd eee w es 236 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 020000000 seesa reer beer wees eee edu 237 Registering a Changed Printing Profile 22 2 4 420ceeeuo dren a rads bidder e dads a aes 238 Managing the Primer POWER cnc 64 0 c 0 acnewnwed hide eka Gaede kg a 240 Reducing the Printer NoiSe ia oe ocas Gta aera She aOR SE Oke eee alae 241 Changing the Printer Operation Mode RERET TETA TIRTO OS EEIE 243 Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD asasasaesasesssrerirreresreserrerrreenu 245 Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD 2 226004s 00 eben ded eu eeeed ed ee nan eus 246 PAA SO se ih kala ese i sda oh tas seach at aula inci ay stdin da she 248 PRUALSCUNGS 205 coe heh eh a he Seo eR ee ee ee he ee ears 252 LAN SETS eaaa aoaeg a kok aa a heated dda eae a aaa Soha ere aad 253 Device user settings eee er TENET Ciia sae ae Khe G aw Rina sae ERN 257 Language Soleto s dcccseenaiesqangyecderegyouad AA EEE A ad 259 Firmware update nnana naaa PATET TAE EOT ETETE TAFT 260 a E O AER IA A AAR AE NEA AAE 261 Administrator password setting eee TE owas K Sahai puke re
89. a window or in a bright environment a faint black frame may remain Also if the color of an original is dark the machine cannot distinguish the document color from the shadow and this may cause slight cropping or a shadow on the crease 431 Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page When you select 2 on 1 copy for Layout in Standard copy you can copy two original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image Press the right Function button on the Copy standby screen to display the print settings screen then select 2 on 1 copy for Layout Standard copy Page size A4 Type Plain paper Print alty Standard iLayout 2 on 1 copy OK End setup Advanced Press the right Function button to specify the orientation and the advanced layout e When you select Portrait for Orientation and Left to right for 2 on 1 copy layout ew na his m nnas Hi After selecting the layout and press the OK button you can select whether you use the preview screen If you select Yes the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation Note e This function can be used in combination with Two sided copy If you use this function in combination you can copy four original pages on one sheet of paper In this case two original pages are copied on each side of paper If you use this function in combination select 2 sided for 2 sidedPrintSetting then select the orient
90. after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images gt Specifications 128 Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information 129 Safety Precautions Choosing a location e Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty in direct sunlight outdoors or close to a heating source To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks use the machine under the operating environment specified in the On screen Manual Do not place the machine on a thick rug or carpet Place the machine with its back in a location that is more than 2 inches 5 cm away from the wall e e e Power supply e Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if necessary e Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord Pulling the cord may damage the power cord leading to possible fire or electrical shock e Do not use an extension lead cord Working around the machine e Never put your hands or fingers in the machine while it is printing When moving the machine carry the machine at both ends In case the machine weighs more than 14 kg it is recommended to have two people lifting the machine A
91. again When you use the machine over LAN make sure that the machine is set up to be used over network correctly CSE Is the access point mode enabled When you print using a mode other than the access point mode disable the access point mode in advance Are the paper settings identical with those registered to the cassette When the paper settings are not identical with those registered to the cassette an error message is displayed Resolve the error according to the instructions on the LCD Paper Setting for Printing DJ Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting e To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings e To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode If you are printing from the computer and there are any unnecessary print jobs delete them 700 gt Deleting the Undesired Print Job Make sure that your machine s name is selected in the Print dialog The machine will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer Make sure that your machine s name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog DJ Note e To make the machine the one selected by default select the machine for Default printer Restart your computer if you are printing from the computer 701 Q Paper Jams A When paper is jammed a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically Take the appropriate acti
92. appears on the screen when you have finished registering is the e mail address that will be used just for the Print from E mail function For details about the registration procedure see here Printing from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer 1 Prepare a file that you want to print The file format number of files and file size that this printing function supports are provided below Supported File Formats Adobe PDF files e JPEG files e doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx files Important e Only files that are attached to e mail can be printed E mail messages cannot be printed Adobe PDF files and doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx files that are encrypted password protected or set to print disabled cannot be printed e Files that are attached as compressed files cannot be printed e Files other than Adobe PDF files JPEG files and doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx files cannot be printed Supported Number of Files and File Sizes Up to 10 attachment files can be printed The maximum size of an e mail with attachment files is 10 MB Note The size of an e mail is determined based on the size of the entire transmission file including the e mail message and the header Therefore sometimes an attachment file cannot be printed even if the size of the attachment file is less than 10 MB e If the size of an attached JPEG file is less than 10 KB the file cannot be printed 2 Attach the file that you wan
93. between you and Canon Inc Canon which govern your use of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof offered with a Canon brand printer You may agree to the Terms by choosing Agree Your use of the Service also shall be deemed as agreement to the Terms If you do not agree to the Terms you may not use the Service Canon reserves the right to modify the Terms at any time at its sole discretion Alhan the Tarme ara madified Danan Do not agree Agree Privacy statement Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the Privacy Statement describes information that Canon Inc Canon collects from users of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof throughout the world subject to certain exceptions and how this information is used and disclosed By using the Service you expressly agree to the collection use and disclosure of information as described in the Privacy Statement and Service Terms of Use the Terms If you do not agree to the terms af the Driusaau Clatamant ar tha Tarme Do not agree Agree 6 In the user information entry screen enter your Password and select Next 95 Enter your password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Register user info Set a password for logging into this service Password Password Confirmation 8 to 32 characters Cancel Important e There are character restrictions fo
94. button 5 When the confirmation screen of operation restriction is displayed then select Yes and press the OK button If you have already performed operation restriction setting the menu items are displayed Select Change operation restrictions then press the OK button 6 Use the amp button to select an operation you want to restrict then press the OK button After you have selected the operation you want to restrict the setting items are displayed Use the AV button to select an item then press the OK button Copy Restricts copying operations If you select Restrict all copying you can restrict all copying operations If you select Restrict color copying you can restrict color copying operations only Print from storage medium Restricts to print from a USB flash drive Scan to USB flash drive Restricts to save the scanned data on a USB flash drive Scan to destination folder Restricts to forward the scanned data to a shared folder on the computer FAX transmission Restricts to send a fax FAX reception Restricts to receive a fax Important If the machine receives a fax while Restrict is selected Not available An operation restriction is set is displayed on the LCD and the fax standby screen is displayed In this case you cannot receive the faxes Ask the administrator of the machine you are using to change the setting then have the sender resend the faxes Directory Restricts operations related
95. center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 871 9500 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 872 B202 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the service center Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 873 B203 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the service center Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 874 B204 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the service center Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are delete
96. click the Print Head Alignment icon and when the message is displayed click Print Alignment Value 220 Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for automatic head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Select Custom Settings from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Switch head alignment to manual Check the Align heads manually check box 3 Apply the settings Click Apply and when the confirmation message appears click OK 4 Select Test Print from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 5 Click the Print Head Alignment icon A message is displayed 6 Load paper in the printer Load two sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette Note If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the
97. connection Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility In the IJ Scan Utility main screen select your scanner or printer that is connected to a network 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Select Canon XXX series Network where XXX is the model name for Product Name You can scan via a network connection DJ Note e If you cannot scan check that your scanner or printer is selected in the network selection screen e For USB connection select Canon XXX series where XXX is the model name for Product Name Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings 8900 ___ Canon Ij Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series m a m D alg Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver z g 2 OCR E mail Instructions The Settings dialog appears 562 p 3 Click the il General Settings tab The Settings General Settings dialog appears 4 In Product Name select an item with Network after the product name then click Select that appears to its right The network selection screen appears 5 Click Scan from Operation Panel Settings The Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen appears 6 Select your scanner or printer from Scanners and click OK 7 Return to the network selection screen then click OK The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears You can scan from the ope
98. connection to network connection set up the network environment from IJ Scan Utility Network Scan Settings From the Go menu of Finder select Applications then double click the Canon Utilities folder IJ Scan Utility folder and then Canon IJ Scan Utility2 icon to start IJ Scan Utility e800 Canon Ij Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon ill series a Document Photo Custom Stiteh Driver a A OCR E mail Instructions Settings 444 Scanning Documents You can scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents 1 Place the item on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings then set the paper size resolution etc in the Settings Document Scan dialog as required When setting is completed click OK 4 Click Document 6 0 0 Canon Jj Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon ME series EERE DES Photo Custom Stiteh Driver lt 8 L OCR E mail Instructions Settings Scanning starts Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Document Scan dialog displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Document Scan dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 445 Scanning Photos You can scan photos placed on the platen with settings suitable for photos 1 Place the photo
99. cord If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted gt J Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Rotate the machine so that the rear side of the machine faces toward you a amp 2 If the protective material for the rear cover remains attached remove it 3 Open the rear cover Slide the rear cover to the left then open it 784 4 Pull out the paper slowly Note e Do not touch the inner parts of the machine e If you cannot pull the paper out try the following e Turn the machine off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically e Pull out the paper output tray It becomes easy to pull out the paper 5 Close the rear cover slowly Close the rear cover then slide it to the right Slide the rear cover so that the A mark on the rear cover aligns with the V mark on the machine 6 Reload the paper then press the machine s OK button If the paper is jammed while printing the faxes or the fax report in progress After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the machine s OK button the machine resumes printing from the page where the paper was jammed e If the paper is jammed while printing from a computer or copying in progress 785 After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the machine s OK button
100. d quivalence de la sonnerie IES sert a indiquer le nombre maximal de terminaux qui peuvent tre raccord s a une interface t l phonique La terminaison d une interface peut consister en une combinaison quelconque de dispositifs a la seule condition que la somme d indices d quivalence de la sonnerie de tous les dispositifs n exc de pas 5 Users in New Zealand The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom nor does it provide any sort of warranty Above all it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom s network services This equipment is not capable under all operating conditions of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances This condition typically to 56 kbit s modems and V34 facsimile machines Please note when you connect an extension phone to this device if you use an extension phone which has features such as last number redial redial memory numbers may be lost This equipment should not be used under any circumstances that may constitute a nuisance to other Tele
101. de choc lectrique caus par la foudre 3 Ne pas utiliser l appareil pour signaler une fuite de gaz s il est situ pr s de la fuite ATTENTION Pour r duire les risques d incendie utiliser uniquement des conducteurs de t l communications 26 AWG au de section sup rleure Users in the U S A FCC Notice U S A Only For 120V 60Hz model Model Number K10410 Contains FCC ID AZDK30357 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment 131 does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
102. degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document D Important e The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds 508 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and f
103. delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete 85 Status Est History Updated date Mar 3 2014 4 56 AM Status Date of issue Details Canceled Mar 3 2014 4 20 AM Print CANON iMAGE G i Mar 3 2014 4 19 AM aS Print CANON IMAGE G Mar 3 2014 2 17 AM INVITE 5 Notices area This displays the latest notice Nothing is displayed in this area if there is no notice When you select Notice list you can display up to 40 items 6 Information area This display other information including the privacy statement and other companies licensing information 7 Global navigation area The User information Instructions and Log out buttons are displayed Press the User information to change the settings amta Mng primier Manage users Userinformaion imstuctons Logout User information E mail address Password User Name Change Time zone UTC 09 00 Tokyo Change Security code Change Language Eng sh Unsubscribe from this service Perform unsubscription Unsubscribe 8 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select 86 ama Mng peinter A Manage users User information instructions Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Config Dropbox Manage jobs Google Drive Latest There are no new n OneDrive Notice list Copyright CANON INC 87 Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Cente
104. did not resolve the problem by pressing the Stop button you can delete or print the fax stored in the machine s memory later gt Document Stored in Machine s Memory Busy no The recipient s number you dialed is busy signal Try dialing again after waiting for a moment Resending Faxes Redialing a Busy Number The fax telephone number dialed is incorrect Check the fax telephone number and dial again The recipient s fax machine did not respond after all automatic redialing attempts Contact the recipient and have the recipient check the fax machine For an overseas call add pauses to the registered number The recipient is not using a G3 machine The machine cannot send or receive documents to from a fax machine that is incompatible with the G3 standard Contact the recipient and ask the recipient to check whether the fax machine is G3 compatible The touch tone rotary pulse setting on the machine is incorrect Set the machine to match the telephone line you are using gt Setting the Telephone Line Type Memory is full The machine s memory is full because it has sent received too many documents or a detailed document Print the faxes stored in the machine s memory or save them on the USB flash drive and delete them from the machine s memory 764 Awaiting document processing FAX info does not match Reception rejected Waiting for report output Document Stored in Machine
105. displayed 3 Use the amp button to select the item to check then press the OK button Total sheets used on the device Displays the total number of printing You can check the total number of black and white printing color printing printing on plain paper printing on paper other than plain paper One sided printing or Two sided printing respectively No of sheets used for copying Displays the total number of copying You can check the total number of black and white copying color copying copying on plain paper copying on paper other than plain paper One sided copying Two sided copying 2 on 1 copying One sided Two sided or 4 on 1 copying One sided Two sided respectively No of sheets used for FAX Displays the total number of received or printed faxes You can check the total number of black and white printing color printing One sided printing or Two sided printing respectively Sheets used for other functions Displays the total number of printing other than copying or faxing You can check the total number of black and white printing color printing printing on plain paper printing on paper other than plain paper One sided printing or Two sided printing respectively Number of FAX sheets sent Displays the total number of sent faxes You can check the total number of black and white transmission or color transmission respectively Number of sheets scanned Displays the total number of scanning You c
106. displayed on the LCD In this case press the left Function button to confirm the message then change the setting The specified scan settings such as the scan size resolution and data format are retained even if the machine is turned off When scanning starts in the scan menu that is not available with the specified setting The specified function is not available with current settings is displayed on the LCD Change the setting following the on screen instructions When you forward the scanned data to the computer or attach the data to an e mail you can specify the destination and file name using Canon IJ Scan Utility Settings Dialog If you scan originals from the computer you can scan with advanced settings For details on scanning from the computer Scanning with IJ Scan Utility Scan settings Scan settings Scan size 4 A4 1 Preview ON Format PDF 2 ADF orientation Portrait Scan res 300 dpi 3 Reduce show thru OFF 6 Preview ON 4 Descreen OFF 7 ADF orientation Portrait 5 Unsharp mask ON e 8 OK End setup OK End setup OK 1 Scan size Select the size of the original 2 Format 560 Select the data format of the scanned data Scan res Scan resolution Select the resolution for scanning Preview Select to preview the scanned data or not when saving the data on a USB flash drive ADF orientation Select the orientation of the original document This setting item is not availab
107. document cover with your hand when scanning Telephone Problems Cannot Dial Telephone Disconnects During a Call Q Cannot Dial A ites Is the telephone line cable connected correctly Check that the telephone line cable is connected correctly Basic Connection Is the telephone line type of the machine or the external device set correctly Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary Setting the Telephone Line Type Q Telephone Disconnects During a Call A Is the telephone line cable or the telephone or a peripheral device such as an external telephone an answering machine or a computer modem connected correctly Check that the telephone line cable and the telephone or a peripheral device such as an external telephone an answering machine or a computer modem are connected correctly Connecting the Telephone Line 732 Problems with Scanning Problems with Scanning Scan Results Not Satisfactory 733 Problems with Scanning Scanner Does Not Work Scanner Driver Does Not Start Error Message Appears and the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time Slow Scanning Speed gt There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Scanned Image Does Not Open 734 Q Scanner Does Not Work A Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on Conn
108. document is not stored in the machine s memory There is no document that can be deleted is displayed Press the OK button to return to the previous screen Delete specified document 18 02 15 07 0001 0987654321 Color 18 02 15 08 0002 B Color mae 0912345678 18 02 15 08 0891234567 A Date and time of transaction and fax telephone number 658 B Transaction number TX RX NO A transaction number from 0001 to 4999 indicates a document being sent A transaction number from 5001 to 9999 indicates a document being received C Color information Color is displayed for color transmission reception Nothing is displayed for black amp white transmission reception After selecting the document to delete and pressing the OK button the confirmation screen is displayed If you select Yes and press the OK button the specified document is deleted from machine s memory To delete all documents stored in the machine s memory If you select Delete all documents you can delete all documents from machine s memory If you select this menu the confirmation screen is displayed If you select Yes and press the OK button all documents are deleted from machine s memory 659 Saving a Document in Machine s Memory to USB Flash Drive You can save the received faxes stored in the machine s memory to the USB flash drive as PDF files using the operation panel of the machine You can save a specified document in the machine s
109. e If the size of loaded paper is different from that specified in the paper size setting the received faxes are stored in the machine s memory and Check the page size and select oK is displayed on the LCD In this case load the same size of paper as that specified in the paper size setting then press the OK button You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the machine s memory later Printing a Document in Machine s Memory If no paper is loaded or paper has run out while printing is in progress the received faxes are stored in the machine s memory and the error message for no paper is displayed on the LCD In this case load paper and press the OK button You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the machine s memory later Printing a Document in Machine s Memory Note e If the sender sends a document that is larger than Letter size or Legal size such as 11 x 17 inches the sender s machine may send the fax automatically reduced in size or divided or send only a part of the original 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on Sed 2 Select Bimi FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Use the Y a button to select Function list then press the OK button The Function list screen is displayed 4 Use the amp button to select FAX paper settings then press
110. e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate even if the removed ink tank is just reinstalled Note e Since the information contained in the fax may be lost if it is printed in this condition the received fax will not be printed and will be stored in the machine s memory until the ink is replaced You must manually print out faxes that were stored in the memory 800 1871 Cause The cassette is not inserted Action Insert the cassette DJ Note The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after inserting the cassette Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette e If you want to cancel printing press the machine s Stop button 801 1890 Cause The protective material for the print head holder or the tape may remain attached to the holder Action Open the front cover then confirm that the protective material or the tape does not remain attached to the print head holder If you find the protective material or the tape remains attached remove it then close the front cover A If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 802 2001 Cause The device incompatible with the machine is connected Action Check the device connected to the USB flash drive port Printing photos directly is possible with a USB flash drive 803 2002 Cause An unsupported USB hub is connected Action If a USB fla
111. e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White 488 D gt Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select thi
112. eee ee ee ee 838 PO ee suSeeeeeetleleiseseeeSesgnesdedelesasetees E E E E EE EE 839 ce ee ee er ee ee ee re ee ee E eee 840 Ro ch ee ar ee ees con i hee Ga ee ES ota ea re ae at ee yee 841 OO l 2i6 Gaknestetetictauere sedan seeeososasesesSesteargseceesaensane es 842 OJOO ee er ee ee ee ee eee ee es ee ee 843 OO Erein Ged ese bape S4a oe edeees este 4 ee RR ddd ee bee a tie 846 De lesiceeeetae codes seduceesesbae cece ee eesaceshene ghee eetece cased see 847 oe ea ee See E E ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ere ee 848 Gr lea ke 9k et a ore 84 4 4 e Biss FE Oe 44h E oan eee E 5d 849 Wee coe chee A E T se EEEL AT E Ge Geek E EEEE esses A S EET 850 E e E ee A T EEE PE ee eee E A EEE ELET EEE EE 851 OE eee eee ee a ee eee ee er ee were ee a a ee 852 Ooo ciateeeseeceep ed EEEE AT E bese se eesace Sahu ghee setecegasud see 853 oe ee ee eee eee ee A ee ee ee ee eee ee ere ee Te ee 854 iio ee eee So pho os ea ih eek Bp eee oh ee EO ed a 855 Je a se ee ee ee ee ee ee ee E T ee ee 856 Se eee ee ee ee ee Se ee ee ee ee ee ee ree eee eee 857 2 ee ee ee eee eee eee Tee ee eee ee ee ee ee es ere ee ee eee 858 J ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ere ee ee ee es ee eee 859 So ne eee te ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Te ee E TE re i ee re ee ee 860 be dhs Sk a ha ek 6a apd 4 a a deg Ban gre a Gh Ue sO oS ed R 861 Ce ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee eee 862 Se ee ere Cee eT eee eee ee ete ee ee eee eS ee eee ee ree 863 TU eit etatneeesibatcauteettengacteshesasesesseebearneeiesaea
113. enables you to send faxes easily Important e It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect registration of fax telephone numbers When you send important documents it is recommended that you send them after speaking on the telephone Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone D gt Note e For details on the basic sending operations Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load documents on the platen glass or in the ADF 3 Select FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 4 Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary Setting Items for Sending Faxes 5 Press the left Function button The screen to select a registered recipient is displayed 6 Select a registered recipient Display by name Display by ID number Enter first letter Directory 00 L George 00 L George 01 Alice 01 Alice 02 D V Michael 02 D V Michael 03 Friend 1 03 Friend 1 ABC OK Set Find by ID Find by initial By entering the initial letter using the Numeric buttons By entering the ID number using the Numeric buttons the registered recipients are sorted by name the registered recipients are searched by ID number 593 Use the amp Y button to select a recipient then press Use the 4 button to select a recipient then press the OK
114. enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size 356 Scaled Printing Festival Ar Come and join uc The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows 1 Select the printer In the Page Setup Dialog select your model name from the Format For list Settings Page Attributes Format For Canon series rgi Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ma ES Scale x Cancel OKE 2 Set scaled printing Specify the scaling factor in the Scale box and click OK Note e Depending on the Scale value that you set an error message may be displayed 3 Complete the setup On the Print Dialog click Print When you execute print the document will be printed with the specified scale gt Important e When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function configure the settings on your application software You do not need to configure the same setting in the Page Setup dialog 357 Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows 1 Select Layout from the pop up menu in the Print Dialog Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies E Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter amp 50 by 11 00 inche
115. excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles Pre Installation Requirements Notice This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications The Ringer Equivalence Number is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices does not exceed five Pour les usagers r sidant au Canada Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence L exploitation est autoris e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d exposition aux rayonnements nonc es pour un environnement non contr l et respecte les r gles d exposition aux fr quences radio lectriques RF CNR 102 de l IC Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps a l exception des extr mit s mains poignets pieds et chevilles Conditions de pr installation Avis Le pr sent mat riel est conforme aux sp cifications techniques applicables d Industrie Canada L indice
116. faint or a specific color fails to print even though there is enough ink The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows Cleaning 1 Select Cleaning from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Click the Cleaning icon When the dialog opens select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed Click 2 to display the items you need to check before performing cleaning 3 Execute cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK Print head cleaning starts 4 Complete cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem clean it once more Important e Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Deep Cleaning Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem 1 Select Cleaning from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Click the Deep Cleaning icon 217 When the dialog opens select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed Click to display the items you need to check before performing deep c
117. feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature or humidity In such cases reduce the number of paper you load at a time to less than half 2 We recommend that you remove the previously printed envelope from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration 3 When loading paper in stacks the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper may not feed properly In this case load one sheet at a time 172 Media Types You Cannot Use Do not use the following types of paper Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results but also the machine to jam or malfunction e e e e e e e e e Folded curled or wrinkled paper Damp paper Paper that is too thin weighing less than 17 Ib 64 g m Paper that is too thick plain paper weighing more than 28 Ib 105 g m except for Canon genuine paper Paper thinner than a postcard including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size when printing on paper smaller than A5 Picture postcards Postcards affixed with photos or stickers Envelopes with a double flap Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive Any type of paper with holes Paper that is not rectangular Paper bound with staples or glue Paper with adhesives Paper
118. following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 7 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head The first pattern is printed D Important e Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress 221 8 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes and click OK ag U 2 Sm 2 iii TLI aaa pi 3J Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks 9 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The second pattern is printed gt Important Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress 10 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable stripes or streaks in the associated boxes and click OK 222 gt J Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes A B A Least noticeable horizontal stripes B Most noticeable horizontal stripes If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks B
119. from USB to LAN To change the connection method to LAN while you are using the machine with USB connection perform setup again according to the instructions on our website and select Change Connection Method 283 Printing Out Network Setting Information You can print out the current network settings of the machine using the operation panel of the machine Important e This print out contains valuable information about your computer Handle it with care 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper JA 3 Select mM Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The menu screen is displayed 4 Select Les Device settings then press the OK button 5 Use the 4 button to select LAN settings then press the OK button 6 Use the 4 button to select Confirm LAN settings then then press the OK button 7 Use the 4 button to select Print LAN details then press the OK button 8 Use the button to select Yes then press the OK button to start printing The machine starts printing the network setting information The following information on the machine s network setting is printed out ee SSID SSID SSID of the wireless LAN SSID of the access point mode Password of the access point mode 8 to 10 alphanumeric characters 284 IPv6 IP Address 2 Selected IP Address IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX IPv6 Default Gateway 2
120. has not been set the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed automatically To change network key settings before click Configuration to display the WPA WPA2 Details screen Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 5 Configuration The detailed settings screen is displayed The network password WEP or the WPA WPA2 key selected in Encryption Method can be confirmed and changed For details on WEP setting Changing the WEP Detailed Settings For details on WPA WPA2 setting Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 6 TCP IP Setting Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your wireless LAN router or access point Use following IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address Access Points Screen Access Points The following access points were detected Select the access point to connect to and click Set Detected Access Points Level Encryption Access Point Name SSID MAC Address Tu WRA WPA2 20g Snes j rrr Th T WPA WPA2 dC MMAR Ll Mee 1 Detected Access Points The signal strength from t
121. holder move the print head holder to the right edge or the left edge whichever is easier to remove the paper When you move the print head holder press either the right side or the left side of the print head holder with your fingertips and slide the print head holder slowly to the right edge or the left edge 774 3 Hold the jammed paper with your hands If the paper is rolled up pull it out 4 Pull the paper slowly not to tear it then pull the paper out 5 Make sure that all the jammed paper is removed If the paper is torn a piece of paper may remain inside the machine Check the following and remove the piece of paper if it remains 775 Does the piece of paper remain under the print head holder Does the little piece of paper remain inside the machine Does the piece of paper remain in the right side or the left side space C inside the machine 6 Close the front cover 7 Press the machine s OK button If the paper is jammed while printing the faxes or the fax report in progress After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the machine s OK button the machine resumes printing from the page where the paper was jammed If the paper is jammed while printing from a computer or copying in progress After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the machine s OK button then the machine resumes printing from the next page where the paper was jammed As the page where the paper was ja
122. i i amp OCR E mail Instructions Settings Scanning starts Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Custom Scan dialog displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Custom Scan dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 447 Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported gt Note e The following explains how to scan from the item to be placed on the left side 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the item type resolution etc in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog as required When setting is completed click OK 3 Click Stitch e800 Canon Ij Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon E series ee Eire Instructions Settings The Image Stitch window appears 4 In Select Output Size select an output size according to the paper size eoo Image Stitch xla a Bl an an am A Select Output Size e Scan Direction Scan from Left 2 Scan Image 1 Sar Seanniegimage 3 Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 e EIC Adjust cropping frames Q sx Save Cancel 448 5 Make sure that Scan from Left is selected in Scan Direction 8 0 0 nna A S aee x alg a
123. images are automatically saved in a preset folder You can change the folder as required Note The default save folder is the Pictures folder e Refer to Settings Dialog for how to specify a folder Integrate with Applications You can utilize scanned images through integration with other applications display scanned images in your favorite application attach them to e mails extract text from images and more 442 e000 Settings Custom Scan Document Scan Scan Options Select Source Auto E Photo Scan Color Mode Color sj Paper Size Auto a moti ne j E R ex Document Scan Orientation Settings Image Processing Settings Save Settings z con File Name IMG x Save in E Pictures BF emal Data Format Auto g JPEG Image Quality Standard gt POF Compression Standard MV Create a PDF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application th Finder _ Send to an application ha Preview _ Send to a folder None _ Attach to e mail C None Attach Manually O Start OCR J Output to Text Do not start any application More Functions ht 2 Note e Refer to Settings Dialog for how to set the applications to integrate with 443 Starting IJ Scan Utility Note If you have more than one scanner or have changed the connection from USB
124. is displayed 3 Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary Setting Items for Sending Faxes 4 Lift the handset of the telephone connected to the machine 5 Use the telephone to dial the recipient s fax telephone number 6 Speak to the recipient When you hear a high pitched signal instead of the recipient s voice you cannot check whether the recipient can receive faxes If you want to stop sending the fax replace the handset If you want to send the fax go to step 8 7 Ask the recipient to set the recipient s fax machine to receive faxes 591 8 When you hear a high pitched signal press the Color button or the Black button Press the Color button for color transmission or the Black button for black amp white transmission Important e Color transmission is available only when the recipient s fax machine supports color faxing 9 Hang up the handset DJ Note e To cancel a fax transmission press the Stop button To cancel a fax transmission while it is in progress press the Stop button then follow the instructions on the LCD e If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress Document in ADF Select to eject document is displayed on the LCD By pressing the OK button the remaining documents are automatically ejected 592 Sending a Fax to the Registered Recipient Registering recipient s fax telephone number and name in the machine s directory
125. it from the power supply e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center SS Perform Print Head Alignment Aligning the Print Head DJ Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Manually 721 Q Ink Is Not Ejected Has the ink run out Check the Support Code on the LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the error gt Support Code List Are the print head nozzles clogged Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Hea
126. load the original on the platen glass do not open the document cover or remove the original while Scanning document is displayed on the LCD e If you load the original in the ADF do not move the original until copying is complete DJ Note e To cancel copying press the Stop button e If you load the original on the platen glass you can add the copying job while printing Adding the Copying Job Reserve copy e When the message informing you that the operation restriction is enabled ask the administrator of the machine you are using For details on the operation restriction of the machine About the Machine Administration Adding the Copying Job Reserve copy If you load the original on the platen glass you can add the copying job while printing Reserve copy The screen below is displayed when you can add the copying job Copying Place another document and select to copy successively Left 50 a BK M Load the original on the platen glass and press the same button the Color button or the Black button as the one which you previously pressed Important e When you load the original on the platen glass move the document cover gently D gt Note e When Print qlty print quality is set High or you load the original in the ADF you cannot add the copying job e When you add the copying job the number of copies or the settings such as the page size or media type cannot be cha
127. measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual If such changes or modifications should be made you could be required to stop operation of the equipment FCC ID AZDK30357 Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate equipment This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator and persons body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter Canon U S A Inc One Canon Park Melville New York 11747 1 800 652 2666 Pre Installation Requirements Order Information When ordering service from the telephone company for this equipment the following may be required Univers
128. model name 1000 in the search window and perform a search 23 008 Canon series 1 Job Ww amp Lea Pause Settings Scanner ous Support Code 1000fNo paper Load the paper correctly and press the Start button on the printer ror D gt Note e The displayed screen varies depending on your product e Searching for Application Functions Enter your application s name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden Enter My Image Garden collage in the search window and perform a search Searching for Reference Pages Enter your model name and a reference page title You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well Example When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning procedure page Refer to Color Settings Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Enter your product s model name scan Color Settings Tab in the search window and perform a search 24 Notes on Operation Explanations In this guide most of the operations are described based on the windows displayed when OS X Mavericks v10 9 is used 25 Useful Functions Available on the Machine gt gt Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode Download a Variety of Content Materials Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application Use the Machine
129. network drive for the card slot over the network file names consisting of eight or less lowercase letters not including its extension may be shown in uppercase For example a file name such as abcdefg doc will be ABCDEFG DOC while a name such as AbcdeFG doc will appear the same The file is not actually renamed but merely appears to be changed Disable the function to write files to a memory card from a computer to read files from a memory card over a network 311 About Technical Terms In this section technical terms used in the manual are explained A Access Point A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients the machine and rebroadcasts it Required in an infrastructure network Access point mode The machine is used as an access point to connect external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets in an environment where no access point or wireless LAN router is available You can connect up to 5 devices to the machine using the access point mode Ad hoc Client computer and machine setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer to peer basis i e all clients in with the same SSID network name communicate directly with each other No access point is required This machine does not support ad hoc communication Admin Password Administrator password in IJ Network Tool to restrict access to network users It must be entered to acc
130. of this guide have been prepared with utmost care please contact the service center if you find any incorrect or missing information e In principle the descriptions in this guide are based on the product at the time of its initial sale e This guide does not disclose the manuals of all the products sold by Canon See the manual supplied with the product when using a product that is not described in this guide How to Print Use the print function of your Web browser to print this guide To print background colors and images follow the steps below to display the Print dialog options then select the Print backgrounds checkbox 1 Click Print from the File menu 2 Click Show Details or Down Arrow 3 Select Safari from the pop up menu Safari gt j Print backgrounds v Print headers and footers Symbols Used in This Document A Warning Instructions that if ignored could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Caution Instructions that if ignored could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Important Instructions including important information To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product be sure to read these indications Note Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanati
131. on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings then set the paper size resolution etc in the Settings Photo Scan dialog as required When setting is completed click OK 4 Click Photo e600 Canon Ij Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon 4 gt series a m D a Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver z L OCR E mail Instructions Settings Scanning starts J Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Photo Scan dialog displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Photo Scan dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 446 Scanning with Favorite Settings You can scan items placed on the platen with your favorite settings saved beforehand This is convenient for saving frequently used settings or when specifying scan settings in detail 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the item type resolution etc in the Settings Custom Scan dialog as required When setting is completed click OK Note Once the settings are made you can scan with the same settings from the next time 3 Place the item on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 4 Click Custom eoo Canon Ij Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series a H Document Photo Stiteh Driver
132. one from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics whichever is most similar to the print results View Color Pattern Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment When you want to display the sample image with a color pattern check this check box When you want to display the sample image with one that you selected with Sample Type uncheck this check box Note e When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked in the Quality amp Media the graphic is displayed in monochrome Color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow If necessary adjust the strength of each color To strengthen a color drag the slider to the right To weaken a color drag the slider to the left You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Adjusting the color balance will result in variations in the balance among the volumes of the individual color inks and hence in the hues of the document as a whole Use the printer driver only when adjusting the color balance slightly To change the color balance significantly use the application software 390 Brightness Select the brightness of printed images You cannot change the levels of pure white and black You can change the contrast of the colors between white and black Intensity Select this method to adjust the overall density of your print To increase the overall intensity drag the slider to the right To decrease the overall i
133. paper for printing photos For details on the Canon genuine paper see Media Types You Can Use e You can use general copy paper e For the page size and paper weight you can use for this machine see Media Types You Can Use e For loading envelopes see Loading Envelopes 1 Prepare paper Align the edges of paper If paper is curled flatten it Note e Align the edges of paper neatly before loading Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams e If paper is curled hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat For details on how to flatten curled paper see Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss SG 201 even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is If you roll up this paper to flatten this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality 2 Pull out the cassette from the machine 161 3 Slide the paper guide A in front and B on the right to open the guides 4 Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN and place it in the center of the cassette 3 Important e Always load paper in the portrait orientation C Loading paper in the landscape orientation D can cause paper jams Note e If paper has print side front or back such as photo paper loa
134. power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 859 6943 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 860 6944 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 861 6945 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 862 6946 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e I
135. properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the machine again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can be damaged e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 879
136. resulting image will be Resolution 750 Problems with the Machine The Machine Cannot Be Powered On Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection LCD Cannot Be Seen At All gt An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the LCD Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing 751 Q The Machine Cannot Be Powered On A Press the ON button Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged into the power cord connector of the machine then turn it back on Unplug the machine from the power supply then plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on after leaving it for at least 2 minutes If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 752 Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly Q Printing or Scanning Speed Is Slow Hi Speed USB Connection Does Not Work If your system environment is not fully compatible with Hi Speed USB the machine will operate at a lower speed provided under USB 1 1 In this case the machine operates properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to communication speed A Check the following to make sure that your system environment supports Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB port on your computer support Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi Speed USB connection Be sure to use a certified Hi Speed USB cable We
137. rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document D Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported e The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF or PNG Im
138. s status such as when the printer is being operated or an error has occurred To resume printing check the printer s status then print with Google Cloud Print again For print settings e If you select the media type other than plain paper or if you select the paper size other than A4 Letter B5 A5 size the print data is printed in single sided even when you select the duplex print setting The paper size differs depending on the model of your printer For information about 107 the supported paper sizes go to the Online Manual home page and refer to the Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing for your model e If you select plain paper as media type or if you select B5 A5 Legal size as paper size the print data is printed with border even when you select the borderless print setting e The print results may differ from the print image depending on the print data e Depending on the device sending the print data you may not select the print settings when sending the print data with Google Cloud Print When you want to print from Google Cloud Print immediately When the printer cannot receive the print data or you want to start printing immediately you can check whether there is a print job on the Google Cloud Print and start printing manually Follow the steps below Important e Depending on your printer model this function may not be available 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 From the H
139. screen 663 6 Use the amp button to select a save menu then press the OK button To specify a document to forward to the shared folder on the computer If you select Save specified document you can specify the document to forward to the shared folder on the computer When the Specify the storage medium screen is displayed select Destination folder and press the OK button When the Select folder screen is displayed select a destination folder then press the OK button The document selection screen is displayed DJ Note e If the specified document is not stored in the machine s memory There is no document that can be forwarded is displayed Press the OK button to return to the previous screen Save specified document 18 02 15 07 0001 0987654321 Color 18 02 15 08 B 0912345678 c 18 02 15 08 0891234567 A Date and time of transaction and fax telephone number B Transaction number TX RX NO A transaction number from 0001 to 4999 indicates a document being sent A transaction number from 5001 to 9999 indicates a document being received C Color information Color is displayed for color transmission reception Nothing is displayed for black amp white transmission reception Note When you specify a PIN code for a registered folder a screen asking you to enter a PIN code in case you specify the code Entering the PIN code allows you to assign the shared folder as the destination
140. screen Use the 4 button to change the setting item and use the A button to change the setting a Standard copy Print qity Standard Layout None A Standard copy Magnif Same size Intensity 0 A Standard copy Layout None 2 sidedPrintSetting 1 sided Page size A4 Type Plain paper OK End setur 2 sidedPrintSetting 1 sided Collate OFF OK End setup Collate OFF Frame erase copy OFF 9 OK End setup 20Qn ONOM Advanced Note e Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item or the copy menu If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected Error details is displayed on the LCD In this case press the left Function button to confirm the message then change the setting e The settings of the page size media type etc are retained even if the machine is turned off e When copying starts in the copy menu that is not available with the specified setting The specified function is not available with current settings is displayed on the LCD Change the setting following the on screen instructions 1 Magnif Magnification Specify the reduction enlargement method Reducing or Enlarging a Copy 2 Intensity Specify the intensity When Auto is selected the intensity is adjusted automatically according to the originals loaded on the platen glass Auto is displayed on the Copy standby screen Standard copy Ad B 100 S
141. select Color Options If necessary adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings 4 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 371 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software When you print from Adobe Photoshop Canon Digital Photo Professional or any application software that can identify input ICC profiles and allows you to specify such profiles printer uses the color management system ColorSync built into Mac OS when printing The printer prints the editing and touch up results of the application software and effectively uses the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data To use this printing method use your application software to select color management items and specify an input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself from your application software be sure to select color management items from your application software For instructions refer to the manual of the application software you are using 1 Select Color Matching from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog Printer Canon seri
142. series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation 1 Te Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette ss lor Le Print Quality Standard Grayscale Printing PDF Hide Details Cancel gt Important In the Presets section click Save Current Settings as Preset Save As to register the specified settings J Note e If the paper settings on the print dialog differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 348 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type When you use this printer selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results You can use the following media types on this printer Commercially available papers Cassette paper information registered on the printer Plain Paper including recycled Plain Paper Plain paper paper Canon genuine papers Photo Printing Media name Media Type in the printer driver Cassette
143. takes longer than usual Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high resolutions For example at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600 dpi in full color Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning 532 Updating the Scanner Driver Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver Before Installing the Scanner Driver Installing the Scanner Driver 533 Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver Upgrading your current scanner driver to the latest scanner driver may solve some problems you have experienced To obtain the scanner driver access our website and download the scanner driver for your model Important e Scanner driver can be downloaded for free however Internet connection fees apply Related Topic Before Installing the Scanner Driver Installing the Scanner Driver 534 Before Installing the Scanner Driver Check the following points before installing the scanner driver Check these also when you cannot install the scanner driver Machine Status e If the machine and computer are connected with a USB cable disconnect the USB cable from the computer Computer Settings e Close all running applications e Log in as the administrator of the computer You will be required to enter the name and password of the user with administrator privileges If you have multiple user accounts on Mac OS X log in wi
144. terms Al tha Drusa Gtatamant ar tha Tarme Do not agree Agree 3 In the user information entry screen enter your Password and select Next Enter your password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 66 Register user info Set a password for logging into this service Password Password Confirmation 8 to 32 characters Cancel 3 Important There are character restrictions for the Password as shown below e The password needs to be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 4 Enter the User name Enter the name that identifies the user Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time v 3 Important The User name entry field has the following character restrictions 67 e The user name needs to be between 1 and 20 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 5 Specify the Time zone setting and select Next Select your region on the list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving ti
145. that can be printed is displayed Press the OK button to return to the previous screen 656 Print specified document 18 02 15 07 0001 10987654321 __ Color a ERS 10002 B 0912345678 Color mae 18 02 15 08 0891234567 A Date and time of transaction and fax telephone number B Transaction number TX RX NO A transaction number from 0001 to 4999 indicates a document being sent A transaction number from 5001 to 9999 indicates a document being received C Color information Color is displayed for color transmission reception Nothing is displayed for black amp white transmission reception After selecting the document to print and pressing the OK button the confirmation screen to select whether to print only the first page of the document is displayed If you select Yes only the first page of the document will be printed The document is still stored in the machine s memory If you select No all pages of the document will be printed The screen to confirm whether to delete the printed document in the machine s memory is displayed after printing To print all the received documents stored in the machine s memory If you select Print all received documents you can print all the received documents stored in the machine s memory If you select this menu the confirmation screen is displayed After selecting Yes and pressing the OK button all the documents in the machine s memory are printed Each tim
146. the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Access Points Screen A This screen is displayed automatically if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point For information on the encryption settings see Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet 693 Q You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed A Security is not configured on the access point The machine can still be used so continue the setup procedure to complete it Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party 694 Q The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten A Initialize the machine settings Select Reset all then the administrator password reverts to the default Reset setting After initializing the machine settings perform setup according to the instructions on our website 695 Checking Information about the Network Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Machine Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer Checking If the Computer and the Machine or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate Checking the Network Setting Information Q Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of
147. the Machine A To check the IP address or the MAC address of the machine display the network setting information using the operation panel of the machine or print out the network setting information of the machine LAN settings Printing Out Network Setting Information To display the network setting information using IJ Network Tool select Network Information on the View menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Q Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer A To check the IP address or MAC address assigned to the computer follow the procedure below 1 Select System Preferences from the Apple menu then click Network 2 Make sure that the network interface you are using on your computer is selected then click Advanced In Mac OS X v10 9 Mac OS X v10 8 or Mac OS X v10 7 Make sure that Wi Fi is selected as the network interface In Mac OS X v10 6 8 Make sure that AirMac is selected as the network interface 3 Confirm the IP address or MAC address e In Mac OS X v10 9 Mac OS X v10 8 or Mac OS X v10 7 Click TCP IP to confirm the IP address Click Hardware to confirm the MAC address e In Mac OS X v10 6 8 Click TCP IP to confirm the IP address Click Ethernet then see Ethernet ID to confirm the MAC address 696 Q Checking If the Computer and the Machine or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate A To check that communication is available perform the ping test _
148. the OK button The FAX paper settings screen is displayed 5 Specify the settings Use the 4 button to change the setting item and use the A button to change the setting 635 FAX paper settings Page size A4 A B 2 sidedPrintSetting 1 sided c OK End setup A Page size Select the page size from A4 Letter or Legal B Type Media type The paper type is set to Plain paper C 2 sidedPrintSetting Select two sided printing or single sided printing Two sided printing is available for black amp white faxes Color faxes are printed on the single side of paper regardless of this setting After 2 sided is selected for 2 sidedPrintSetting press the right Function button to specify the stapling side D gt Note e When Page size is set to A4 or Letter the received faxes are printed on the two sides of paper 6 Press the OK button 636 Memory Reception If the machine was not able to print the received fax the received fax is stored in the machine s memory The FAX Memory lamp is lit and Received in memory is displayed at the Fax standby screen Important If you unplug the power cord all faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted The next time you turn the machine on press the OK button after a confirmation screen is displayed The list of the faxes deleted from the machine s memory MEMORY CLEAR REPORT will be printed If the machine receives a fax under one of the following conditions the r
149. the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark e Load originals to copy or fax Select Document or Photo for Doc type in Scan and specify a standard size A4 Letter etc for Scan size e With a software application on a computer scan text documents magazines or newspapers select a standard size A4 Letter etc to scan originals Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass and align it with the alignment mark u Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned A4 LTR gt Important The machine cannot scan the striped area A 0 04 inch 1 mm from the edges of the platen glass A Loading Only One Original in the Center of the platen glass Select Photo for Doc type in Scan and specify Auto scan for Scan size to scan one original e Scan one printed photo postcard business card or disc with a software application on a computer Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN with 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen glass Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned 183 Loading Two or More Originals on the platen glass e Select Photo for Doc type in Scan and specify Auto multi scan for Scan size to scan two or more originals e Scan two or more printed photos postcards or business cards with a software application on a computer Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO
150. the country or region of purchase Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number Purchase paper by name Paper for printing photos e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt e Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt e Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt e Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt Paper for printing business documents e High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt 1 1 Printing to this paper from the operation panel is not supported Paper Load Limit Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type Page Sizes You can use the following page sizes Note e Printing on the envelopes from the operation panel is not supported Standard sizes e Letter e Legal A5 A4 170 B5 e 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm e 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm e 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm e Envelope DL Envelope Com 10 Non standard sizes You can print on non standard size paper within the following ranges e Minimum size 3 50 x 5 00 inches 89 0 x 127 0 mm e Maximum size 8 50 x 14 00 inches 215 9 x 355 6 mm Paper Weight You can use paper in the following weight range e 17 to 28 Ib 64 to 105 g Im plain paper except for Canon genuine paper Do not use heavier or lighter paper except for Canon genuine paper as it could jam in the machine Notes on Storing Paper e Take out only the necessary numb
151. the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 855 693A Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 856 6940 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 857 6941 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 858 6942 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the
152. the image is printed with the adjusted contrast gt Important If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the Contrast appears grayed out and is unavailable 381 Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity 382 Overview of the Printer Driver gt Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Page Setup Dialog Print Dialog gt Quality amp Media gt Color Options Margin gt Canon IJ Printer Utility gt Opening the Canon lJ Printer Utility Maintenance of this Printer Display the Printing Status Screen Deleting the Undesired Print Job gt Instructions for Use Printer Driver 383 Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon lJ printer driver called printer driver below is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand and sends the converted data to the printer Because different models support different print data formats you need a printer driver for the specific model you are using Using Help of the Printer Driver You can display Help function from the Print Dialog Select a setup item from the pop up menu in the Print dialog Then click at the bottom left of the screen to display an explanation of the ite
153. the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported e The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format 514 J Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Set from the operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support
154. the item with a force exceeding 4 4 Ibs 2 0 kg If you press heavily the scanner may not work correctly or you might break the glass e Align the item with the edge of the platen If placed slanted correction will not be applied properly e Correction may not be applied properly depending on the item If the page background is not white shadows may not be detected correctly or may not be detected at all e While scanning press down on the spine with the same amount of pressure you used to preview the scan If the binding part is not even correction will not be applied properly FO ZX 530 e How to place the item depends on your model and the item to be scanned Unsharp Mask Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Descreen Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned D Important e When enabling Descreen disable Unsharp Mask If Unsharp Mask is enabled some moire effects may remain Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Descreen Reduce Show through Use this function to reduce show through in duplex documents or lighten the base color in recycled paper and other colored paper when scanning documents Important e Reduce Show through is effective only when Document or Magazine is select
155. to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong the number of times the external device rings specified with Ring count in FAX only mode is available in TEL priority mode If you want to specify the number of times the external device rings in TEL priority mode select FAX only mode on the Receive mode settings screen specify the number of times the external device rings with Ring count then switch to TEL priority mode in Receive mode settings e If you subscribe to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong we recommend that Manual auto switch be set to OFF Advanced setting in FAX only mode You can specify the following setting item Incoming ring You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming Advanced setting in DRPD You can specify the following setting items DRPD FAX ring pattern Sets the distinctive ring pattern of a call that the machine assumes is a fax call If you subscribe to a DRPD service set the ring pattern to match the pattern assigned by your telephone company Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern US and Canada only Incoming ring You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming Advanced setting in Network switch You can specify the following setting item Incoming ring You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern US and Canada only If you have subscribed to a Distinctive Ring Patter
156. to Your Computer Registering a Fax telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility Changing a Fax telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility Deleting a Fax telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility Registering Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility Calling the Registered Information Up from Your Computer and Registering the Information to the Machine Uninstalling Speed Dial Utility 615 Starting Up Speed Dial Utility Before starting up Speed Dial Utility confirm the following The necessary application software printer driver and Speed Dial Utility is installed If the printer driver or Speed Dial Utility is not yet installed install them from our website The machine is connected to a computer correctly Make sure that the machine is connected to the computer correctly Do not plug in or unplug any cables while the machine is in operation or when the computer is in sleep or standby mode If your machine is compatible with LAN connection make sure that the machine is connected to the computer with LAN connection to use Speed Dial Utility via LAN connection Follow the procedure below to start up Speed Dial Utility 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select Applications on the Go menu of Finder 3 Double click the Canon Utilities folder 4 Double click the Speed Dial Utility folder 5 Double cli
157. to set the following Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability 3 Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan D Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function 513 Reduce gutter shadow platen Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Important e This function is available only when scanning from the platen Note e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables D gt Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates
158. to use the web service to print documents be sure to check these precautions beforehand Network environment The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet If your printer is not connected to a LAN see here and set one up For information on the LAN and Internet settings see the manual of your network devices or contact the manufacturer Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Preparing to Use MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Copyright c 1991 2013 Unicode Inc All rights reserved Distributed under the Terms of Use in http www unicode org copyright html This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS Written by Philip Hazel Email local part ph10 Email domain cam ac uk University of Cambridge Computing Service Cambridge England Copyright c 1997 2008 University of Cambridge All rights reserved THE BSD LICENCE Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the U
159. up to 0 20 inch 5 mm in height Legal size Max 10 sheets 20 Ib 75 g m2 paper up to 0 04 inch 1 mm in height Other sizes 1 sheet 6008 10 0 008 inch 0 07 10 0 18 mm DJ Note e Make sure any glue ink correction fluid or the like on the document is completely dry before loading it on the platen glass or in the ADF However do not load glued documents in the ADF even if the glue is dry as this may cause paper jams e Remove all staples paper clips and the like before feeding the document e Load Legal sized documents in the ADF Do not load the following types of documents in the ADF They will jam e Wrinkled or creased paper e Curled paper Torn paper e Paper with holes e Glued paper 185 Paper with sticky notes Carbon paper or carbon backed paper Surface treated paper Onion skin or thin paper Photo or thick paper 186 Inserting the USB Flash Drive gt Inserting the USB Flash Drive gt Removing the USB Flash Drive 187 Inserting the USB Flash Drive Printable Image Data e This machine accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system Exif 2 2 2 21 2 3 compliant TIFF Exif 2 2 2 21 2 3 compliant Other image or movie types such as RAW images cannot be printed The machine accepts images scanned and saved with the machine when Doc type is set to Photo and Format is set to JPEG file extension jpg DJ Note e This device in
160. using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example 88 Important The available functions differ depending on the app The printing procedure differs depending on the app e You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand e The following file formats can be printed jpg jpeg pdf docx doc xlsx xls pptx ppt and rtf The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app Before you print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start e This is available if you are using a smartphone or tablet D gt Note e You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jog and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in Country Region Japan User ID Password 3 In the displayed album list select the album of your choice 89 lt CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Sample00 a Sample01 Sampled2 S4 4 L Sample03 Py Sample04 Sample05 4 In the displayed image list select the image that you want to print and then select Next Sample01 5 Make the necessary print settings and then select Print 90 Selected 5 Paper size Letter Media type Plus Glossy Il Print quality Standard Border Borderless Photo fix Red EveCorrection Print 6 A print job completion message appears and printing start
161. you cannot print e Check that the printer is connected to the Internet e Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet e Check that no error message is displayed on the printer s LCD monitor If printing does not start even after you wait awhile go to the printer home screen and run HA Setup gt Web service inquiry If printing does not start run the inquiry several times If the problem is not resolved use the printer driver from your computer to perform the print job and check whether the data can be printed normally on the printer If you still cannot print see the troubleshooting page for your model on the Home of the Online Manual DJ Note e With a wireless LAN connection after the printer is turned on it may take several minutes before communication is possible Check that your printer is connected to the wireless network and wait a while before you start printing e If the printer is not turned on or is not connected to the Internet and consequently a print job is not processed within 24 hours after it was submitted the print job is automatically canceled If this happens check the printer power and the Internet connection and then re submit the print job 57 Using MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cl
162. you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 816 5012 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 817 5040 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 818 5100 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the machine Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the machine again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head h
163. 2 Load paper Ga 3 Select Bims FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 4 Use the 4 lt 4 button to select Function list then press the OK button The Function list screen is displayed 5 Use the amp 4 button to select Memory reference then press the OK button DJ Note e If no document is stored in the machine s memory There is no document in memory is displayed Press the OK button to return to the previous screen 6 Use the 4 button to select a print menu then press the OK button To print the memory list MEMORY LIST If you select Print memory list you can print a list of the documents in the machine s memory MEMORY LIST When the print confirmation screen is displayed select Yes and press the OK button The printing starts MEMORY LIST shows the transaction number of the unsent or unprinted fax TX RX NO transaction mode recipient s number and the date and time of the transaction A transaction number from 0001 to 4999 on MEMORY LIST indicates a document being sent A transaction number from 5001 to 9999 on MEMORY LIST indicates a document being received To specify a document to print If you select Print specified document you can specify the document and print it If you select this menu the document selection screen is displayed Note e If the specified document is not stored in the machine s memory There is no document
164. 2 R Short edge Cancel Defaults a Important e Binding Side cannot be specified when scanning only the front side of each document Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Available setting items vary by Select Source When Select Source is Auto Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type Important The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function When Select Source is Photo gt Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image e When Select Source is Magazine or Document DJ Note e The displayed items vary by Select Source and Color Mode Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability 33 Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function 501 Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduce
165. 291 Canon IJ Network Tool Menus This section describes the menus in Canon IJ Network Tool 1 3 4 Canon 1 Network Tool Edit 1 Canon IJ Network Tool menu About Canon IJ Network Tool Displays the version of this application Quit Canon IJ Network Tool Exits IJ Network Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication status In the access point mode this item is grayed out and you cannot confirm the printer connection status Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers to the latest information Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN e If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then select Refresh e If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer 3 Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer DJ Note e This item has the same func
166. 9 6502 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 840 6800 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 841 6801 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 842 6900 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory ar
167. A Make sure that the machine is turned on Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to Disable LAN or Wireless LAN active Select Access point mode active CILE Is the machine selected to connect external communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets Select an access point name SSID specified for the machine as a destination for external communication devices Enter a password if you specify it for the machine VS Make sure that external communication devices are not placed far away from the machine Do not locate external communication devices too far away from the machine Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices 675 GIA Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible GEE Are you trying to connect 6 devices or more You can connect up to 5 devices using the access point mode Q Cannot Print or Scan from a Computer Connected to the Network A ete Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct For the procedures to set up the computer refer to the instruction manual of your computer or contact its m
168. ALLER HISTORY may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load paper kasi ka 3 Select Bims FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 4 Use the amp 4 lt 4 button to select Function list then press the OK button The Function list screen is displayed 5 Use the 4 button to select Print reports lists then press the OK button 6 Use the amp button to select the report or list you want to print then press the OK button to start printing e When you select Directory list Use the 4 button to select Recipient or Group dial then press the OK button If you select Recipient select whether to print RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST in alphabetical order of the registered names then press the OK button If you select Yes the machine prints RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST with the destination names in alphabetical order If you select No the machine prints RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST with the registered entries in numerical order If you select Group dial the confirmation screen is displayed Select Yes then press the OK button The machine prints GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO LIST When you select an item other than Directory list The confirmation screen is displayed Select Yes then press the OK button The machine prints the selected report or list Errors When You Send a Fax If an e
169. Action If the following screen is displayed the paper settings of the cassette is not complete Register cassette paper info Page size A4 Type Plain paper OK Register Press the machine s OK button to terminate the paper settings of the cassette 808 2500 Cause The cause of following may have occurred the failure of Automatic Print Head Alignment e Print head nozzles are clogged The paper of size other than A4 or Letter is loaded The paper output slot is exposed to strong light Action Press the machine s OK button to dismiss the error then take the actions described below e Print the nozzle check pattern to check the status of the print head Load one sheet of A4 Letter sized plain paper and perform Automatic Print Head Alignment again e Adjust your operating environment and or the position of the machine so that the paper output slot is not exposed directly to strong light After carrying out the above measures if the problem continues after aligning the print head again press the machine s OK button to dismiss the error and then perform Manual Print Head Alignment 809 2700 Cause Possible causes include the following e Some errors occurred while copying and a certain time passed e Document is remained in the ADF e Some errors occurred while scanning and the document is remained in the ADF Action Take the corresponding actions below e When you copy press the OK button to dis
170. Add a recipient Add a recipient according to the selected method The Sequential broadcasting screen is displayed after specifying the multiple recipients Sequential broadcasting L George 0123456789 B Dylan 0789123456 gt Delete a record Directory Na Redial 4 If you want to add the recipient further repeat the same procedure DJ Note e You can specify the recipient either by entering the fax telephone number or by selecting a number from the outgoing call logs e If you want to delete the recipient use the A button to select a recipient that you want to delete then press the button 7 Press the Color button for color transmission or the Black button for black amp white transmission gt Important e Color transmission is available only when the recipient s fax machine supports color faxing Note To cancel a fax transmission press the Stop button To cancel a fax transmission while it is in progress press the Stop button then follow the instructions on the LCD When you press the Stop button fax transmission to all the recipients specified will be canceled You cannot cancel a fax transmission to only one recipient 597 e If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress Document in ADF Select to eject document is displayed on the LCD By pressing the OK button the remaining documents are automatically ejected 598 Preventing Mist
171. Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows 1 Select Color Options from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Specify the brightness Select Light Normal or Dark for Brightness The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 850 by 11 00 inches Orientation t Color Options cano Wmo E High Magenta 0 a E Low High ee 4 loft b gt gt Yellow o E a ABCDEF Sample Type Standard 2 Intensity 0 Light View Color Pattern Contrast 0 Low High PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the data is printed at the specified brightness gt Important e If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the Brightness appears grayed out and is unavailable 377 Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 378 Adjusting Intens
172. After selecting the document to save and pressing the OK button the specified document is forwarded to the shared folder on the computer To forward all the received documents stored in the machine s memory to the shared folder on the computer If you select Save all RX documents you can forward all documents to the shared folder on the computer When the confirmation screen is displayed select Yes and press the OK button When the Specify the storage medium screen is displayed select Destination folder and press the OK button When the Select folder screen is displayed select a destination folder then press the OK button All documents are forwarded to the shared folder on the computer 664 DJ Note e When you specify a PIN code for a registered folder a screen asking you to enter a PIN code in case you specify the code Entering the PIN code allows you to assign the shared folder as the destination D Note e You can forward up to 250 pages of fax as one PDF file e You can forward up to 2000 PDF files on a USB flash drive e Faxes are forwarded according to the order of the transaction number when Save all RX documents is selected e If the machine is disconnected with the computer or if the writing error occurs on the computer while forwarding faxes is in progress the error message is displayed on the LCD Press the OK button to dismiss the error e The faxes forwarded to the shared folder are named with the seria
173. Always use quiet mode Use quiet mode during specified hours Start time 21 00 End time 7 00 Defaults Apply Note e If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer a message may be displayed because the computer cannot access the function information that was set on the printer If this happens click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 2 Set the quiet mode If necessary specify one of the following items Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function D Important e You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver No matter how you use to set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer 3 Apply the settings 241 Make sure that the printer is on and click Apply Click OK when the confirmation message appears The settings are enabled hereafter J Note e The effects
174. Canon MB2000 series Online Manual Read Me First Useful Functions Available on the Machine Overview of the Machine Printing Copying Scanning Faxing Troubleshooting English Contents Peele Fictions ttbor oc 0aseeseern se eee seeded ee decewsdssee oes 17 Symbols Used in This Document n a anaana aeaa eaaa aa 18 Trademarks and Licenses n nuanean 19 S EEUE LOT E E a a ke des EEEE E EEE T A T E EA 23 Notes on Operation Explanations anaana 25 Useful Functions Available on the Machine 2 50500005 26 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode 220200000 27 Download a Variety of Content Materials naaa aaae 28 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application o on anaana 29 Use the Machine More Conveniently with Quick Toolbox 2 0 000 30 Connection Methods Available on the Machine 000s 31 Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP 0000 0c cece e eee ees 33 Restrictions ETET PAPEI EEA TATE hee TT eA eka TERTRE 36 Notice for Web Service Printing oe eee debe oS Seas se Ne ORES OS OS OS 38 Use MAXIFY Cloud DIN 252324 headers cnc geese eee kb bee eens eee Sick eeeGases 40 Using MAAIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer 66 0s0660 268 s0ese seed ieedad eee daedereeas aie 41 Before Using MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Se eee eet 42 Preparing to Use MAXIFY Cloud Lin
175. Check 1 0005 682 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 CeCe oe Pee 683 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 2 684 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 4 685 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 5 2 686 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 6 TRT TTET ebanee OOF The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN 000000 eee eaeaee 688 Other Problems witht NGWONG lt 0 ii6 cc8Go teece howd ee daar dated deta thee ewe bes 690 Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key a4 2 de dade edad ed dees auld as 691 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup 05 693 The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten 2 0 005 695 Checking Information about the NetwoOrk 2 2 00020 sc eee ee eee eee eee eH eee eee 696 How to Restore the Machine s Network Settings to Factory Default 55 698 Probleme Wih PINIM cases 16a eek owe Chee RG Te EE ewes ERE EREN 84 4 699 Ponting Dees Net Oleee Ets ALEE TENA ERRERA ERARE ARE EENT ENR RT 700 Paper Jams TETE A AE ATIATI war ae TETEE OTE ETE EEEE _ 702 Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs 0000020 cece eee eae 703 Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing TOT
176. D either express or implied including without limitation any warranties or conditions of TITLE NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License Limitation of Liability In no event and under no legal theory whether in tort including negligence contract or otherwise unless required by applicable law such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts or agreed to in writing shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages including any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work including but not limited to damages for loss of 21 goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any and all other commercial damages or losses even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof You may choose to offer and charge a fee for acceptance of support warranty indemnity or other liability obligations and or rights consistent with this License However in accepting such obligations You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility not on behalf of any other Contr
177. E to display the Change LAN screen This screen allows you to change the wireless LAN configuration Change LAN Wi Fi Wireless LAN active AP Access point mode active Disable LAN Press the center Function button F to display the Current estimated ink levels screen This screen allows you to check the current ink levels Current estimated ink levels DOAR Y BK C M OK Back Ink number Press the right Function button G to display the Register cassette paper info screen This screen allows you to check the page size and media type settings of the cassette Register cassette paper info A4 Plain paper 153 Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols Use the Numeric buttons to enter or edit such information as unit name a recipient s name for the directory etc Switching the Input Mode The machine has three input modes lowercase mode uppercase mode and numeric mode When you press the button A the input mode switches in the following order lowercase mode uppercase mode then numeric mode The current input mode is shown in the bottom right corner of the LCD 3J Note e For unit telephone number entry or fax telephone number entry in the directory only the numbers and symbols available for that type of entry are displayed on the screen 154 Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols Repeatedly press the Numeric buttons until the character you want to enter is displayed in the entry field
178. ETOR Start copy Save profile fF Print settings Note e When Auto is selected load the original on the platen glass 3 Page size Select the page size of the loaded paper 4 Type Media type 424 5 Print qlty Print quality Adjust print quality according to the original J Important If you use Standard with Type set to Plain paper and the quality is not as good as expected select High for Print qlty and try copying again e Select High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays instead of black or white 6 Layout Select the layout Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page 7 2 sidedPrintSetting Select whether to perform two sided copying Two Sided Copying 8 Collate Select whether to obtain sorted printouts when making multiple copies of a multi paged original Collated Copying 9 Frame erase copy When copying thick originals such as books you can make a copy without black margins around the image and gutter shadows Copying Thick Originals Such as Books 425 Reducing or Enlarging a Copy You can specify the magnification optionally or select the preset ratio copying or fit to page copying The LCD below is displayed when you press the right Function button in the Copy standby screen Select the reduction enlargement method from Magnif Standard copy Magn
179. ID About printer registration ID Cancel DJ Note e When you access the service from Remote UI the Printer registration ID is entered automatically Printer addition is completed Adding a MAXIFY Cloud Link User 93 Adding a MAXIFY Cloud Link User Several people can use one printer This section describes the user addition procedure and the user privileges Adding a user 1 On the service screen select Manage users yt series Mng printer Manage users J pa Picasa Web Albums Picasa Flickr Facebook Evernote ae Contig Properties Manage jobs 2 Select Add user yt Manage users Delete User name Authority Administrator Add user Note e When you select Add user the service first checks whether the maximum number of users has been reached If new users can be added the user registration screen appears The maximum number of users that can be added for 1 printer is 20 94 3 Enter the e mail address of the user to be added and then select OK The URL for completing the registration is then sent to the entered e mail address 4 Access the URL reported in the e mail 5 Read the terms displayed in the License agreement and Privacy statement screens If you agree to the terms select Agree License agreement Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the Terms are a binding agreement
180. If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac euuuuges If an app cannot be installed Check the country or region where the printer was purchased If the printer is taken outside the country or region where it was purchased apps cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list Check the display language of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If the display language is switched to a language that does not support an app the app will not be displayed in the apps list but will continue to be registered If you switch back to the target language of the app it will be displayed in the apps list and you will be able to start register or unregister the app If the information is not updated when you press the Update button Because the Properties screen requires network connection with this product the information may not be reflected immediately Please wait awhile and then try updating the information again If the information is still not updated then check that the product is connected to the Internet If you do not receive the registration e mail You may have entered a different e mail address during the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center On the printer s Home screen select il Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete th
181. Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 867 7203 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 868 7204 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 869 7205 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 870 9000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service
182. Mal ee alan ara a and D KNEES 175 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes i s 0 000s0 ceded ee ete dene eee ees 176 Lee MEGA ayrisi ewes dom RAs Peace d dda dsidddwneieaus das Wa Envelopes 664 13 che hir dnt deodeersesenatsnandind dG gadadedeethedareeadens 178 Eeri LE E Sc as trees Ce GEER Ditties eed eee Reais aaa eS 179 Postion tr Load Oromo e orare tiaron ier an r ROR ed Reems aeed dake ees 180 Loading Originals on the Platen Glass oss cco kk hd dda dade a a a aa A a ee 181 Loading Documents in the ADF Auto Document Feeder auauua auaa aaae 182 How to Load Originals for Each FUNCQUOM acccacsd oe crane det cree deo owe oui ee ead 183 Originals You Can Logi i cesses sorres iird retsind ved oe he Leen waked RPE SESH ea 185 lasernting ihe USB Flash DIVE si iirc a a aa a h a E A G aa oaa a we 187 inserting the USB Flash ONVG lt 2 0cieoad opbadeesoc eed eveidergievageategeniceaeoed 188 Removing the USB Fash DIVG winner due Sites Ade oe hee deed wn ad ark wadmk wie a We 189 PSE el UN Ps oe dee ees cee os ak ee bees oon Se hee ees Ces eee 190 Replacing ah INK Wank oc ccna ricki eae a ed dat A hee aod she kaw aidan 191 Checking tie Ink Stasis chee eet eek eb ehe eee Wwe PR See EUS aMhe hho athe eeeuls eeee 196 Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Machine reer eer Mimbeseneastee VO Pl ss os Sheen Shot at tind She eke bbaesesdeteteeaesasbedeasaeead 198 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect TE FEESTE
183. More Conveniently with Quick Toolbox Connection Methods Available on the Machine Notice for Web Service Printing Use MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device Checking Printer Information Online Storage Integration Function How to Use Print from E mail Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with MAXIFY Printing Solutions Printing with Windows RT 26 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode The machine supports access point mode in which you can connect to the machine wirelessly from a computer or smartphone even in an environment without an access point or wireless LAN router Switch to access point mode with simple steps to enjoy scanning and printing wirelessly When you use the machine with the access point mode be sure to specify the access point name of the machine and the security setting in advance Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode 27 Download a Variety of Content Materials CREATIVE PARK A printing materials site where you can download all the printing materials for free Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling paper parts are provided CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM A service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive printing materials PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via Easy PhotoPrint Downloaded PREMIUM Contents can be p
184. Note e If itis difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Unnoticeable vertical streaks B Noticeable vertical streaks 10 Repeat the same procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for columns B to M then press the OK button 11 Confirm the message then press the OK button The second pattern is printed 12 Look at the second pattern then use the 4 or gt button to select the number of the pattern in column N that has the least noticeable horizontal streaks 214 3J Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks D c C Unnoticeable horizontal streaks D Noticeable horizontal streaks 1 Repeat the same procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for columns O to T then press the OK button For column P pick the least noticeable vertical streaks 2 Confirm the message then press the OK button 215 Performing Maintenance from a Computer gt Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 216 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle Perform print head cleaning if printing is
185. OK button Note e To switch the display by name and by ID number press the left Function button The selected member is added on the list Directory 03 Friend 1 Member 001 00 L George OK Register Add member Del member Note e To delete the recipient from the group dial select a recipient that you want to delete from the list and the right Function button 4 To add another member press the left Function button The machine s directory is displayed 5 Select a member to register as group member The member to register is displayed on the list Directory 03 Friend 1 Member 001 00 L George 002 04 B Dylan OK Register Add member Del member Repeat the procedure to register another member to the same group dial 10 Press the OK button to finalize registration DJ Note e To register another group select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure e You can check the recipients you have registered to the group dial by printing GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO LIST Printing a List of the Registered Destinations 611 Changing Registered Information To change information registered for recipient and group dial follow the procedure below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on Sed 2 Select Bims FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Use the amp 4 lt 4 button to select Function list then press
186. PE 323 Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper 0 00 e eee eee 324 Canceling a Print Job TEET EE ee er er TE TT EET peti TL paasee SAO Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing QUAY 404 02 asia gee ei de naddt had dads a doen eee 326 Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine 0 eee eens 327 Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images 329 SNCs dea ees po OR Odd be 84a ODER AEE Se ee 330 Adminstrator ENS oc as ck emt ee be bh O00 SS COS eS eRe eRe SESS 335 About the Machine Administration nananana 336 Setting the Administrator Password ssaa aaaeeeaa 337 Restricting the Oeste ee os oi eee ee Ohh ORES rikiki ker OES oe RETES EN 339 About the Administrator Password naasa aeaa 341 POM ee E aa areae OA Pining roma OME ete eee een ieri pirit EnEn EREE REEE REEE E E 343 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver 00005 344 Printing wiih Easy Setup ssa seuss Veen Sebo a Wend dduk ORE Eee FOE Se Ee eR aes 345 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type 349 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 350 Various Printing Methods ibd Cake hase bE GEESE TETEETETE 351 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order nassaan sasaaa 352 setting the Stapling Margi sssi sxx ee kirss dare hee
187. PEG Image Quality Use Device Setting File Name Use Device Setting MG E Pictures Use Device Setting Standard CA Create a POF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application _ Send to an application _ Send to a folder _ Do not start any application Instructions 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel Image Processing Settings Ki Finder 35 Preview None More Functions Cuts o Click Right Arrow to set the following Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability 33 Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan 507 DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Reduce gutter shadow platen Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Important e This function is available only when scanning from the platen Note e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10
188. Power Cord You can print or delete the faxes stored in the machine s memory You can also save the received faxes stored in the machine s memory on the USB flash drive or forward the received faxes stored in the machine s memory to the shared folder on the computer To print a document in the machine s memory Printing a Document in Machine s Memory e To delete a document in the machine s memory Deleting a Document in Machine s Memory To save a document on a USB flash drive Saving a Document in Machine s Memory to USB Flash Drive To forward a document to the shared folder on the computer Forwarding a Document in Machine s Memory to Shared Folder on the Computer Note e When confirming printing or deleting a document stored in the machine s memory you specify it by its transaction number If you do not know the transaction number for your target document print the list of documents MEMORY LIST first For details on how to print MEMORY LIST see Printing a Document in Machine s Memory 655 Printing a Document in Machine s Memory You can print a specified document in the machine s memory or print all the documents in its memory at a time When printing a specified document you specify it by its transaction number If you do not know the transaction number for your target document print the list of documents MEMORY LIST first 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on
189. Print when out of ink in Auto print settings under FAX settings to Print However part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out Also the contents of the fax will not be stored in the machine s memory 763 If the ink has already run out we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings to store the received fax in the machine s memory After you replace the ink tank and select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings the fax stored in the machine s memory will be printed automatically Auto print settings Paper has run out Load the paper and press the OK button A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size then press the OK button You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a fax Press the HOME button and select FAX to resume printing of the fax Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings You can print the faxes stored in the machine s memory from the Memory reference screen in the Fax menu Printing a Document in Machine s Memory Note To print the received faxes automatically select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings Auto print settings If you did not print the fax stored in the machine s memory e g if you
190. Printer Utility pop up menu select Custom Settings and then check the Hagaki Printing check box Important e With OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 you cannot use Display Guide Message Therefore if you check the Do not show again check box when a guide message is displayed before printing starts this will stop any more guide messages from being displayed Prevent paper abrasion The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high density printing to prevent paper abrasion Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function of Test Print on the pop up menu in the Canon IJ Printer Utility is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment Don t detect mismatch of paper settings when printing from computer When you print documents from your computer and the paper settings on the print dialog and the cassette paper information registered on the printer do not match this setting disables the message 243 display and allows you to continue printing To disable detection of paper setting mismatches select this check box 3 Apply the settings Cli
191. RL http lt Printer IP address gt For lt Printer IP address gt enter the IP address that you checked in the previous procedure 2 Entering Username and Administrator s Password From the authentication screen enter the Username and Password Username ADMIN Password See About the Administrator Password Note The Username display may differ depending on your browser 3 Displaying Printer Information The top screen for printer information is displayed 114 Menu Printer status Utilities AirPrint settings Google Cloud Print setup Print from E mail setup IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Security Records of use Firmware update Manual Online Printer status This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount the status and detailed error information You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page and use Web Services Utilities This function allows you to set and execute the printer utility functions such as cleaning AirPrint settings This function allows you to specify the Apple AirPrint settings such as position information Google Cloud Print setup This function allows you to register this printer to Google Cloud Print or delete the printer Print from E mail setup Allows you to register printers check print addresses and delete registered printers IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Allows you to register to IJ Cloud Printing Center or to delete a
192. SCAN FACING DOWN Allow 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen glass and the originals and between the originals Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned You can place up to 12 items A A LTR A More than 0 4 inch 1 cm Note The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to approximately 10 degrees Slanted photos with a long edge of 7 1 inches 180 mm or more cannot be corrected Non rectangular or irregular shaped photos such as cut out photos may not be scanned properly 184 Originals You Can Load platen glass Types of originals Text document magazine or newspaper Printed photo postcard business card or disc BD DVD CD etc Documents that are not suitable for the ADF Size width x height Max 8 5 x 11 7 inches 216 x 297 mm Quantity 1 sheet or multiple sheets Two or more originals can be loaded on the platen glass depending on the selected function How to Load Originals for Each Function ADF Auto Document Feeder Types of originals Multipage plain paper documents of the same size thickness and weight Size width x height Max 8 5 x 14 0 inches 216 x 356 mm Min 5 8 x 5 8 inches 148 x 148 mm Only A4 or Letter sized documents for two sided copy 2 on 1 copy and 4 on 1 copy A4 or Letter size Max 50 sheets 20 Ib 75 g m2 paper
193. Select Le Device settings then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to select LAN settings then press the OK button 5 Use the amp button to select Change LAN then press the OK button 6 Use the amp button to select Access point mode active then press the OK button The access point name SSID that set currently is displayed When using the machine for the first time the default setting is displayed When detecting the machine from the external device such as a computer or a smartphone you can detect with the access point name SSID 271 DJ Note e Pressing the right Function button displays the security setting The password required when connecting from the external device is also displayed e You can specify the access point name SSID and the security setting optionally Setting of the Access Point Mode 7 Press the left Function button The access point mode is enabled and the machine can be used as an access point Printing Scanning with the Access Point Mode Print Scan with the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Connect an external device such as a computer or a smartphone to the machine via wireless LAN Perform wireless LAN settings with your external device then assign the access point name specified for the machine as a destination DJ Note e For details on how to perform wireless LAN settings with an external device refer to the device s instruction manual
194. Side Long side stapling Left Long side stapling Right Short side stapling Top Short side stapling Bottom POF Hide Details Cancel Print Margin Specify the amount of margin space for stapling the paper Enter a value between 0 inches 0 mm to 1 2 inches 30 mm Stapling Side Specify the stapling side Long side stapling Left Long side stapling Right Select this option to staple the long side of the paper Choose left or right Short side stapling Top Short side stapling Bottom Select this option to staple the short side of the paper Choose top or bottom Related Topics Setting the Stapling Margin Duplex Printing 392 Canon IJ Printer Utility The Canon IJ Printer Utility allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer What You Can Do with the Canon IJ Printer Utility 8O0 __Canon 9 series _ Cleaning Cleaning Eliminates unwanted smudges and lines in the print result Deep Cleaning x Unclogs nozzles that cannot be cleared by regular cleaning You can switch between pages in Canon IJ Printer Utility by the pop up menu You can choose one of the following items from the pop up menu Cleaning Clean the printer to clear up clogged print head nozzle Test Print Execute a test print to check the condition of the print head nozzle and to adjust the print head position Power Settings Operate the power of this printer from the printe
195. TTET vee TEET 199 Maintenance Procedure ys bance do5se Meee aoe a rare ee oH ad Kee SoH ese SUA ha aay 200 Printing the Nozzle Check Pate ss sc operon ceed eee a daen aaa eats ETET eee 202 Examining the Nozzle Check Patlettsc scans oie Secacyeiuheigearsnie Seeders eae 204 Cleaning the Print Head oe gs dao sane kaa aa hd a Raa aaa el Bk cae ae 206 Cleaning ihe Print Head Deeply lt i ied1c6 et dted baw dade HERS ae eee ae 208 AIGU Me POAT EAS a chalets ah Rca aah ash aida A aes aed ea a nel he tah 210 Aligning the Print Head Manually isi 22200 2c0 beet cn eee ee eee eee EEE eee Ee EEE EY 212 Performing Maintenance from a Computer aaaassasssssrerrsssrenrssrrrerrrerrsrrsui 216 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer cc0cereioeeeeae eecav eecad east weed 217 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern 0 0 0 0 cc cece 219 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer 0 0000 eee 220 Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer 000 eee eee 221 Cleaning th Machine 26 i40 0icene04 ee ri rtt avenue PARRE ESERE ered deheaavedannne awe 224 Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine AOTER ETT EET E act PETET repes A20 Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover aasa anaana nanara 226 Cleaning the ADF Auto Document Feeder Nek HOES SA TEETE TREERE Fi PRODI SS 227 Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollefin ss ccadadauns dander we dada Sadat aa aiaa ad d a
196. To send two or more pages follow the message to load the next page and press the Color or Black button After scanning all pages press the OK button to start sending Note To cancel sending the fax press the Stop button Note e When your machine is connected to a PBX Private Branch Exchange system refer to the operating instructions of the system for details on dialing the recipient s fax telephone number e In case the machine was not able to send a fax such as when the recipient s line was busy it has the function to automatically redial the number after a specified interval Automatic redialing is enabled by default Automatic Redialing e Unsent documents such as those pending redial are stored in the machine s memory They are not stored in the case of a sending error Document Stored in Machine s Memory Do not unplug the power cord until all documents are sent If you unplug the power cord all unsent documents stored in the machine s memory are lost 586 Resending Faxes Redialing a Busy Number There are two methods of redialing Automatic redialing and Manual redialing e Automatic Redialing If you send a document and the recipient s line is busy the machine will redial the number after a specified interval Automatic Redialing e Manual Redialing You can redial to the recipients dialed by entering the fax telephone numbers Manual Redialing Important It may b
197. User information This displays the User information screen You can change the registered e mail address password language time zone and other settings ae Help legal notices Help legal notices The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed e Log out Log out This opens the Log out screen of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 4 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select 77 series CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Scan to E mail Evernote Dropbox Google Drive SkvNrive ar S Config Properties Manage jobs 5 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed rE e Apes Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area es Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them 78 y series Registered Search apps CANON iMAGE GATEWAY CANON INC i Picasa Web Albums CANON INC Flickr CANON INC f Facebook Pi ty z Apes Config Properties Manage jobs On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category x series Regstered Search apps All Productivity xt series Registered Search apps
198. When a WPA2 PSK AES password is valid on the machine entering the password is required to connect an external device to the machine via wireless LAN Enter the password specified for the machine 2 Start printing or scanning from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone Note e For details on how to print or scan from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone via wireless LAN refer to the device s or application s instruction manual How to terminate the Access Point Mode In environments that the machine is connected with the computer over the wireless LAN usually set the machine to the wireless LAN connection following the procedure below when you finish using the machine with the access point mode temporarily A 1 Select ii Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 2 Select Device settings then press the OK button 272 Use the 4 button to select LAN settings then press the OK button Use the amp 4 button to select Change LAN then press the OK button Use the amp 4 button to select Wireless LAN active then press the OK button If you do not use the machine over wireless LAN select Disable LAN Setting of the Access Point Mode Specify the settings for the access point mode following the procedure below 1 10 11 Make sure that the machine is turned on JA Select mM Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel Select D
199. Your machine s name is located on the front cover of the setup manual e Serial number please refer to the setup manual e Details of the problem e What you tried to solve the problem and what happened 770 Support Code List The support code appears on the LCD and the computer screen when an error occurs Support Code means the error number and appears with an error message When an error occurs check the support code displayed on the LCD or the computer screen and take the appropriate action Support Code Appears on the LCD and the Computer Screen e 1000 to 1ZZ2Z 1003 1200 1300 1303 1310 1313 1314 1575 1600 1660 1688 1700 1701 1754 1755 1871 1890 e 2000 to 2ZZZ 2001 2002 2110 2120 2500 2700 2801 2802 2803 4000 to 4ZZZ 4100 4103 5000 to 5ZZZ 5011 5012 5040 5100 5102 5103 5104 5105 5200 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5400 5500 5501 5B00 5B01 5C01 e 6000 to 6ZZZ 6000 6500 6502 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931 6932 6933 6936 6937 6938 6939 693A 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 771 e 7000 to 2ZZZ 7100 7200 7201 7202 7203 7204 7205 9000 to 2ZZZ 9000 9500 A000 to ZZZZ B202 B203 B204 B502 B503 B504 C000 About the support code for paper jam you can also refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 772 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed If the paper is jammed remove it following the proced
200. a ee eae aed 354 Sealing the Printing to Fit the Paper Size i ouuc sued ecadeadno anand erur eiginn aca 355 scaled Printing cs cacanghb iard r seh ee Ril oe ee ee ee dg ae eu eRe awh ee 357 Page Layout HEN section toe apc er ah A eee terrae Ah psshend oe ik a a cab Ben a ae ea a 358 Duplex Priol sa saci ae ent a Sach oe Sel G Hard a ne He Hk Berit Rack BS Gre BOHR Ark ORS 360 Pining on FOSEJO sku cad madonna cedure do e a a a a aha sas 362 Displaying the Print Results before Printing TRE EFTER ET TORETE pesas 903 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size 0005 cee eee cee cee ce en ees 364 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data 0 0c cee eee 366 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome lt 4 coccccdvaccsadsad sea taiaki Dai 367 Specifying Color Cornrecton sic cavue cain ee evne eben eee ed eeu eee eee eee Oe 368 Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data o4 2 3 eodwees dada edad dees eee hawesutas 370 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver ined TOOT RAE T i Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software 372 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver edna 374 Adjusting Color Balance i295 4o8a iwadeo sees iarr Hoe be98 5G ooo 0549 S044 375 Adjusting Brightness had TTE CE ich decd cigar ia headed ace TROTT sasa S T Adus mmo MEY 024 deuce eae oe Elem eat od hoe i ee a AA 379 Adjusting Contr
201. achine to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool e When using WEP The key length key format the key to use one of 1 to 4 and the authentication method must match among the access point the machine and the computer In order to communicate with an access point that uses automatically generated WEP keys you must configure the machine to use the key generated by the access point by entering it in hexadecimal format Normally select Auto for the authentication method Otherwise select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point When the WEP Details screen appears after clicking Set on the Access Points screen follow the on screen instructions and set the key length the key format the key number and the authentication to enter a WEP key For details see Changing the WEP Detailed Settings D gt Note When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN confirm the settings in Wireless Security of AirPort Utility Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for the key length in the AirPort Base Station 691 e Select 1 for Key ID Otherwise your computer will not be able to communicate with the machine via the access point When using WPA WPA2 The authentication method passphrase and dynamic encryption type must match on the access point the machine and the computer Enter t
202. acing Items When Scanning from a Computer for how to place items When scanning two or more documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder place documents of the same size even if Auto is set Note e To reduce moire set Select Source to Magazine Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item DJ Note e Only Color is available when Select Source is Auto Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK Width inches 1 00 8 50 Height 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 Cancel Defaults Unit inches J Note e Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto e Click Defaults in the screen in which you can specify the paper size to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Note e Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto Document Scan Orientation Settings This appears when you select ADF or Auto for Select Source Click to display the Document Scan Orientation Settings dialog in which you can set the orientation and binding side of the documents to be scanned from the ADF 500 Orientation 2 Portrait R _ Landscape Binding Side RR Long edge R
203. aes NOWO capri kgama gk ad aa iai Ae a a a a a Kaa a a dae skye de 735 Scanner Driver Does Not Starts eesirieri rasai dera aa eee a a a a 736 Error Message Appears and the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear 737 Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time CIANTA ET ERT E RETINEO 738 SOW SCAN SUSE e oa aes AET E oR eee eee ER ow oSatlss eeu dianeyeeds lt 739 There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed eer errr eee eer rere _ 740 Computer Stops Operating during Scanning 00 26sec eee beeen eee eee cae aes 741 Scanned Image Does Not Open aaa RAET eae aoe Sad acount edad SEEE TET 742 Scan Results Not Satisfaclory 254 s644088055 4555 9809 e ae aaa aA 743 Moire Appears in Scan Results EPEE EIEE Ah TETERE EER EEE bh duhscida Se ated 744 Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor 0 0 0 c eee 745 Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas eas edie eo A eosin eeu ae 746 Cannot Scan atthe COmect SIZE reretia nee JRE NES Beas BNOGS eae oBaneSeaewaeines 747 Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation PAN hs ope Si ey Se a aa oe See Re ew Sa es Rh I poke tar Beek Se Gees Seti ohh Seah ee 748 Item Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted 00 000 eee ae 749 Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor ped Ses rit pPEEA EEE 750 Problems with the MACKING
204. al _ 6 Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face down on the platen 7 Click Start Scanning Image 1 xas 2 a eree EIC Adjust cropping frames O i The first item is scanned and appears in 1 2 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 449 8 Place the item that is to be displayed on the right side of the screen face down on the platen 9 Click Start Scanning Image 2 xal BB z Q Select output size eeno Scan Image 1 The second item is scanned and appears in 2 2 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 10 Adjust the scanned images as required Use the Toolbar to rotate or zoom in out or drag the images to adjust their positions Cz Q Select output size e Scan Direction Scan from Left a Scan Image 1 9 Start Scanning Image 1 9 Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 EIC Adjust cropping frames Save Caneel 450 Note e Select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox to specify the area to be saved Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window To scan an item again select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at the top of the screen then click x Delete The selected image is deleted allowing you to scan the item again 11 Click Save 8090 Image Stitch
205. al Service Order Code USOC RJ11C The Facility Interface Code FIC 02LS2 Service Order Code SOC 9 0F Connection of the Equipment This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA A label on this equipment contains among other information a product identifier in the format US AAAEQ FTXXXxX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call In most but not all areas the sum of RENs should not exceed five 5 0 To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line as determined by the total RENs contact the local telephone company The REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US AAAEQ TXXXX The digits represented by are the REN without a decimal point e g 03 is a REN of 0 3 132 A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant See installation instructions for details Connection to party lines is subjected to state tariffs C
206. ame Click and drag the mouse to expand or contract the cropping frame The cursor will change into Hand when it is positioned within a cropping frame Click and drag the mouse to move the entire cropping frame Deleting Cropping Frames To delete the cropping frame deselect the Adjust cropping frames checkbox 538 Resolution The data in the image you have scanned is a collection of dots carrying information about brightness and color The density of these dots is called resolution and resolution will determine the amount of detail your image contains The unit of resolution is dots per inch dpi Dpi is the number of dots per inch 2 5 cm The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image the lower the resolution value the less detail R b How to Set the Resolution You can set the resolution in Resolution on the Scanning from a Computer tab of the Settings dialog Appropriate Resolution Settings Set the resolution according to the use of the scanned image Appropriate Item Type Color Mode eae f Resolution Copvi SES Color 300 dpi Printing Color photo Saving to a computer 300 dpi Using on a website or attaching Color 150 dpi to e mail Saving to a computer 300 dpi Black and white photo Using on a website or attaching Grayscale 150 dpi to e mail Conin Color Grayscale or 300 dpi i i prng Black and White k Text document document or Coa ee eee magazine At
207. ame document to all the registered recipients in the group Registering Recipients in Group Dial You can register up to 100 recipients in total of individual recipients and group dials J Note To change the registered information of the recipient or the group dial see Changing Registered Information To delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial see Deleting Registered Information To print a list of the recipient s fax telephone numbers and names registered see Printing a List of the Registered Destinations You can register change or delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial using Speed Dial Utility on the computer Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility 604 Registering the Fax Telephone Number of Recipients Before you can use the machine s directory you need to register the recipients fax telephone numbers Follow the procedure below to register the recipients fax telephone numbers 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Use the Y A button to select Function list then press the OK button The Function list screen is displayed 4 Use the 4 button to select TEL number registration then press the OK button 5 Use the button to select Directory registration then press the OK button 6 Use t
208. an check the total number of scanning on the platen glass or that in the ADF respectively Note The record of the total number of uses is not reverted even if the machine is reverted back to the default by Reset setting in Device settings 277 Information about Network Connection gt Useful Information about Network Connection 278 Useful Information about Network Connection gt Default Values Set at Factory Network Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name gt Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN Printing Out Network Setting Information 279 Default Values Set at Factory Network Default Values of the LAN Connection ee e pe al a ere le i een p Seal e o Gaia ia a XX represents alphanumeric characters The default value in this item varies by machine You can check the value in this item using the operation panel on the machine LAN settings Default Values of the Access Point Mode SSID access point name XXXXXX MB2000series Wireless LAN security WPA2 PSK AES Serial number of the machine XXXXXxX is the last six digits of MAC address of the machine 280 Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable Connect the machine and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below The USB port is located on the rear of the machine
209. and size of paper is displayed Set the cassette paper information according to the type and size of loaded paper To prevent incorrect printing this machine has a function that detects whether the information set for the paper loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings Before printing make paper settings in accordance with the cassette paper information When this function is enabled an error message is displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing When this error message is displayed check and correct the paper settings To check cassette paper information display the paper information screen on the operation panel 324 Canceling a Print Job Never press the ON button If you press the ON button while printing is in progress the print data sent from the computer queues in the machine and you may not be able to continue to print Press the Stop button to cancel printing 325 Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off If you press the ON button to turn off the power the machine caps the print head nozzles automatically to prevent from drying If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing the print head will not be cap
210. ant When you unplug the power cord after turning off the machine be sure to confirm that the POWER lamp is off 148 Note The machine cannot send or receive faxes when the power is turned off The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax or when unsent faxes are stored in the machine s memory e You can set the machine to automatically turn off at the specified day of week or time For details on Power control OFF settings see below From the machine About ECO settings From the computer Managing the Printer Power 149 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Check the power plug power cord once a month to confirm that it does not have anything unusual described below The power plug power cord is hot The power plug power cord is rusty The power plug power cord is bent The power plug power cord is worn The power plug power cord is split As Caution e If you find anything unusual with the power plug power cord described above unplug the power cord and call for service Using the machine with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock 150 Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord To unplug the power cord follow the procedure below gt Important e When you unplug the power cord press the ON button then confirm that the POWER lamp is off Unplugging the power cord before the POWER lamp is turn
211. ant e You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using the operation panel Note e The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings e800 Canon Ij Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon E series allais z Instructions Settings The Settings dialog appears 3 Click Photo Scan e600 Settings Photo Scan leja if aa r ii Scan Options Select Source Photo Color Mode Color Paper Size Auto scan Resolution 300 dpi C TR Image Processing Settings Save Settings m Odor File Name IMG l af Con Save in ij Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif GF emai JPEG Image Quality Standard _ Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application K Finder J Send to an application 45 Preview Send toa folder None 2 Instructions Defaults 4 Select the Check scan results checkbox then click OK 463 leja i aE Document Scan Custom Scan ial Scan and Sitch Settings Photo Scan Scan Options Select Source Color Made Color Paper Size Auto scan Resolution Image Processing Settings Save Settings File Name Photo 300 dpi IMG Save in D Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard
212. anufacturer eure If the MP Drivers are not installed install them Install the MP Drivers from our website ere Make sure that access control is not set to the access point For the procedures to connect an access point and set it up refer to the instruction manual of your access point or contact its manufacturer Note e To check the MAC address or the IP address of the computer see Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer 676 Q Printing Speed Is Slow A The machine may be printing out a large job issued from another computer Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the machine Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor The metal concrete or timber including the metallic material mud wall or insulator may interrupt a wireless communication If the machine cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN for the wall material place the machine and the computer in the same room or floor SS Make sure that there is no source of interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away f
213. any name that will allow you to identify the printer 123 J Important The maximum number of characters that can be entered is 30 6 In the Confirm Owner Registration window check the registration information and select Register A temporary password will be displayed Important The temporary password that appears is not included in the notification e mail Be sure to write down the temporary password before closing the screen Check if an E mail Has Been Sent to the E mail Address You Entered A URL is notified to complete the registration to the e mail address that for the registered printer s owner Access the URL in the E mail and Complete the Printer Registration 1 Access the URL provided in the e mail JJ Important e You have to complete the registration within 30 minutes 2 Enter the registered e mail address of the printer s owner the temporary password and select Log In 3 Set a password of your choice and select Register When the password setting process is completed the printer s e mail address and the service s URL are displayed and the printer s registration process is completed Important e When you enter the password the following character restrictions apply Set a password that has 8 or more characters e The characters that you can use are single byte uppercase letters single byte lowercase letters and single byte numbers e In the password combine all of the different t
214. aper abrasion You can select the setting menus below FAX settings Print settings LAN settings Device user settings Language selection Firmware update Cassette settings Administrator password setting Operation restrictions Reset setting Important e Depending on the setting item authentication by the administrator password is required About the Machine Administration If you do not know the administrator password ask the administrator of the machine you are using Note e You can use the machine considering the environment such as setting 2 sided printing as default or enabling the machine to turn on off automatically About ECO settings e You can reduce the operating noise when printing at night About Quiet setting 247 FAX settings Important e This setting item is for the administrator This section describes the setting items in FAX settings FAX user settings Advanced FAX settings Auto print settings Auto save setting Security control Easy setup D gt Note e Before changing the settings you can confirm the current settings by printing USER S DATA LIST Summary of Reports and Lists FAX user settings e User information settings Registers your name and fax telephone number printed on sent faxes Registering User Information Telephone line type Selects the telephone line ty
215. aper may not be possible at this maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature and humidity In such cases reduce the sheets of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit e Always load the paper in portrait orientation regardless of the printing orientation Loading Paper D Important e When loading paper in the cassette slide the paper guide on the front side to align with the corresponding mark of page size Load the paper with the print side facing DOWN load the paper stack in the center of the cassette then slide the paper guides to align with the both edges of the paper stack Loading Paper Check to see if the paper you are printing on is not too thick or curled Media Types You Cannot Use Make sure of the following when you load Hagakis or envelopes e If a Hagaki is curled it may not feed properly even though the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit Load Hagakis with a zip code column toward the far end of the cassette e When printing on envelopes refer to Loading Paper and prepare the envelopes before printing 703 Once you have prepared the envelopes load them in portrait orientation If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation they will not feed properly Confirm that the media type and the paper size settings correspond with the loaded paper eee Clean the paper feed roller Clea
216. api FEE WER HEE SUE ERE EERO EN Ce Renee ees 143 Operaton Panel rear asai verted boeken hbo hows beeen sata daien dh Adee 144 About the Power Supply of the Machine 24 4i400s0 seee sew bdadede see beeeewsdoebbawedas 146 Confirming that the Power Is On STTS ares Boas REET TAETT ToP teterdtebewe MT Tumming the Machine On and Offi sisssressoresdurrrdksrr kiirt urt he ee hw ewes eas 148 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord cscs dae bee aha eee oa I eee a 150 Notice tor Unplugging the Power Cord c0icc00ceevew evened ee ewe e ea anu d a 151 LOD and Opera Panel resse a deities na dviods sakes aiations ane di waden ate EA kd aes 152 Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 0000 0c eee eee eee ee 154 beeing Paper Cigale ese ci eet ee edo se Seed ise cease eeeaoseeeead dees 157 Loading Papei 2oxcuseehven end sds aksu ir rira eard Ea a eee eae 158 Paper Source to Load Paper eee Saag a PERTE EEEE TELET ae ae iLetenedeee O9 Leading Plain Paper Photo Papel i106 22diha cbr dh dedi tacrrdbeidacedeatadamead ads 161 Loading EVES i i sco dic aout aia yeaa ets ah leaden ane Alaa aa a Mea ee Sh leak ance Bae 166 Medie Types You Can USG cacure cate ie be Gee ON EERE NEUEN REE IER aie 170 Paper Load Limit ph ated Vee ge oe law TEER ee nee EE eee EES Bs 172 Media Types You Cannot Use i 4 scsi caren oad hed aad eee Seo dha wee Ades 173 PO PUI pe Se a ose She het a e aa A a es 174 PUNO Beis 254 8 Son oe Ronen oh see
217. ast REET TETES eer eee eee eee eee erates eee 981 Overview of the Printer DIV p s as c 4 oh Re Peas tE ie e545 Aar Eke ENAA 383 Canon lJ Printer Driver EEEE er re BN TET ash HE E E E E TETT 384 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 00000 00 e eee 385 Page Setup Dialog TE E SETET iat eeowerk an ree Saket pie cheaoeera ee _ 386 PH DINGO 3 2 gaa S0 ane Shoes 0 AHO SSG TRONS EGGS RAT CO ROs waheS eae SAE A 387 Quality amp Media TEPENE NETA amp a8 hub TETO LOTRE TIE EERST paki ack homes papai 989 Color OPORE scidcdenat eed hawd ae need ha ERRORS Eee DEL REAR PERM READE 390 WAIN a atts core ROE ee eee Ganka E ee Babalu E RE aw a aden on dds 392 Canon Printer Utility asic see ee ce 2 aecnwio CEEE OTETTA Rech ase TEEPE TIENE ok ood ine 393 Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility n s dua wees kh ae SOO SER a eemeeE Aaa ee 395 Maintenance of this Printef lt lt is0cncc0 006 aes t kethi eee SERS Re SE Re 396 Display the Printing Status Sereen ss 5 soe cha cd ek baa trdita diire reken 397 Deleting the Undesired Print JOD asc6 cece seed ee ese Pa eee ede Seka ee ewes 399 Instructions for Use Printer Driver s scsrrssredrrreerai iirde unitara tka 400 Updating the Primer DIVE cc c0 0 20 00 cdead etna digew av ken deemed AE EREE 401 Obtaining the Latest Printer DiiVelhnws scs oun care niina cae wud 6b aaa Mio a odes 402 Delete the Unnecessary Canon lJ Printer from the Printer L
218. ata format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White Note Auto appears only when Auto is selected for Select Source e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif or Auto is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting 503 High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a curre
219. atching R lofi gt gt gt POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select color correction Select ColorSync You can leave Profile set to Automatic 3J Important e If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic the printer will not be able to print with the correct colors 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Important e You cannot specify an input ICC profile from the printer driver Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 374 Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints when printing Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color it changes the total color balance of the document Use the application software when you want to change the color balance significantly Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so that the overall colors are more uniform Vite No adjustment Adjust color balance The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows 1 Select Color Options from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Adjust color balance There are individual sliders for Cyan Magenta and Y
220. ation and the stapling side of print paper on the Print settings screen For details on two sided copy function Two Sided Copying 432 When Loading the Original on the platen glass e Before scanning When the preview function is activated the machine starts pre scanning before scanning the original When pre scanning is finished the screen below preview screen is displayed on the LCD Check orientation OK Scan l Rescan _ Rotate 1 1 Rotate If you press the right Function button the original rotates by 180 degrees 2 Rescan If you press the left Function button the original is rescanned Press the OK button to start scanning After scanning Document setting screen appears on the LCD after scanning each sheet of original Document setting Page 2 Place the next document and press OK Print now Remove the first sheet of original from the platen glass and load the second sheet on the platen glass then press the OK button The machine starts scanning the second sheet of original and copying Note e Remove the first sheet of original from the platen glass and load the second sheet on the platen glass then press the OK button e You can add the copying job while printing Adding the Copying Job Reserve copy e If you use this function in combination with Two sided copy the Document setting screen is displayed after scanning the second sheet of original is com
221. ation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned D Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire Reduce gutter shadow Reduce gutter shadow platen Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Important e This function is available only when scanning from the platen Note e Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specified areas Refer to Gutter Correction for details e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document J Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables 496 DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and
222. ave to a subfolder with current date Check scan results 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area Application Settings OCR Application 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned Document ADE Platen Color Letter 300 dpi Document Scan Orientation Settings IMG E Pictures JPEG Exif Standard 7 Output to Text Defaults e Scanning documents Document or Document ADF Platen e Scanning magazines Magazine Scanning documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder Document ADF Simplex Document ADF Manual Duplex or Document ADF Platen DJ Note a When Document ADF Platen is selected and documents are placed both on the platen and ADF those placed on the ADF will be scanned Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK 494 Width inches 1 00 8 50 Height 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 Unit inches gt il Cancel Defaults Important e Custom cannot be selected depending on the Select Source setting D gt Note e Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of t
223. axes Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes 250 Hook key setting If you select Enable you can use the on hook function FAX reception reject If you select ON the machine rejects the reception of faxes with no sender information or faxes from specific senders Rejecting Fax Reception Caller rejection If you subscribe to the Caller ID service the machine detects the sender s Caller ID If the sender s ID matches the condition specified in this setting the machine rejects the phone call or fax reception from the sender If you select Yes on the subscribing confirmation screen you can specify the settings of rejection Using the Caller ID Service to Reject Calls DJ Note e This setting may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase Contact your telephone company to confirm whether it provides this service Easy setup The machine must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function Follow the procedure according to the instructions on the LCD 2 Note e You can specify the setup setting individually or the advanced setting For details on how to specify the setting Preparing for Faxing 251 Print settings Prevent paper abrasion Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged Important e Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower print quality 252 LAN setting
224. b Stops printing the specified document Resumes printing the specified document Displays the print job information Stops printing all documents bd Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped and resumes printing all documents 398 Deleting the Undesired Print Job If the printer does not start printing canceled or failed print job data may be remaining Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen 1 Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print amp Scan or Print amp Fax 2 Select your model and then click Open Print Queue The print status check screen appears 3 Select the unnecessary print job and click Obelete The selected print jobs will be deleted 399 Instructions for Use Printer Driver This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver Restrictions on the Printer Driver e e e e e e e e When you set up the Page Setup dialog be sure to begin by selecting the model you are using from the Format For list If you select another printer printing may not be performed properly If the Canon IJ Printer Utility does not display the remaining ink level in the Ink Level Information check whether the print head and the ink tank are properly installed When the Canon lJ Printer Utility displays the Ink Level Information
225. b Me ese ol he Ger aaa a Bek Sacks a AN 778 OL tae ees dant eR a anh aan a an at esa Se ncaa ah a dee Phat ide enc a E Nea ae ht 781 SIGs coke eee ree ee oe SRE OEE EEEE AEE TETEE TETEE 784 SD Mess ioia tah tarsi hc hee aati a Daca i ie shel a Stina hath eesti ca enc r ste ks Meeps 787 In Other CASES ices neger ds een eee ie eh se Sc eae Sy fo a ae sd cea See ea eS 789 OO pepende od ee ee OH oe Eee eh oh a a eee eee ead 790 TOD ee eee eee eee ee re ee eee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee 791 ea EE E eit eee E EE E E E EE E E E E T E E E EEE 792 a E EEA ET E E T E E E E E E E E E A E 793 ae eee ee re es ee ee er e ee ees ee eee 794 Wes 55 28 oe oe ee he 4a ce hes tae eens ee oe ee eee Eee bese oop eee 795 WOOO AANA TENE E E E E E E E A E A E E A EE 796 i ae ee ee ee eee es eee E EEE E ee eee ee 797 o a P E EE eee oe E E E E E E E E E E EE 798 E E E E T E E E E E E E E E A E 799 e ee ee eee ee ee ees ee EAEE AE ee eee ee 800 ci ee eee ae eee rare eter a ee ae eee cen ea ene re ee ETE re ee 801 MOM seseseseteetiobesesusheeee ee ase seseseuestessis pena rceseeseseeses 802 te ee eee A ee ee ee ee ee es ee ee 803 DOUG ys wees a 2 eae ee os i E eRe EE oe te ee eee 804 Rete seks soko Giese SelGessd ngadetetesegese techeao ee esasuseee es 805 aC ee ee ee ee ee eS ee ee ee eee ee eee ee eee 808 A O 656 55 48 poe hb 49h a eg Ea eh a 0 8 eh 811 OOO ietenetae coded tnduceeeesbae teehee eesacesheue ghee eetecegasedsus 812 i ee eee ee eee eee eee Te eee eee ee ee
226. ber of document pages to approximately half of the loading capacity If the document still jams use the platen glass instead e If the original is jammed in the ADF from the paper feed side If the document is jammed in the document output slot close the document tray as shown in the figure below and pull out the document When rescanning the document after clearing the error rescan it from the first page If you cannot remove the document or the document tears inside the machine or if the document jam error continues after removing the document contact the service center 788 In Other Cases Make sure of the following Are there any foreign objects around the paper output slot Are the rear cover attached properly OSE Is the paper curled Load the paper after correcting its curl 789 1003 Cause Possible causes include the following e There is no paper in the cassette e Paper is not loaded in the cassette properly Action Take the corresponding actions below Load paper in the cassette Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the cassette After carrying out the above measures press the OK button to dismiss the error Note e If you want to cancel printing press the machine s Stop button 790 1200 Cause The front cover is open Action Close the front cover and wait for a while Do not close it while you are replacing an ink tank
227. button the OK button The screen to send a fax is displayed The screen to send a fax is displayed Note e To switch the display by name and by ID number press the left Function button 7 Press the Color button for color transmission or the Black button for black amp white transmission D Important e Color transmission is available only when the recipient s fax machine supports color faxing Note To cancel a fax transmission press the Stop button To cancel a fax transmission while it is in progress press the Stop button then follow the instructions on the LCD If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress Document in ADF Select to eject document is displayed on the LCD By pressing the OK button the remaining documents are automatically ejected In case the machine was not able to send a fax such as when the recipient s line was busy it has the function to automatically redial the number after a specified interval Automatic redialing is enabled by default Automatic Redialing To cancel automatic redialing wait until the machine starts redialing then press the Stop button 594 Sending the Same Document to Several Recipients Sequential Broadcasting This machine allows you to prepare for sending the same document to a maximum of 101 recipients in one operation The recipients can be specified by entering the fax telephone numbers and selecting the r
228. by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work an example is provided in the Appendix below Derivative Works shall mean any work whether in Source or Object form that is based on or derived from the Work and for which the editorial revisions annotations elaborations or other modifications represent as a whole an original work of authorship For the purposes of this License Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from or merely link or bind by name to the interfaces of the Work and Derivative Works thereof Contribution shall mean any work of authorship including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner For the purposes of this definition submitted means any form of electronic verbal or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists source code control systems and issue tracking systems that are managed by or on behalf of the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as Not a Contribution Contributor shall
229. can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings 75 User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the user information screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears e Changing Administrator and Standard user settings You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users 2 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed The Administrator can change the printer name 3 Right context menu When you select the context menu appears The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu area The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice series Sort Latest notices User information Help legal notices Log out f Facebook Evernote Ss omn 6 Cantig Properties Manage jobs Sort Sort This displays the screen to sort registered apps You can use the C E buttons to change the display order of apps When you finish sorting press the Done button to confirm the order 76 CANON iM Flickr Facebook Evernot me Latest notices Latest notices This displays the latest notices The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice
230. canning load the original on the platen glass and start scanning If you do not continue scanning press the left Function button The scanned data is saved on the USB flash drive in one PDF file When you scan the originals continuously you can save up to 100 pages of images in one PDF file Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after scanning is complete Note e If the USB flash drive becomes full while scanning images is in progress only the images already scanned can be saved e You can save up to 2000 files of scanned data in both PDF and JPEG data format The folder and file name of scanned data saved on the USB flash drive is as follows Folder name file extension PDF CANON_SC DOCUMENT 0001 e Folder name file extension JPG CANON_SC IMAGE 0001 e File name Running numbers starting from SCN_0001 e File date The date and time of saving as set in the machine For details on how to set the date and time Setting the Sender Information e Importing the Scanned Data Saved on a USB Flash Drive to the Computer You can import the scanned data saved on a USB flash drive to the computer After scanning the data connect the USB flash drive to the computer then import the data 554 Forwarding Scanned Data to Shared Folder on the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Before forwarding scanned data on the shared folder on the computer confirm the following
231. cation URL is displayed print the authentication URL then perform the authentication process on the computer again Deleting the Printer from Google Cloud Print To change the printer owner or to re register the printer first delete the printer from Google Cloud Print by using the respective procedure Deletion from Google Chrome Deletion from the Printer Deletion from Google Chrome 1 Start the Google Chrome browser on your computer smartphone or tablet device Then from Chrome menu select Sign in to Chrome and log in to your Google account 2 From Chrome menu select Settings 3 Click Show advanced settings to display the information Then for Google Cloud Print select Manage 4 Select Delete for the printer to be deleted 5 When the confirmation message for deleting the printer appears select OK 105 Deletion from the Printer 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 From the Home screen select Setup 3 Select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt Google Cloud Print setup gt Delete from Google Cloud Print 4 When the confirmation screen to delete the printer is displayed select Yes 106 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print When you send print data with Google Cloud Print the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically if the printer is turned on When printing from a smartphone tablet computer or other external d
232. ccess point is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive 3 Search The Access Points screen is displayed to select an access point to connect to Access Points Screen Note e When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN the button is grayed out and cannot be selected Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings 4 Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN J Important e If all encryption types of the access point printer or computer do not match the printer cannot communicate with the computer If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party Do Not Use Select to disable encryption Use Password WEP Transmission is encrypted using a WEP key you specified If a network password WEP has not been set the WEP Details screen is displayed automatically To change WEP settings set before click Configuration to display the screen Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Use WPA WPA2 Transmission is encrypted using a network key you specified 295 The security has been strengthened more than WEP If a network key
233. ccidental dropping of the machine causes injury For the machine s weight refer to the On screen Manual Do not place any object on the machine Especially do not place metal objects paper clips staples etc or containers of flammable solvents alcohol thinners etc on top of the machine Do not transport or use the machine on a slant vertically or upside down as the ink may leak and damage the machine e Working around the machine For the multifunction printer e When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass do not press hard on the Document Cover The Platen Glass may break and cause injury Print Heads ink tanks and FINE Cartridges e Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed rinse out mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink If irritation or discomfort occurs obtain medical advice immediately Clear Ink contains nitrate salts For models containing Clear Ink In case ink gets in contact with eyes rinse with water immediately In case ink gets in contact with skin wash with soap and water immediately If irritation to eyes or skin persists obtain medical advice immediately Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head or FINE Cartridges after printing The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns Do not throw ink tanks and FINE Cartridges into fire Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head ink tanks and FINE Cartr
234. ce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog e Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then set one of the following settings e Select Magazine for Image Adjustment Select the Descreen checkbox Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details Note If moire appears when you scan a digital print photo take the above measures and scan again ere Clean the platen and document cover If the item is in poor condition dirty faded etc click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then set Reduce Dust Fading Correction Grain Correction etc Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details SL If the color tone of images is different from the original document take the following measures and scan again Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then set Image Adjustment to None Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details 745 Q Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas A Specify the scan area Manually specify the scan area when there are white margins or unwanted areas along the edges of the scanned images in the Image Stitch window Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window 746 Q Cannot Scan at the Correct Size A Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing I
235. ch 5 6 mm D 0 22 inch 5 6 mm Envelope Com 10 A 0 12 inch 3 0 mm B 1 14 inches 29 0 mm C 0 22 inch 5 6 mm D 0 22 inch 5 6 mm 178 Loading Originals Position to Load Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass Loading Documents in the ADF Auto Document Feeder How to Load Originals for Each Function Originals You Can Load 179 Position to Load Originals The machine has two positions to load originals platen glass and ADF Auto Document Feeder Select the position to load the original according to the size type or usage Originals You Can Load Loading Documents Photos or Book on the platen glass lt 3 Loading Two or More Sheets of Document of the Same Size and Thickness in the ADF You can also load a sheet of document in the ADF rae Note e To scan the original at optimum quality load it on the platen glass 180 Loading Originals on the Platen Glass 1 Open the document cover 3 Important e When opening or closing the document cover do not touch the buttons and LCD on the operation panel Doing so may result in an unexpected operation 2 Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass Originals You Can Load How to Load Originals for Each Function OQ XO 3 Important e Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen glass e Do not place any objects
236. chine you are using Follow the procedure below to perform setting 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on af 2 Select Quiet setting on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Use the amp 4 button to select Use quiet mode or Use during specified hours then press the OK button When Use quiet mode is selected FA The confirmation screen is displayed then the icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon When Use during specified hours is selected The Quiet hours screen is displayed Quiet hours Start time OK Set Use the A button to move the cursor under the desired position use the Numeric buttons to enter the starting time then press the OK button You can specify the hour from 0 to 24 After that the screen to specify ending time is displayed Enter the ending time as in the same way then press the OK button You can reduce the operating noise during the specified time 269 TA The confirmation screen is displayed then the icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon Important Operating speed may be reduced compared to when the quiet mode is not selected e This function may not be so effective depending on the machine s setting Furthermore certain noise such as when the machine is preparing for printing is not reduced Note e You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine or the printer driver No matter how you set the quiet mode the
237. ck Apply and when the confirmation message appears click OK The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter 244 Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD gt gt gt gt gt Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD FAX settings Print settings LAN settings Device user settings Language selection Firmware update Cassette settings Administrator password setting Operation restrictions Reset setting About ECO settings About Quiet setting Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode 245 Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen taking the steps to specify Prevent paper abrasion as an example 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on A 2 Select mM Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Ey Device settings then press the OK button The Device settings screen is displayed 4 Use the 4 button to select the setting item then press the OK button Device settings FAX settinas Print settings LAN Settings Device user settings Language selection Firmware update Cassette settings The setting screen for the selected item is displayed 5 Use the amp button to select the menu then press the OK button Print settings Prevent paper abrasion 6 Use the 4 button to select the setting item then press the OK button 246 Prevent p
238. ck Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours When you turn the machine off do not unplug it from the power supply If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center When using paper with one printable surface make sure that the paper is loaded with the printable side facing down Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality Load paper with the printable side facing down Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side 711 When copying see also the sections below Is the platen glass or the glass of ADF dirty Clean the platen glass or the glass of ADF Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cove
239. ck Speed Dial Utility Speed Dial Utility starts up Note e You can also start up Speed Dial Utility from Quick Menu or Quick Toolbox 616 Speed Dial Utility Dialog The following items are on the Speed Dial Utility dialog an0e Speed Dial Utility Display Printer Settings 2 You can edit the coded speed dial setting registered in the printer Edited settings can be saved on the computer or registered to the printer Coded speed dial With asterisk Printer Name v Canon 1 h VILE FAX Settings TEL Number Registration User information Setting Rejected Number Setting Reaistered TEL Number List Name Group Name TEL Number ee oe Pe ri Enn eh ad o udd bet ed i n Croup _ 2 wes nn Pe r c Enna r y e moo obu eee aE ap str sere et pa Pui rr em e Group s ee bele Enn r fi Load from PC Edit Select All Delete 1 Printer Name Selects the machine for editing the registered information using Speed Dial Utility 2 Display Printer Settings Loads the registered information on the machine selected for Printer Name into Speed Dial Utility 3 Setting Item List Selects the registered information for editing Choose one item from TEL Number Registration User Information Setting and Rejected Number Setting 4 Registered information list Displays the registered information selected for Setting Item List 5 Edit Sel
240. close the operation panel of the printer The following functions cannot be used in Mac OS though they can be used in Windows computers o Duplex Printing manual Booklet Printing Tiling Poster Printing Depending on the application software that you are using a preview may not be displayed on the left side of the Print dialog Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running If you connect this printer and AirPort with a USB cable and print you must install the latest AirPort firmware If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 close the print status check window when you perform printer maintenance from the Canon lJ Printer Utility Notes on Adding a Printer e If you will be installing the Canon printer driver on Mac OS and using the printer through a network connection you can select Bonjour or Canon IJ Network in the Add Add Printer dialog Canon recommends you to use Canon IJ Network for printing If Bonjour is selected remaining ink level messages may differ from those indicated by Canon IJ Network 400 Updating the Printer Driver gt Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List Before Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 401 Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver unresolved problems ma
241. com customers 134 Telepermitted equipment only may be connected to the auxiliary telephone port The auxiliary telephone port is not specifically designed for 3 wire connected equipment that may not respond to incoming ringing when attached to this port Users in Jordan This printer contains WLAN Module approved by TRC LPD 2013 130 Name of WLAN Module K30357 Only for European Union and EEA Norway Iceland and Liechtenstein pi This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the WEEE Directive 2012 19 EU and national legislation This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g on an authorized one for one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling please contact your local city office waste authority approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit www can
242. corporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft If your USB flash drive cannot be inserted into the USB flash drive port of the machine you may be required to use an extension cable for the USB flash drive Purchase it at electronics retail stores e Some USB flash drives may have recognition problem and these devices may not guarantee proper operation of the machine e You may not be able to use USB flash drives with security function 1 Insert the USB flash drive into the USB flash drive port Make sure that the USB flash drive is correctly oriented before inserting it straightforward into the USB flash drive port 188 Removing the USB Flash Drive 1 Make sure that the machine is not reading or writing data from to the USB flash drive A message is displayed on the LCD during such operations D Important e Do not remove the USB flash drive or turn off the power while the machine is reading or writing data from to it Note e If your USB flash drive has the access lamp refer to the instruction manual supplied with the USB flash drive to check if the reading or writing operation is completed on the USB flash drive 2 Remove the USB flash drive Hold the USB flash drive and remove it straightforward from the machine 189 Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing an Ink Tank Checking the Ink Status 190 Replacing an Ink Tank When remaining ink cautions or errors occur the message will appea
243. ct For details on how to set see Using the Caller ID Service to Reject Calls Q Machine Does Not Switch Automatically between Voice and Fax Calls A Is the receive mode set to FAX only mode If FAX only mode is selected for Receive mode settings there will be no automatic switching between voice and fax calls Set the receive mode to TEL priority mode DRPD 1 or Network switch 2 If the receive mode is TEL priority mode and an answering machine is connected to the machine check whether a proper message is played back when the answering machine answers Setting the Receive Mode 1 This setting is available only in the US and Canada 2 This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase Q Quality of Received Fax is Poor A Check the scan settings of the sender s fax machine Ask the sender to adjust the scan settings of the fax machine GVA IS ECM RX set to OFF Select ON for ECM RX in Adv communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings If ECM RX is enabled the sender s fax machine resends the fax after correcting errors automatically Advanced FAX settings GS Is the sender s original document or scanning area of the sender s fax machine dirty The image quality of the fax is mainly determined by the sender s fax machine Contact the sender and ask the sender to check whether the scanning area of the fax machine is dirty Is ECM transmission recept
244. d 875 B502 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 876 B503 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 877 B504 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 878 C000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the machine Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials Confirm that the ink tanks are installed
245. d Deep Cleaning after 24 hours When you turn the machine off do not unplug it from the power supply If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center 722 Problems with Faxing Problems Sending Faxes Problems Receiving Faxes Cannot Send a Fax Clearly Telephone Problems 723 Problems Sending Faxes Cannot Send a Fax Cannot Perform Sequential Broadcasting by Redialing or Cannot Dial by Entering the Numbers Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax Q Cannot Send a Fax A eles Is the power turned on You cannot send faxes if the power is turned off Press the ON button to turn the power on If you unplugged the power cord without turning off the power the POWER lamp is lit reconnecting it turns on the power automatically If you unplugged the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power the POWER lamp is off reconnect it then press the ON button to turn on the power If the power was turned off due to power failure etc the power is automatically turned on when the power failure is resolved 59 gt Important e Confirm that the POWER lamp is off before unplugging the power cord then unplug the power cord If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord all faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted
246. d Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Contrast 380 Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct increase the contrast On the other hand to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct reduce the contrast No adjustment Adjust the contrast The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows 1 Select Color Options from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Adjust the contrast Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast and moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Printer Canon gt series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 _ O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation B Te Color Options Cyan 0 a Vv Low High Magenta 0 a gt 8 3 los itsi dj lorr Leibh Yelow 0 Wmo n ABCDEF us ma 1234567 Brightness Normal Sample Type SE mr Te View Color Pattern PDF Hide Details Cancel C Print 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print
247. d correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White e When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you cannot select PDF or PDF Multiple Pages 474 J Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is r
248. d it with the whiter side or glossy side facing down Align the paper stack with the edge of the cassette as shown in the figure below If the paper stack is in contact with the protrusion E the paper may not be fed properly 162 To load 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm size paper or smaller raise the tab F of the paper guide To load paper larger than A4 size in the cassette press down the lock G on the cassette then extend the cassette all the way out 2 5 Align the paper guide A in front with the paper stack For standard sizes set the paper guide A to where it clicks into place 6 Slide the paper guide B on the right to align the right and left guides with both sides of the paper stack Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper The paper may not be fed properly 163 I ii iy a B Note Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark H e Keep the paper stack height below the tabs 1 of the paper guides Insert the cassette into the machine Push the cassette into the machine until it stops After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen for the cassette is displayed on the LCD rs L Note e When A4 or Letter sized paper or smaller is loaded the cassette stops at the same position as the extended paper output tray which then covers the cassette When paper larger then A4 or Letter s
249. d or print a necessary document or save it on a USB flash drive before unplugging the power cord Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine and cause problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results e Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the machine as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine 1 Open the document tray TN 2 Open the document feeder cover 3 With the clean cloth wipe off any paper dust from the inside of the document feeder cover A 227 4 After wiping close the document feeder cover by pushing it until it clicks into place 5 Close the document tray 228 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it paper may not be fed properly In this case clean the paper feed roller Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller so perform this only when necessary You need to prepare three sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 10 Make sure that the power is turned on TA Select iA Setup on the HOME screen then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear Select EJ Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance
250. d to an application 46 Preview Send to a folder None Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned e Scanning photos Photo e Scanning documents Document e Scanning magazines Magazine Note To reduce moire set Select Source to Magazine Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned 487 The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Available setting items vary by Select Source Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available e When Select Source is Photo Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image e When Select Source is Magazine or Document Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Note
251. d to an e mail e If you load the original on the platen glass When you select JPEG for Format on the scan setting screen the machine starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the computer and attached to an e mail o When you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen the confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete If you continue scanning load the original on the platen glass and start scanning 550 If you do not continue scanning press the left Function button The scanned data is forwarded to the computer and attached to an e mail Scanned data is forwarded to the computer and attached to an e mail according to the settings specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility For the settings or how to send an e mail refer to the mail software s instruction manual Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after scanning is complete Saving Scanned Data on the USB Flash Drive Using the Operation Panel of the Machine You can save scanned data on the USB flash drive directly Important e Do not remove the USB flash drive from the machine under the following conditions e While scanning is in progress e Before saving the scanned data e For safety reasons we recommend backing up the scanned data saved on a USB flash drive to another media periodically to avoid unexpected accidents e We assume no responsibility for da
252. decorated with glitter etc 173 Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes Letter Legal Envelopes 174 Printing Area To ensure the best print quality the machine allows a margin along each edge of media The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins Recommended printing area Hl Canon recommends that you print within this area Printable area L The area where it is possible to print However printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision Note e With performing Automatic Duplex Printing and Duplex Two sided Copying the printable area will be 0 08 inch 2 mm smaller at the top margin 175 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes ee O e S E Recommended printing area A 1 80 inches 45 8 mm B 1 45 inches 36 8 mm E Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 13 inch 3 4 mm F 0 13 inch 3 4 mm 176 Letter Legal A m HE o Fa Tai 2 E F E Recommended printing area A 1 80 inches 45 8 mm B 1 45 inches 36 8 mm Z Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 25 inch 6 4 mm F 0 25 inch 6 3 mm 177 Envelopes Envelope DL 3 88 x 6 69 inches 98 8 x 170 0 mm Envelope Com 10 3 68 x 8 24 inches 93 5 x 209 3 mm HE Recommended printing area Envelope DL A 0 83 inch 21 0 mm B 1 14 inches 29 0 mm C 0 22 in
253. dial the recipient s fax telephone number Numeric buttons Enters the number Right Function button Enters a space Center Function button Deletes the last character you entered Left Function button You can register the current print settings as a custom setting Registering the Favorite Settings Custom profiles 585 5 Press the Color button for color transmission or the Black button for black amp white transmission The machine starts scanning the document Important e Color transmission is available only when the recipient s fax machine supports color faxing Do not open the document cover until scanning is completed 6 Start sending If you load the document in the ADF The machine scans the document automatically and starts sending the fax JJ Note e To cancel a fax transmission press the Stop button To cancel a fax transmission while it is in progress press the Stop button then follow the instructions on the LCD e If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress Document in ADF Select to eject document is displayed on the LCD By pressing the OK button the remaining documents are automatically ejected If you load the document on the platen glass After scanning the document the confirmation screen asking you if you load the next document is displayed To send the scanned document press the OK button to start sending it
254. disconnect it first Disable the connection between the device and printer in the Wi Fi setting screen e e e Connection Using a Wired Network e This printer cannot be used over wireless and wired connections at the same time e When using a router connect the printer and a device to the LAN side same network segment 37 Notice for Web Service Printing When Using Web Service e e e e e e e e Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided the availability of site access or permission to download the materials Canon may at any time update change or delete the information provided through the web service or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such actions In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web services User registration is necessary before using the photo sharing site When you use the photo sharing site observe the conditions of use of the site and use the service within your own responsibility All or part of the web service may not be available depending on the country or region you live in Depending on your network environment some functions on web service are not available Even if they are available it may take a while to print or display the contents or communication may be interrupted while ope
255. disconnect the machine with the computer when the machine is set to forward received faxes to the shared folder on the computer automatically We assume no responsibility for damage to or loss of data for whatever reason even within the warranty period Awaiting document processing is displayed on the Fax standby screen and the faxes are stored in the machine s memory when the received faxes are not forward to the shared folder because the machine is not connected with the computer or because the shared folder setting is changed You can forward the faxes stored in the machine s memory to the shared folder on the computer manually Delete the unnecessary fax from machine s memory after forwarding to the shared folder Forwarding a Document in Machine s Memory to Shared Folder on the Computer Deleting a Document in Machine s Memory Note Register the destination folder using Canon Quick Toolbox in advance For details on how to register the destination folder Destination Folder Settings Make sure that the machine is turned on Make sure that the machine is connected with the destination computer JA Select ii Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel Select Le Device settings then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select FAX settings then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select Auto save setting then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select ON then pres
256. document here The documents loaded in the document tray are scanned automatically one sheet at a time Loading Documents in the ADF Auto Document Feeder 3 document feeder cover Open when clearing jammed documents 4 document guides Adjust these guides to match the width of document in the ADF 5 document tray Open to load a document in the ADF You can load two or more sheets of document of the same size and thickness Load the document with the side you want to scan facing up 6 document output slot Documents scanned from the ADF are delivered here 7 document cover Open to load an original on the platen glass 8 front cover Open to replace an ink tank or remove jammed paper inside the machine 9 paper output tray Pull out to support printed paper It will then cover the cassette Pull out for normal use 10 output tray extension Extend to support ejected paper 11 paper output support Open to support ejected paper 140 12 13 14 12 USB flash drive port Insert a USB flash drive to this port Warning Do not connect any equipment other than the USB flash drives to the USB flash drive port of the machine This may cause fire electric shock or damage to the machine gt Important e Do not touch the metal casing e Do not use the USB cable longer than 10 feet 3 meters to connect to the machine since it may affect the operation of other peripheral devices 13 cass
257. dows XPS Essentials Pack is required to print on Windows XP Windows The TWAIN driver ScanGear is based on the TWAIN 1 9 Specification and requires the Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system Mac OS Hard Disk must be formatted as Mac OS Extended Journaled or Mac OS Extended Mac OS For Mac OS an internet connection is required during software installation In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be open Contact the network administrator for details e Information in this guide is subject to change without notice 334 Administrator Settings About the Machine Administration Setting the Administrator Password Restricting the Operation 335 About the Machine Administration Specifying the administrator password or restricting some operations allows you to manage the use of the machine When you use the machine after specifying the administrator password or restricting some operations it is recommended to assign an administrator gt Important e When the administrator password is specified or some operations are restricted the screens below are displayed Ex When the screen to enter the administrator password is displayed Admin password authentication Password zNa Ex When all the copying operations are restricted By i E Scan FAX A Cloud 1 Ex When the message about operation restriction is displayed Not available An operation restric
258. duction direction Adv communication settings ECM TX o Selects whether to send faxes in Error Correction Mode ECM Transmission Reception of Faxes Using ECM ECM RX o Selects whether to receive faxes in Error Correction Mode ECM Transmission Reception of Faxes Using ECM o TX start speed Selects the fax transmission speed The fax transmission start speed will be faster as the value is bigger When the telephone line condition or connection is poor selecting a lower transmission start speed may solve transmission problems o RX start speed Selects the fax reception speed The fax reception start speed will be faster as the value is bigger When the telephone line condition or connection is poor selecting a lower reception start speed may solve reception problems Auto print settings Received documents Selects whether to print the received fax automatically when receiving a fax 249 If you select Do not print the received fax is stored in the machine s memory For details on the received fax stored in the machine s memory Document Stored in Machine s Memory Activity report Selects whether to print ACTIVITY REPORT automatically If you select Print the machine prints ACTIVITY REPORT for the 20 histories of sent and received faxes automatically For details on the procedure to print ACTIVITY REPORT manually Summary of Reports and Lists TX report Selects wh
259. e Cleaning the Print Head From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer After cleaning the print head print and examine the nozzle check pattern gt Step1 If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice D Clean the print head deeply From the machine Cleaning the Print Head Deeply From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Note e When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours Do not unplug the power cord when turning off the power 200 If the problem is still not resolved the print head may be damaged Contact the service center When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are Misaligned Align the print head From the machine Aligning the Print Head From the computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer 201 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle Note e When the ink has run out during printing the nozzle check pattern the error message will appear on the LCD A Message Is Displayed You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter siz
260. e Important Your app may support different paper sizes Checking the Print Status During printing a Print Center icon is displayed in the list of recently used apps and you can use it to check the print progress Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking mode Then swipe to the right to display the Print Center icon and a Print Summary 111 Print Center Deleting a Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint use one of the following two methods From the printer If your printer has a LCD monitor use the operation panel to cancel the print job If you printer does not have aLCD monitor press the Stop button on the printer to cancel the print job From an Apple device Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking mode and then swipe to the right Tap the Print Center icon to display a Print Summary Tap the print job to be canceled and then tap Cancel Printing AirPrint Troubleshooting If the document does not print check the following 1 Check that the printer power is on If the printer power is on turn it off and then back on again and check whether the issue is resolved 2 Check that the printer is connected by LAN to the same network subnet as the device on which iOS is installed 3 Check that the printer has enough paper and ink 4 If your printer has a LCD monitor check that no error message is displayed on the LCD monitor
261. e 577 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on A 2 Select m Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Lt Device settings then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to select Device user settings then press the OK button 5 Use the 4 button to select Date time setting then press the OK button 6 Set the date and time Use the A button to move the cursor under the desired position then use the 4 button to enter the date and time Date time setting Select OK Enter the date and time in 24 hour format Enter only the last two digits of the year 7 Press the OK button 8 Press the HOME button to return to the HOME screen Setting Daylight Saving Time Summer Time Some countries adopt the daylight saving time summer time system that shifts the clock time forward at certain periods of the year You can set your machine to automatically change the time by registering the date and time that daylight saving time summer time begins and ends D Important e Not all the latest information of all countries or regions is applied for Daylight saving time setting by default You need to change the default setting according to the latest information of your country or region 578 DJ Note e This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on A 2 Select mM Setup on the HOME screen
262. e Scanned data is forwarded to the shared folder on the computer according to the settings specified in Canon Quick Toolbox Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after scanning is complete 557 Deleting Scanned Data on USB Flash Drive You can delete scanned data on the USB flash drive using the operation panel 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select Ej Scan on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed Insert the USB flash drive into the USB flash drive port r 4 Select USB flash drive then press the OK button DJ Note e When the message informing you that the operation restriction is enabled ask the administrator of the machine you are using For details on the operation restriction of the machine About the Machine Administration 5 Select Ed Delete scanned data then press the OK button The file list is displayed Note e You can preview the file to delete or switch the file list between PDF and JPEG PDF SCN_0010 PDF SCN_0009 PDF SCN_0008 PDF SCN_0007 PDF SCN_0006 PDF SCN_0005 PDF ter format mc 1 2 1 Switch format By pressing the left Function button you can switch the display between the PDF data list and the JPEG data list 2 Change display By pressing the center Function button you can switch the display between the list and the preview
263. e Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed e The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears Q A Message Is Displayed on the LCD A Confirm the message and take an appropriate action Data of supported types are not saved There is no image data or document saved on the USB flash drive that can be read by this machine The machine may not recognize the file if the file name or folder path contain certain characters Use only alphanumeric characters o Photo data edited or processed on a computer must be printed from the computer Note e When a photo which has been processed on a computer is selected is displayed on the LCD Cannot print the specified PDF file An error has occurred while scanning the file or the format is not supported or the file is too large o Make sure the PDF file is printable from a USB flash drive See Printing Documents PDF File Saved on a USB Flash Drive for more information Note The names of the PDF files are displayed even though they cannot be printed from the USB flash drive It is recommended you confirm whether they are printable If one of the following conditions applies to the PDF files they are not printable e The Details screen is not displayed for the PDF file you want to print e Characters other than machine name or IJ Scan Utility are displayed on Created with on the Details screen e 2 is displa
264. e Machine Daylight saving time setting Enables disables the summer time setting If you select ON you can select additional sub settings This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase o o Start date time Sets the date and time that summer time starts Month Specify the month Week Specify the week DOW Specify the day of the week The screen to set the shift time to start summer time will be displayed after specifying the items above and pressing the OK button After specifying the shift time and pressing the OK button you can specify the end date time End date time Sets the date and time that summer time ends Month Specify the month Week Specify the week DOW Specify the day of the week The screen to set the shift time to end summer time will be displayed after specifying the items above and pressing the OK button Specify the shift time then press the OK button Sound control Selects the volume o o Keypad volume Selects the beep volume when pressing the buttons on the operation panel Alarm volume 257 Selects the alarm volume o Line monitor volume Selects the line monitor volume Offhook alarm Selects the alarm volume when the phone receiver is not put on the hook properly e Country or region Selects the country or region where you are using the machine J Note e This setting may not be available depending on the country or reg
265. e Operation Panel of the Machine Network Scan Settings Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan Utility 545 Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Before forwarding scanned data to the computer confirm the following The scanner driver is installed If the scanner driver is not yet installed install the scanner driver from our website The machine is connected to a computer correctly Make sure that the machine is connected to the computer correctly Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is in operation or when the computer is in the sleep or standby mode If you perform scanning via a network connection make sure that all the required settings have been specified Network Scan Settings The destination and the file name are specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility You can specify the destination and the file name in Canon IJ Scan Utility For details on settings of Canon lJ Scan Utility Settings Dialog 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select Scan on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed fh Forward scanned data to a PC OK Set 3 Select PC then press the OK button 4 Use the amp button to select the computer to forward the scanned data then press the OK button Select Local USB for a USB co
266. e a document is printed the screen to confirm whether to delete the printed document in the machine s memory is displayed If you select Yes and press the OK button the printed document in the machine s memory is deleted 657 Deleting a Document in Machine s Memory You can delete a specified document in the machine s memory or delete all the documents in its memory at a time Note e When deleting a specified document you specify it by its transaction number If you do not know the transaction number for your target document print the list of documents MEMORY LIST first Printing a Document in Machine s Memory 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on Ta 2 Select Bimi FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Use the a gt button to select Function list then press the OK button The Function list screen is displayed 4 Use the 4 button to select Memory reference then press the OK button DJ Note e If no document is stored in the machine s memory There is no document in memory is displayed Press the OK button to return to the previous screen 5 Use the amp button to select a delete menu then press the OK button e To specify a document to delete If you select Delete specified document you can specify the document to delete If you select this menu the document selection screen is displayed Note e If the specified
267. e cassette into the machine Push the cassette into the machine until it stops After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen for the cassette is displayed on the LCD 168 8 Select the size and type of the loaded envelopes in the cassette at Page size and Type then press the OK button Paper setting for Printing Register cassette paper info Page size Envelope DL Type Envelope 9 Extend the output tray extension H then open the paper output support 1 3 Note e When printing select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver 169 Media Types You Can Use To get the best printing result choose paper suitable for printing Canon provides various types of paper suitable for documents as well as paper suitable for photos or illustrations We recommend the use of Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos Media Types Commercially available papers e Plain Paper including recycled paper e Envelopes 1 Canon genuine papers The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side and notes on handling paper For information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper access our website Note e You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on
268. e computer select the ink group to clean then start cleaning Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer e When cleaning the print head using the operation panel the print head of all ink colors are cleaned You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Register cassette paper info Page size A4 Type Plain paper OK Register If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3 Extend the output tray extension then open the paper output support A f 4 Select iA Setup on the HOME screen then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 5 Select EJ Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance screen will appear 6 Select Cleaning then press the OK button 206 Maintenance _Print nozzle check nattern Cleaning Deep cleaning Auto head alignment Manual head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleaning The confirmation screen will appear 7 Select Yes then press the OK button The machine starts cleaning the print head Do not perform a
269. e damaged e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 822 5105 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the machine Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the machine again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can be damaged e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 823 5200 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 824 5203 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off th
270. e deleted 843 6901 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 844 6902 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 845 6910 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 846 6911 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the mac
271. e documents in the ADF When loading document on the platen glass send a fax with automatic transmission Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number Note e You can use the on hook dial function only when Hook key setting in Security control under FAX settings is set to Enable Security control e For details on the basic sending operations Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load documents in the ADF Sai 3 Select Bims FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 4 Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary Setting Items for Sending Faxes 5 Press the center Function button 6 Specify the recipient Specify the recipient with the one of the following methods e By specifying with the recipient registered to the machine Select the registered recipient by pressing the left Function button Sending a Fax to the Registered Recipient e By entering the fax telephone numbers Use the Numeric buttons to enter the recipient s fax telephone number 601 Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number D gt Note If FAX number re entry in Security control under FAX settings is set to ON enter the number again Security control e Manual redialing Press the left Function button and select a number in the outgoing call logs Manual Redialing
272. e eee 434 Calata COPYN ete ee cee raa oes aes tee ce eee eee eee ee eteted 437 MMe gt sar bee bea ke Pde he oO Oe 4 ee ees 439 Scanning irom a OM ple cvs 2h eo5G ie eRe bebe eee eee Eee eee dent ees 440 Sanning wih I Seam TN ice os drained aateg aha aie a a a de desk E EEE A 441 What Is lJ Scan Utility Scanner Software se soci ce ee eee ee ei eee ee cede rowu eees 442 Staring Scan UUs anand bee tee aah died die hah bees kee besa 444 Scanning DSCUMEMS 0i4cnthdeed eee tte eed edd aG eds etek ae wed eda wh desde e had oo 445 SCAMMING PUT ies iio eo La RRA d eh eee ote TETEPO 446 Scanning with Favorite Settings ey oad eke TETES EEST TONTTIEN ST TTET ee _ 447 Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch 0000 c cece eee 448 Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR jaan weer TEPORE dea eae 452 Sending scanned Images via E Mdll ciccceuscadacverecneraeoedea edengigrrebeeaeya 454 Scanning Multiple Items at One Time RTTE TTET TREFT TTE meade WiLEoewndeue oo Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF Auto Document Feeder 458 Saving after Checking Scan Results Cee Te eee eee Suess ieie me ddan d apes 463 L ccam UU OCOS 4 25440 4444 4549 6 OA bd PEN ERAGE TERRE TOGA dae SOE WA 466 IJ Scan Utility Main Screen eae ee are ae ee re ee MELET Mees _ 467 Settings Dialog re ee eas ai eee eC er ee eee ere TEETE ETT 469 Network Selection Screen
273. e hide d saad tb badie cana k dd ae Bata 290 Canon Network Tool MenuUSi lt 1sc ccnc ret take ee eteddeteeetew dda eet det dae EEN 292 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet 2 00 00 cece eee eeee 294 Changing the WEP Detailed Settings 222 2c0ccseieeed beeen de ede ee ud eed eee ews 298 Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 00 0 2 300 Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet eed eer ERTANI ATERA TOYE 302 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet 0 000 eee eee eee 303 Monitoring Wireless Network Status eee err eT TTET REOT PEAREN ERA ET cee 305 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine 00 00 cece ee 307 Viewing the Modified Settings TEONE weer AEAT EEE TETE KEPIT spridare AB Appendix for Network Communication assessssssessrsrrrerrirerirerirrerersendaaa 309 Using the Card Slot over a Network poueea TRETT EERE TAAT AEAT mae Menee ole About Technical Tens 2n44 0npreseeureh iu Sa pied Raley Ri wew Hae eee te Da EEE 312 Restrictions vere PEE ee ee mae Sach os REPERTI EA TTE EAT jakaa 919 Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality s ssisricissrssssssrr roi bina seen es 320 Useful Information about Ink TETIN POR PITTI wearer PPPS eed aa aie eee jasa S21 Key Points to Successful PANINO s vidssces sirrane peii EE aa RA AEE es 322 Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing AET ee eer er ere e TEE
274. e latest it will be deleted o when you have disconnected your printer from LAN For details contact a Canon authorized sales representative in the country or region you live in o Copyrights and Rights of Publicity When printing from the photo sharing site e e Observe the conditions of use of the photo sharing site when you use photos on the site It is unlawful to reproduce or edit the copyrighted work of another person without permission from the copyright holder except for personal use use within the home or other use within the limited scope as defined by the copyright Additionally reproducing or editing photographs of people may infringe on Rights of Publicity 38 When printing downloaded template forms 1 The copyright of each material photos illustrations logos or documents hereinafter referred to as the materials provided on the web template printing service belongs to their respective owners Issues pertaining to Rights of Publicity may arise regarding the use of any of people or characters displayed on the web template printing service Except as otherwise permitted please see 2 below copying modifying or distributing all or a portion of any of the materials contained on the web template printing service without prior consent of the respective rights Rights of Publicity and Copyright holder is strictly prohibited 2 All of the materials provided on the web template printing service can be fr
275. e machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 825 5204 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 826 5205 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 827 5206 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 828 5207 Cause Printer error has occurred Act
276. e machine does not detect the fax ring pattern the telephone will pattern detection service continue ringing provided by your telephone D Note company The telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is connected to the machine depending on the type or settings of the telephone When not receiving voice When a fax incomes the machine will receive the fax automatically calls Advanced Settings of Receive Mode You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode Advanced setting in TEL priority mode You can specify the following setting items o Manual auto switch If you select ON the machine automatically receives faxes after the external device rang a specified length of time 574 You can specify the length of time until automatic reception is started o User friendly reception If you select ON the machine automatically switches from telephone calling to fax reception by detecting the fax signal CNG signal when you lift the handset of the telephone or the answering machine answers When you have an answering machine connected to the machine select ON to switch to fax reception automatically after the answering machine answers If you select OFF the machine does not switch from telephone calling to fax reception automatically even if the machine detects the fax signal CNG signal Select OFF if you want the machine not to switch automatically during a call DJ Note e If you subscribe
277. e media type setting matches the actual size of the paper with a size suitable for automatic duplex printing Make sure that the type of loaded paper is suitable for automatic duplex printing on the Quality amp Media sheet on the Print dialog J Note e Manual duplex printing is not available 705 Q Copying Printing Stops Before It ls Completed Is the paper loaded Make sure that paper is loaded If the machine has run out of paper load paper Do the printing documents have lots of photographs or illustrations As printing large data such as photos or graphics takes time for the machine and the computer to process the machine may appear to have stopped operating In addition when printing data that uses a large amount of ink continuously on plain paper the machine may pause temporarily In either case wait until the process is complete Note e If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing multiple copies of a document printing may pause to allow the ink to dry Has the machine been printing continuously for a long period If the machine has been printing continuously for a long time the print head or other parts around it may overheat The machine may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing In this case wait for a while without operation If the printing still does not resume interrupt your print session at a convenient time and turn the machine
278. e operating system Adobe RGB and sRGB are popularly used as common color spaces Adobe RGB has a wider color space than sRGB ICC profiles convert device dependent colors into a common color space By using an ICC profile and carrying out color management you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color reproduction area that the printer can express Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data The recommended printing method depends on the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data or the application software to be used There are two typical printing methods Check the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data and the application software to be used and then select the printing method suited to your purpose Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Describes the procedure for printing by using the color correction function of the printer driver e To print using Canon Digital Photo Color The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer reproducing colors of the original image data and producing three dimensional effects and high sharp contrasts e To print by directly applying editing and touch up results of an application software When printing the data the printer brings out subtle color difference between dark and light areas while leaving the darkest and lightest areas intact When printing the data the printer applies fine adjustment results such as brightness ad
279. e pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images 475 You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in DJ Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 476 Settings Photo Scan Dialog D Click Photo Scan on the Ls Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Photo Scan dialog In the Settings Photo Scan dialog you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as photos e00 Settings Photo Scan T Ije if m aa Document Scan Scan Options Select Source Color Mode Cok Paper Size Sy Gotmsom Resolution Image Processing Set
280. e possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect registration of fax telephone numbers When you send important documents it is recommended that you send them after speaking on the telephone Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone D gt Note e Automatic redialing is enabled by default e For details on the basic sending operations Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number Automatic Redialing You can enable or disable automatic redialing If you enable automatic redialing you can specify the maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the machine waits between redial attempts Enable and specify the automatic redialing setting on Auto redial in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings Advanced FAX settings Important e While automatic redialing the unsent fax is stored in the machine s memory temporarily until the sending fax is complete If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord before automatic redialing is complete all faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted and not sent Note To cancel automatic redialing wait until the machine starts redialing then press the Stop button To cancel automatic redialing delete the unsent fax from the machine s memory while the machine is on standby for a redial operation For details see Deleting a Document in Machine s Memory Manual Redialing Follow the procedure belo
281. e printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USB appearing in the Connected to column 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Wireless LAN button 5 Select Use Password WEP in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WEP Details screen is displayed 6 Change the settings or confirm When changing the password WEP key the same change must be made to the password WEP key of the access point WEP Details Password WEP Key 1 Key Length 128 bit AUN 1 Password WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the access point The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format Key Length Key Format ASCII 13 characters 298 Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits 2 Key Length Select either 64 bit or 128 bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the access point D gt Note e When the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN Whe
282. e printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool activate wireless LAN in advance 307 Viewing the Modified Settings The Confirmation screen is displayed when you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen When you click OK on the Confirmation screen the following screen is displayed for confirming the modified settings Transmitted Settings The following settings were sent to the printer Settings Rem Setting Value Admin Password Use Admin Password Set 1 1 Settings A list of changes made in the Configuration screen is displayed 308 Appendix for Network Communication Using the Card Slot over a Network About Technical Terms gt Restrictions 309 Using the Card Slot over a Network Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network To mount the card slot as the network drive follow the procedure below 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot of the machine 2 Check the current printer name You can check the current printer name on the LCD of the printer 3 On Finder click the Go menu and Connect to Server 4 Input smb xxxxxxxxxxxx ca
283. e recipients has been completed successfully REPORT The procedure to print and the error number is same as TX REPORT RX REPORT This report is printed after each fax reception At the time of purchase the machine is set so that RX REPORT is not printed at all You can set the machine to print RX REPORT each time it receives a document or only when an error occurs by selecting RX report in Auto print settings under FAX settings Auto print settings e If an error occurs when you receive a fax the error number is printed on RX REPORT there are some errors for which the cause is also printed For details on the error number see Errors When You Receive a Fax MEMORY CLEAR Lists the deleted faxes in the machine s memory if the faxes stored in the machine s REPORT memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord When the machine is turned on The power cord has been unplugged and unsent received docs in memory have been lost Load paper and select to print a list of the lost docs is displayed on the LCD MEMORY CLEAR REPORT is printed by pressing the OK button Printing Report or List This section describes the procedure to print the report or the list manually Print the following report or list manually e ACTIVITY REPORT e Directory list RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO LIST e USER S DATA LIST MEMORY LIST REJECTED NUMBER LIST CALLER HISTORY 667 DJ Note e C
284. e registered user s name or telephone number following the procedure below 264 Display the User information settings screen Setting the Sender Information Use the amp button to select the user s name or the telephone number then delete all characters or numbers Press the OK button when you finished deleting all characters or numbers 265 About ECO settings This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn the machine on off automatically to save electricity Using Duplex Printing Turning on off the machine automatically Important Depending on the setting item authentication by the administrator password is required About the Machine Administration If you do not know the administrator password ask the administrator of the machine you are using Using Duplex Printing Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on ECO 2 Select ECO settings on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select B Two sided printing setting then press the OK button 4 Use the amp 4 button to change the setting item use the a button to change the setting then use the OK button to confirm the selection Two sided printing setting Copy 4 OFF 1 PDF file print OFF 2 FAX print OFF 3 OK End setup 1 Copy Sets two sided copying as a default 2 PDF file print Sets dup
285. e scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in 509 DJ Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 510 Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog yr Click Attach to E mail Photo on the uta Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Attach to E mail Photo dialog In the Settings Attach to E mail Photo dialog you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e mail as photos after scanning them from the operation panel eoo Settings Attach to E mail Photo rma 10 Le PA ih m i PE O Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting da i Save 10 PC Decument Resolution Use Device Setting Save Settings File Name IMG Save in Gi Pictures _ Data Format Use Device Setting JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings E mail Client None Attach Manually Instructions D
286. e service registration After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning If you cannot print Check the following if you cannot print e Check that the printer is connected to the Internet e Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet e Check that no error message is displayed on the printer s LCD monitor 99 If printing does not start even after you wait awhile go to the printer home screen and run Mi Setup gt Web service inquiry If printing does not start run the inquiry several times If the problem is not resolved use the printer driver from your computer to perform the print job and check whether the data can be printed normally on the printer If you still cannot print see the troubleshooting page for your model on the Home of the Online Manual Note e With a wireless LAN connection after the printer is turned on it may take several minutes before communication is possible Check that your printer is connected to the wireless network and wait a while before you start printing e If the printer is not turned on or is not connected to the Internet and consequently a print job is not processed within 24 hours after it was submitted the print job is automatically canceled If this happens check the printer power and the Internet connection and then re submit the print job Printing starts on i
287. e should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value 317 e WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi Fi Protected Setup PIN entry a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices Push button configuration PBC an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push button in the software 318 Restrictions If you use a printer over the wireless LAN the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems you should set a network key WEP or WPA WPA2 to the access point to encrypt wireless transmission Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi Fi standard cannot be guaranteed Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance such as printing speed 319 Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine 320 Useful Information about Ink How is ink used for various purposes other than printing Ink may be used for purposes other than printing When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bund
288. e to enable you to initiate fax reception from a connected telephone remote reception Remote Reception When the answering machine is connected to the machine If the answering machine is set to the answering mode set User friendly reception in Advanced to ON If the call is a fax the machine will receive the fax automatically If the answering mode is turned off on the answering machine pick up the handset If you hear the fax tone wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops then hang up the handset If Manual auto switch in Advanced is set to ON set RX start time to longer than the time before the answering machine starts playing the answering message After making this setting we recommend that you call the answering machine using a mobile phone etc to confirm that messages are recorded successfully in the answering machine Set your answering machine to answering mode and adjust it as follows The entire message should be no longer than 15 seconds In the message tell your callers how to send a fax When the call is a voice call The telephone will ring when a call incomes Note e If the machine unexpectedly switches to fax reception during telephone calls set User friendly reception in Advanced to OFF e If Manual auto switch in Advanced is set to ON you must answer an incoming call by picking up the handset within the time specified in RX start time Otherwise the machine will switch to fax rec
289. ecede single digits with a zero End date time Set shift time OK Set 9 Press the HOME button to return to the HOME screen Registering User Information This section describes the procedure to register the user information DJ Note e Before sending a fax be sure to enter your name and fax telephone number in Unit name and Unit TEL on the User information settings screen for US only 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on JA 2 Select i Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select m Device settings then press the OK button 580 4 Use the 4 button to select FAX settings then press the OK button 5 Use the 4 button to select FAX user settings then press the OK button 6 Use the 4 button to select User information settings then press the OK button The screen to register the unit name and the unit fax telephone number is displayed User information settings Unit name Unit TEL OK Apply 7 Enter the unit name 1 Use the amp button to move the cursor to Unit name 2 Enter the unit name User information settings Unit name a Canon Europe Unit TEL OK Apply EJEN Space 3 Press the OK button D gt Note e You can enter the name up to 24 characters including spaces For details on how to enter or delete characters Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 8 Enter the unit fax telephone number 1 Use the amp
290. eceived fax will be automatically stored in the machine s memory The machine is set to store received faxes in its memory When Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings the received faxes are stored in the machine s memory You can print the faxes stored in the machine s memory from the Memory reference screen in the Fax menu Printing a Document in Machine s Memory J Note To print the received faxes automatically select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings Auto print settings An error has occurred on the machine If you select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings a received fax will be printed automatically However if any of the following errors occurs the received fax will not be printed It will instead be stored in the machine s memory When the error is resolved the fax stored in the machine s memory is printed automatically The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax Replace the ink tank Replacing an Ink Tank D gt Note e You can set the machine to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out Set Print when out of ink in Auto print settings under FAX settings to Print However part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out Also the contents of the fax will not be stored in the machine s memory If the ink has already r
291. ecommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search J Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format DJ Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from th
292. ect All Delete Edits deletes the registered information or selects all the registered information selected for Setting Item List When multiple items on the registered information list are selected you cannot use the Edit button 6 Load from PC Displays the registered information saved on the computer 617 10 Instructions Displays this guide Exit Quits Speed Dial Utility Information registered or edited using Speed Dial Utility is neither saved on the computer nor registered on the machine Save to PC Saves information edited using Speed Dial Utility on the computer Register to Printer Registers information edited using Speed Dial Utility to the machine 618 Saving Registered Information on the Machine to Your Computer Follow the procedure below to save the recipients name recipients fax telephone number group dial user s name user s fax telephone number or rejected numbers that registered on the machine to the computer 1 Start up Speed Dial Utility 2 Select the machine from the Printer Name list box then click Display Printer Settings 3 Click Save to PC 4 Enter the file name on the displayed screen then click Save 619 Registering a Fax telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility Follow the procedure below to register fax telephone numbers Note Before you register fax telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility make sure that no fax operations are
293. ect the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White e When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you cannot select PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Note Auto appears only when Auto is selected for Select Source e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif or Auto is selected in Data Format 484 PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file tha
294. ect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer Restart the computer 735 Q Scanner Driver Does Not Start A ea Make sure that the scanner driver is installed If not installed install the scanner driver from the web page Select your scanner or printer on the application s menu D Note e The operation may differ depending on the application Make sure that the application supports the ICA Image Capture Architecture driver You cannot start the scanner driver from applications not supporting the ICA driver Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your application 736 Q Error Message Appears and the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear A CEA Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on Turn off your scanner or printer then reconnect the USB cable and replug the power cord Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer eaten Make sure that the scanner driver is installed If not installed install the scanner driver from the web page Select your scanner or printer on the application s menu DJ Note e The operation may differ depending on the application Make sure that the application supports t
295. ect the code to delete from the group dial then click lt lt Delete 622 5 Click OK To continue changing fax telephone numbers or group dials repeat steps 4 and 5 e To save the edited information on the computer 1 Click Save to PC 2 Enter the file name on the displayed screen then click Save e To register the edited information to the machine 1 Click Register to Printer 2 Confirm the message on the display then click OK The information is registered to the machine 623 Deleting a Fax telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility Follow the procedure below to delete fax telephone numbers DJ Note e Before you delete fax telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility make sure that no fax operations are in progress 1 Start up Speed Dial Utility 2 Select the machine from the Printer Name list box then click Display Printer Settings 3 Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List The list of registered fax telephone numbers is displayed 4 Select a code to delete from the list then click Delete The selected fax telephone number is deleted To continue deleting fax telephone numbers repeat step 4 D gt Note e To delete all fax telephone numbers on the list click Select All then Delete e To save the edited information on the computer 1 Click Save to PC 2 Enter the file name on the displayed screen then click Save To register the edited information to the machine 1 Click
296. ected check the network settings before clicking Update After you turn on the printer it may take a few minutes before the printer can be detected Wait awhile and then click Update 1 Utilities Modifies the settings of the machine Select to change the network name SSID settings Setup Sets up the machine If you setup the machine from scratch connect your computer and the machine with a USB cable 2 Printers Printer name type and connection destination are displayed The selected printer can be set up or be modified 3 Update Performs printer detection again Click this button if the target printer is not displayed 3 Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN e If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then click Update e If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition DJ Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 290 4 Configuration Enabled when Utilities is selected Click to display the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu
297. ecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings Service name Specifies the Bonjour service name You can use up to 48 characters for the name Note e You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected devices LPR protocol setting Activates deactivates the LPR setting Wireless LAN DRX setting Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when using wireless LAN It allows you to save electricity Note e Depending on the access point you are using discontinuous reception may not be activated even though Enable is selected e Discontinuous reception is activated only while the machine is on standby The LCD is in the screen saver mode Access point mode settings When you use the machine as an access point specify the access point name and the security setting Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode 256 Device user settings Important e This setting item is for the administrator Date time setting Sets the current date and time Setting the Sender Information Date display format Sets the format of dates displayed on the LCD and printed on sent faxes and photos J Note When ON is selected for Print date on the print settings screen in printing from a USB flash drive the shooting date is printed in the date display format you selected Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of th
298. ed for Image Adjustment Calibrate before each scan Calibrates the scanner every time before trial scanning and scanning to reproduce correct color tones in scanned images J Note e Calibration may take time depending on your computer General Notes Scanner Driver The scanner driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep these points in mind when using the scanner driver Scanner Driver Restrictions e e e e e If the computer is shared among multiple users or when you have logged out and back on a message indicating that the scanner driver is in use may appear In that case disconnect the USB cable from the computer then reconnect it Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep state with the scanner driver active In that case follow these steps and scan again 1 Turn off the machine 2 Exit the scanner driver then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it 3 Turn on the machine Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same computer simultaneously If multiple scanning devices are connected you cannot scan from the operation panel of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing the devices When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network the machine cannot be accessed from multiple computers at the same time When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network scanning
299. ed off may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced e If the power cord is unplugged the date time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the machine s memory will be lost Send or print a necessary document or save it on a USB flash drive before unplugging the power cord 1 Press the ON button to turn the machine off 3 Unplug the power cord N The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use 151 LCD and Operation Panel The operation panel consists of the LCD and buttons Select a menu to perform copying faxing or scanning on the HOME screen displayed on the LCD The HOME screen comprises three separate screens Custom o r ECO i Re profiles 4 WLAN gt settings Access medium Basic Operation of the operation panel Use the 4 lt 4 or gt buttons A to select a menu or option in a screen then press the OK button B To return to the previous screen press the Back button C Using the Function Buttons Function menu D will appear when required at the bottom of the LCD screen To use a function in a function menu press the corresponding Function button E F or G The number of function menus and their options vary depending on the screen Check the function menus displayed at the bottom of the screen then select the one desired Example The HOME screen 152 Press the left Function button
300. ed plain paper in the cassette After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Register cassette paper info Page size lt A4 Type Plain paper OK Register If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3 Extend the output tray extension then open the paper output support A f 4 Select iA Setup on the HOME screen then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 5 Select Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance screen will appear 6 Select Print nozzle check pattern then press the OK button 202 Maintenance Print nozzle check pattern Cleaning Deep cleaning Auto head alignment Manual head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleaning The confirmation screen will appear 7 Select Yes then press the OK button The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the LCD 8 Examine the nozzle check pattern 203 Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern and clean the print head if necessary 1 Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D A B A B A No missing lines No horizon
301. ed to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USB appearing in the Connected to column 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Wireless LAN button 5 Select Use WPA WPA2 in Encryption Method and click Configuration 6 Enter the passphrase then click OK WPA WPA2 Details Passphrase 1 Dynarnic Encryption Type Auto 2 Cancel ok 1 Passphrase Enter the passphrase set to the access point The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the access point passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer 2 Dynamic Encryption Type The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption automatically Important e If Auto is not displayed on Dynamic Encryption Type select either TKIP Basic Encryption or AES Secure Encryption 300 e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer Note e This machine supports WPA WPA2 PSK WPA WPA2 Personal and WPA2 PSK WPA2 Personal 301 Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the w
302. ee Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning DJ Note e When performing duplex printing or too much printing the inside may become stained with ink 719 Q Colors Are Uneven or Streaked Colors Are Uneven POOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOODOOOOOOOOOOOOOOON Colors Are Streaked A Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory GAZA Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice 720 Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours When you turn the machine off do not unplug
303. eely used for personal and non commercial purposes 39 Use MAXIFY Cloud Link By using MAXIFY Cloud Link you can connect your printer to a cloud service such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Evernote or Twitter and use the following functions without using a computer e Print images from a photo sharing service e Print documents from a data management service e Save scanned images to a data management service Use Twitter to report the printer status such as no paper or low ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Using MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer gt Important e In certain countries MAXIFY Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different e Some apps require that you have an account before you use those apps For such apps please set up an account beforehand To find out which models support MAXIFY Cloud Link check the Canon homepage e The screen display may change without prior notice 40 Using MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Before Using MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Preparing to Use MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Using MAXIFY Cloud Link Cloud Troubleshooting 41 Before Using MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer First check the following content Precautions If you plan
304. eereeu a Operation restrictions si rassrai sonara rar dbase eckhesageodeedacdhahedeadane oneness 263 Reset setting AAG eid ET TETTEY EET AG ad ein Gel pte 264 APOM ECO SO a 6s 25603 8 Sa oh esd ee SESS SALAD SASG RAG ISG wl Pade aa sanes 266 AOUT OE SeN e Seah added ees Dodaterits cae kee eke hades 269 Using the Machine with the Access Point MOd6 0 0 0606 640ee ewe ee eee eee 271 Registering the Favorite Settings Custom profiles ewes Wine T meres 275 Checking the Total Number of Uses of the Machine 020 00sec eee eee 277 Information about Network Connection 2000 22 ee eee eee 278 Useful Information about Network Connection aaas aaaea eee 279 Default Values Set at Factory Network bes cheeses sana ah Reet eee ee errr 280 Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable 2 4 281 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name 2 00 00 cece eee ee ees 282 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN 283 Printing Out Network Setting Information i ke ee eee ee eR ee 284 About Network Communication 2 2264s462226eedeeedsddevaweeescieeesadads 287 Changing and Confirming Network Settings 0 000 0c e eect eee ee 288 lJ Network TOG ssicsnunt bene sande an pied a Sg ck aA dt aap bak cae Micon ae i gare eal aah 289 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen cct adedausitidue canc
305. efaults eo 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format J Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name 511 Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Set from the operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area E mail Client Specify the e mail client to use for attaching scanned images You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu DJ Note e Specify the e mail c
306. egistered information to the machine 1 Click Register to Printer 2 Confirm the message on the display then click OK The information is registered to the machine 621 Changing a Fax telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility Follow the procedure below to change fax telephone numbers Note e Before you change fax telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility make sure that no fax operations are in progress 1 Start up Speed Dial Utility 2 Select the machine from the Printer Name list box then click Display Printer Settings 3 Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List The list of registered fax telephone numbers is displayed 4 Select a code to change from the list then click Edit e If an individual fax telephone number is selected a Individual TEL Number Registration No 00 ra nomber Fees Sid OK Cancel 1 Enter the new name 2 Enter the new fax telephone number e If a group dial is selected a Group Dial Registration No 00 1 Group Name Registered TEL Number List Group Dial List No Name Croup Name TEL Number No Member TEL Number Ol airi 31 1608So 02 m tts 03 was Croup 04 e 4liene 0S bees 11408 06 ar 812 Ee 07 wasse Ol lee ox Cancel 1 Enter the new group name 2 Add or delete a member to from the group dial To add a member Select the code to add to the group dial then click Add gt gt To delete a member Sel
307. egistered recipients the particular recipient s number and the group dial in combination The following number of recipients can be specified in combination e The recipient registered to the machine Up to 100 total of the particular recipient s number and the group dial Entering the fax telephone numbers or redialing 1 Important e It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect registration of fax telephone numbers When you send important documents it is recommended that you send them one by one after speaking on the telephone Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone Note e If you frequently send documents to the same group of recipients you can group these numbers for group dialing This will allow you to send documents to all the recipients in the group by simply operation Registering Recipients in Group Dial e For details on the basic sending operations Sending Faxes by Entering Fax Telephone Number 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load documents on the platen glass or in the ADF 3 Select FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 4 Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary Setting Items for Sending Faxes 5 Specify the first recipient 595 TEL priority 05 05 12 23 a Enter the number Function list Memory in use 13
308. eject a phone call or fax reception out of the subscribed service area Rejected numbers Selects whether to reject a phone call or fax reception from the specified numbers 9 Press the OK button to finish specifying the rejection conditions If you select Reject for Rejected numbers Register rejected numbers is displayed on the LCD Use the 4 button to select Yes then register the rejected number For details on how to register the rejected number see Registering the Rejected Number 648 DJ Note e Even if you select Reject the machine rings once The machine may not ring depending on the country or region of purchase 649 Other Useful Fax Functions Using the Information Services Transmission Reception of Faxes Using ECM Document Stored in Machine s Memory Summary of Reports and Lists 650 Using the Information Services You can use various information services such as provided by banks and make airline reservations or hotel reservations Since these services require tone dialing to use their services you need to temporarily switch to tone dialing if your machine is connected to a rotary pulse line Using the Touch Tone Line Using the Rotary Pulse Line Important e You may need to contract with the service providers for some information services For details contact the service providers Using the Touch Tone Line e Dialing by Using the On Hook Dial Function D gt Note
309. el 3 Press the left Function button You can change the order or name of the registered settings and delete the settings To change the order of the registered settings 1 Use the amp button to select Rearrange then press the OK button 2 Use the 4 button to select the setting you want to move then press the OK button 3 Use the amp button to move the selected setting 4 Press the right Function button 5 Press the right Function button again e To change the name of the registered settings 1 Use the amp button to select Rename then press the OK button 2 Use the 4 button to select the setting you want to rename then press the OK button 3 Enter the new name then press the OK button Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 4 Press the right Function button e To delete the registered settings 1 Use the amp button to select Delete then press the OK button 2 Use the 4 button to select the setting you want to delete then press the OK button 3 Select Yes on the displayed screen then press the OK button 4 Press the right Function button 276 Checking the Total Number of Uses of the Machine You can check the total number of uses of the machine e g the total number of printing copying sending receiving faxes or scanning 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select Records of use on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Records of use screen is
310. elect the setting item and use the A button to change the settings 414 sy PDF file print f F 1 pran 1 Page size A4 Print qity Standard 2 sidedPrintSetting 1 sided Print PUN 1 Number of copies Use the Numeric buttons to specify the number of copies 2 Page size Select the page size depending on the loaded paper 3 Type Media type The paper type is set to Plain paper 4 Print qlty Print quality Specify the print quality 5 2 sidedPrintSetting Select two sided printing or single sided printing When 2 sided is selected you can select the orientation and the stapling side of the paper by pressing the right Function button Note When the machine name or IJ Scan Utility is displayed in Created with on the Details screen you can select 2 sided to print onto the both sides of a single sheet of paper 7 Press the Color button for color printing or the Black button for black amp white printing The machine starts printing Note You can print up to 250 pages at a time If you try to print more than 250 pages of a PDF file The specified PDF file contains too many pages The pages exceeding the number of printable pages will not be printed Continue is displayed on the LCD To start printing select Yes and press the OK button If you need to print more than 250 pages of a PDF file print them from a computer Depending on the PDF file it may be printed rotated by 90 degrees If the documen
311. elephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility Cee ere ree errr 620 Changing a Fax telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility 622 Deleting a Fax telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility CET TTET pesses 624 Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility nnana anaana 625 Registering Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility TTP eN jesas 626 Calling the Registered Information Up from Your Computer and Registering the Information to the E UNM sta tah E T E cha E E E N EET T OEE ETTO rae 627 Uninstalling Speed Dial Utility sccss cess see ERE ERE we ew oe eer Hiriani 628 PROGINS FaXeSrsesponcascan re ennea e SSR dss E rE GERRERA a ata e 629 Receiving Faxes s sosu Eh eAE rossis iura ee aa ra E e oe TE ETET EEEIEE 630 Changing the Paper Settings c i orercrrirereer anit date EE a a E A E 635 Mamoy Recepto 5 23 4 ascends weeded Sob a a eine a dee ade ah ah Gee 637 Receiving Faxes Using Useful Funclions 2 24icedsnsdsoaraiiias idee deddaaunade aa 639 Saving Received Faxes Automatically on a USB Flash Drive 0 0 0 640 Forwarding Received Faxes Automatically to Shared Folder on the Computer 642 Remote RECepnOn 6 244 942 6 44454508 CEE ERE ea eee RHEE EEE DEERE Eee eS 644 Rejecting Fax Reception ccucudwn srir sunn EER cee Rnd of hea Maat Rana aim Rowe 645 Using the Caller ID Service to Reject CallS c c 0 occa ieee eee eee ee ee ew ee eh 648 Other U
312. ellow Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left For example when cyan becomes weaker the color red becomes stronger You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 _ O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 850 by 11 00 inches Orientation T gt Color Options Cyan 0 a Low Magenta 0 B Loft ja a gt gt gt o Yellow 0 E i ABCDEF s 1234567 Brightness Normal Sample Type y m Intensity 0 e Standard Light Dark View Color Pattern oo Low High PDF Hide Details Cancel F Print 3 Complete the setup 375 Click Print When you execute print the document is printed with the adjusted color balance Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked for Quality amp Media the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable e If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 376
313. emai JPEG Image Quality Standard C Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application We Finder C Send to an application 34 Preview L Send to a folder None Instructions Defaults 6 Select Auto scan for Paper Size then click OK 456 e09 Settings Custom Scan Wea ii aa Documont Sean Scan Options Select Source Photo E Photo Scan 7 ial ASL SA Image Processing Settings pa Save Settings m Otvor File Name IMG gt Bs ae Save in ij Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif L Email JPEG Image Quality Standard 3 _ Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application K Finder Send to an application 35 Preview i Send tn a folder None a ee Instructions Defaults The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears DJ Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings OCR Dialog Settings E mail Dialog 7 Click Custom e000 Canon Ij Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series a G Document Stiteh Driver OCR E mail Instructions Settings Multiple items are scanned at one time Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan Sca
314. end it if necessary The received fax was deleted before being saved to the USB flash drive forwarded to the shared folder on the computer or printed Contact the sender and have the sender resend it if necessary 670 Troubleshooting The Machine Cannot Be Powered On Printing Does Not Start Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected gt gt gt gt Paper Jams gt If an Error Occurs Problems Sending Faxes gt Problems Receiving Faxes Search Each Function Problems with Network Communication Problems with Printing Problems with Printing Quality Problems with Faxing Problems with Scanning Problems with the Machine Problems with Installation Downloading About Errors Messages Displayed gt If You Cannot Resolve the Problem 671 Problems with Network Communication Problems with the Machine While Using with Network Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network gt Other Problems with Network 672 Problems with the Machine While Using with Network The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly Printing Speed Is Slow Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings 673 The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with the Machine Using the Access Point Mode Cannot Print or Scan from a Comput
315. eption When FAX only mode is selected When the call is a fax The machine will receive the fax automatically 632 DJ Note e If a telephone is connected to the machine the telephone will ring when a call incomes e You can change the number of times to ring the telephone with Incoming ring in Advanced When DRPD or Network switch is selected When the call is a fax The telephone will ring when a call incomes DJ Note e You can change the number of times to ring the telephone Advanced Settings of Receive Mode e When the call is a voice call The telephone will ring when a call incomes When the machine does not detect the fax ring pattern the telephone will continue ringing J Note e To use this feature you need to subscribe to a compatible service provided by your telephone company e For DRPD You need to select the appropriate ring pattern on the machine Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern US and Canada only For Network switch 633 The name of this service varies depending on the country or region of purchase This setting may not be also available depending on the country or region of purchase 634 Changing the Paper Settings This machine prints received faxes to paper loaded in the machine beforehand You can use the operation panel to change the paper settings for printing faxes Make sure that the settings are appropriate for the loaded paper Important
316. er Connected to the Network Q Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wireless LAN A Make sure that the machine is turned on Make sure that the network settings in the machine are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the machine settings gt How to Set an Encryption Key Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the machine within 164 ft 50 m from the access point Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices GS Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible ete Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct For the procedures to connect a network device to the computer and set them up refer to the instruction manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitorin
317. er as soon as possible Also the customer will be advised of his her right to file a compliant with the FCC if he she believes it is necessary Warning The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device to send any message via a telephone FAX machine unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity or other individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business other entity or individual In order to program this information into your FAX machine you should complete the procedure to register your name unit s telephone number time and date Refer to the Online Manual Users in Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS 102 of the IC radio frequency RF Exposure rules This equipment should be installed and 133 operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person s body
318. er computers are not accessing the printer r still appears even if you have tried the above finish the measurement then restart the lJ Network Tool to start over the measurement JJ Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance 306 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine D Important e Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine and printing or scanning operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the machine over network perform setup according to the instructions on our website 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Maintenance from the Settings menu Maintenance Setting Initialization To return the printer settings to the factory defaults click Initialize Initialize Cancel or 1 Setting Initialization Initialize Reverts all the network settings of the printer to factory default 4 Click Initialize The Setting Initialization screen is displayed Click OK to initialize the network settings of the printer Do not turn off the printer during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so perform setup according to the instructions on our website Note e You can change the network settings of th
319. er is not as you expect if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning When the paper is jammed while layout printing 2 on 1 copying or 4 on 1 copying is in progress it is possible that some pages are not printed if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning e If you turned off the machine while taking the appropriate action of the paper jam error All print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 783 1314 Cause Paper is jammed inside the rear cover when performing automatic duplex printing Action If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover when performing automatic duplex printing remove the paper following the procedure below 3 Important The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax or when the received fax or the unsent fax are stored in the machine s memory Make sure that the machine has completed sending or receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power
320. er of paper from the package just before printing To avoid curling when you do not print put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface And also store it avoiding heat humidity and direct sunlight 171 Paper Load Limit Commercially Available Papers Plain Paper including recycled paper 1 Approx 250 sheets Approx 75 sheets Canon Genuine Papers DJ Note e We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration except for High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt Paper for printing photos Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt 3 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt 3 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt 3 10 sheets A4 Letter 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt 3 10 sheets A4 and Letter Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt 3 10 sheets A4 Letter 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Paper for printing business documents Media Name lt Model No gt Paper Output Tray High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt 65 sheets 65 sheets 1 Proper
321. er size in IJ Scan Utility or the scanner driver align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen e Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square cannot be cropped accurately when scanning e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected e When scanned using the scanner driver the response may differ In that case adjust the cropping frame selection box manually For Photos Postcards Business Cards or BD DVD CD For Magazines Newspapers or Documents Lf 4 z Placing a Single Item Place the item face down on the platen and align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned Place the item face down on the platen with 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and the item Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned 542 33 Important gt Important e Large items such as A4 size photos that cannot be e Refer to Loading Originals for your model from placed away from the edges arrow alignment mark of Home of the Online Manual for details on the the platen may be saved as PDF files To save ina portions in which items cannot be scanned format other than PDF scan by specifying the data format Placing Multiple Items Al
322. es Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ta T Color Matching s ColorSyne Canon Color Matching lea 4 lofi gt gt gt 7 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select color correction Select ColorSync You can leave Profile set to Automatic J Important e Depending on the application software you use you may not be able to select setting items other than ColorSync e If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic the printer will not be able to print with the correct colors 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance 372 Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 373 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver Print from an application software that cannot identify or specify input ICC profiles by using the color space of the input ICC profile SRGB found in the data 1 Select Color Matching from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies m Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 850 by 11 00 inches Orientation Tt i T Color Matching g ColorSyne Canon Color M
323. es the preview image 180 degrees 4 za Rotate Right Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise Open Guide Opens this page 3 Thumbnail View Area Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images Appears blank if none has been scanned 4 Preview Area Displays the scanned images You can adjust the layout by dragging the scanned image or check the results of the settings made in 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 525 When no image has been scanned After scanning the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1 The image is scanned in the direction specified in Scan Direction and 2 appears next to it After scanning the second item by clicking Start Scanning Image 2 The two scanned images appear Related Topic Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch 526 Scanning with Scanner Driver You can scan by starting the scanner driver from various applications Refer to Help of Mac OS for how to scan Important e When scanning with the scanner driver in Mac OS X v10 6 8 select JPEG or TIFF in Format Scanned images are saved in the format set in Data Format in the Settings Driver dialog of IJ Scan Utility Note e Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details on the setting procedures for image correction and color adjustment e Refer to General Notes Scanner Driver for the scanner driver e Refer to Updating the Scanner Dr
324. esents alphanumeric characters Print LAN details You can print out the network settings of the machine such as its IP address and SSID For more information on the machine s network setting is printed out Printing Out Network Setting Information Important e This printout contains valuable information about your computer Handle it with care e Other settings Important e You cannot select the items below when Disable LAN is selected for Change LAN Set printer name Specifies the printer name You can use up to 15 characters for the name D gt Note e You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices e You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name o TCP IP settings Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting WSD setting 255 o o o o Setting items when you use WSD one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista Enable disable WSD Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled Note e When this setting is enabled the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista WSD scan from this device Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD Timeout setting Specifies the timeout length Bonjour settings Setting items for LAN using Bonjour for Mac OS Enable disable Bonjour Sel
325. ess the printer and change printer settings AES An encryption method It is optional for WPA WPA2 Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within U S government organizations for information processing 312 e e e e AirPort Network Infra Client computer and machine setup where all wireless communications pass through an access point Authentication Method The method that an access point uses to authenticate a printer through a wireless LAN The methods are agreeable each other When using WEP as an encryption method the authentication method is able to fix to Open System or Shared Key For WPA WPA2 authentication method is PSK Auto The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the access point gt Open System In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated without using WEP key even if Use Password WEP is selected Shared Key In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated using the WEP key that was set for encryption Bonjour A service built into Mac OS X operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network automatically Channel Frequency channel for wireless communication In the infrastructure mode the channel is automatically adjusted to match that set to the access point This machine supports channels 1 to 13 Channels 12 and 13 are not supported depending on the country or region of purchase
326. essage is displayed on the Fax standby screen When a message is displayed on the Fax standby screen check the cause gt A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on the Fax Standby Screen 727 Print ACTIVITY REPORT and check for an error Summary of Reports and Lists Is the telephone line cable connected to the external device jack Reconnect it to the telephone line jack Basic Connection Is a different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings loaded If a different size of paper from that specified by Page size is loaded for printing faxes the received faxes will not be printed and will be stored in the machine s memory Memory Reception Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size then press the OK button on the machine GIG IS paper loaded If paper is not loaded received faxes will be stored in the machine s memory without being printed Memory Reception Load paper then press the OK button Is the amount of remaining ink sufficient to print a fax If the amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print received faxes will be stored in the machine s memory without being printed Memory Reception Replace the ink tank then print the faxes in the machine s memory Document Stored in Machine s Memory DJ Note e If the machine was receiving faxes in the fax mode printing will start automatically after the ink tank is replaced Replacing an Ink Tank
327. et whe ap Skers allow o mal trom Sis addross AY e nan ee see yaad a ea Da pees Mapai E wewa ott in Bact An o mail address thal is already regisiorod cannot be used yee E mail address Printer registration ID About printer registration ID Cancel 3 Important There are character restrictions for the e mail address as shown below e You can use up to 255 alphanumeric characters consisting of single byte characters and symbols _ e Multibyte characters cannot be used You will get an error if the e mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used e If you registered a different e mail address by mistake you can cancel the registration by going to the printer s Home screen and selecting Setup or by pressing the Setup button on the operation panel gt Web service setup gt Connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup IJCloudPrintingCtr gt Delete from this service You may not be able to receive the notification if you are using a spam filter If you have a setting to receive only the e mails from certain domains be sure to change the setting to allow receiving e mails from noreply mail cs c ij com There will be no error display even if you could not receive the e mail because of the spam filter setting or if you entered an incorrect e mail address Access the URL in the e mail register the information and complete the user registration 1 When an e mail with the subject
328. etect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication When the message does not appear on your computer Cancel to set up then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network Set the security software to allow Setup app Canon IJ Network Tool app canonijnetwork bundle ClJScannerRegister app Canon IJ Scan Utility2 app and ClJSUAgent app to access the network After setting the security software try to set up the network communication from the beginning Note e For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer If there is no problem with the firewall settings Go to check 6 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 6 686 Q Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 6 A Check the settings of the access point Check the settings of the access point for the network connection such as IP address filtering MAC address filtering or DHCP function Make sure that the radio channel of the access point and that assigned to the machine are the same For details on how to check the settings of the access point refer to the instruction manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer After checking the set
329. etect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 A Are the machine and network device router access point etc turned on Make sure that the machine is turned on Confirming that the Power Is On Make sure that the network device router access point etc is turned on If the machine or the network device is turned off Turn on the machine or the network device After turning on the machine or the network device it may take some time until ready for use After a while just turning on the machine or the network device click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the machine and the network device are turned on If the machine could not be detected after clicking Redetect even when the machine and the network device are turned on or when you have turned them on go to check 2 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 682 Q Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 A Is the wireless LAN setting of the machine enabled Make sure that the or icon is displayed on the LCD If the icon is not displayed The wireless LAN setting of the machine is disabled Enable the wireless LAN setting of the machine After enabling the wireless LAN setting click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network com
330. ether to print TX REPORT ERROR TX REPORT automatically after sending a fax If you print the report select Print error only or Print for each TX If you select Print error only or Print for each TX you can specify the print setting that the first page of the fax is printed along with the report RX report Selects whether to print RX REPORT automatically after receiving a fax If you print RX REPORT select Print error only or Print for each RX Print when out of ink Sets whether to continue printing the received fax without storing it in the machine s memory when the ink has run out However part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out Auto save setting Selects whether to save the received fax on the USB flash drive automatically or to forward to the shared folder on the computer automatically after receiving a fax Saving Received Faxes Automatically on a USB Flash Drive Forwarding Received Faxes Automatically to Shared Folder on the Computer Security control FAX number re entry If you select ON you can set the machine to send faxes after using the Numeric buttons to enter the number twice By using this setting you can avoid the mistransmission of faxes Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes Check RX FAX information If you select ON the machine checks whether the recipient s fax machine information matches the dialed number If it matches the number the machine starts to send f
331. ette Load paper here Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time and fed automatically one sheet at a time Paper Source to Load Paper 14 platen glass Load an original here 141 Rear View 1 rear cover Open when removing jammed paper 2 power cord connector Plug in the supplied power cord 3 telephone line jack Connect the telephone line 4 external device jack Connect an external device such as telephone or answering machine 5 USB port Plug in the USB cable to connect the machine with a computer gt Important Do not touch the metal casing Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is printing or scanning originals with the computer 142 Inside View 1 2 1 ink tank eject lever Push up when removing an ink tank 2 print head holder The print head is pre installed 3 Note e For details on replacing an ink tank see Replacing an Ink Tank 143 Operation Panel All lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the figure below for explanatory purposes 15 14 13 12 11 10 1 POWER lamp Lights after flashing when the power is turned on 2 ON button Turns the power on or off Before turning on the power make sure that the document cover is closed Turning the Machine On and Off 3 HOME button Used to display the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 4 LCD Liquid Crystal Disp
332. ettings and then select Color A message that indicates the completion of issuing print job appears and printing starts Paper size Letter Media type Plus Glossy II Print quality Print To continue printing select Continue and perform the operation from Step 3 To end the printing select Apps The screen returns to the apps list screen The print data has been sent Continue Apps 33 Important e If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that cannot be printed due to expiration and other reasons are also included in the print count 52 J Note e To leave a usage history of this service from the Home window on the operation panel select Lil Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt History setting for this service gt Save Cloud Troubleshooting 53 Cloud Windows This section describes the Main screen of Cloud and the services available on the Main screen When using the Cloud function follow the steps described below first and display the Main screen Important e With this service the functions available to Standard user of the printer are different from those available to the printer Administrator Standard user can only use the functions marked by an asterisk
333. ettings to those for copying is displayed Select Yes to apply the registered settings to copying For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Detect paper setting mismatch If you select Yes the machine detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with those registered in Register cassette paper info If printing starts with the settings that do not match an error message is displayed on the LCD J Note e When No is selected Register cassette paper info or Detect cassette reinsertion is disabled Detect cassette reinsertion If you select Yes the machine detects the cassette is reinserted When the Register cassette paper info screen is displayed register the paper size and the media type 261 Administrator password setting Important e This setting item is for the administrator You can specify or disable the administrator password Specifying the administrator password requires you to enter the password to change the machine settings or connection settings Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items in the following menus e ECO settings Quiet setting e Web service setup FAX settings LAN settings e Device user settings e Language selectio
334. evice by using Google Cloud Print load paper into the printer in advance Sending the Print Data with Google Cloud Print 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on Note e If you want to send the print data from an outside location turn on the printer in advance 2 Send print data from your smartphone tablet or computer The figure below is an example of when printing from the web browser corresponding with Google Cloud Print The screen differs depending on the applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print New Tab eT New Window N New Incognito Window TEN Bookmarks gt Edit Cut Copy Paste z Print Zoom 100 u Save Page As s Total 1 sheet of paper Cancel Print ools gt History gy Destination f Print with Google Cloud Prin Downloads OH Sign in to Chrome Settings About Google Chrome Help When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete and when the printer is turned on the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically DJ Note If the firmware version is Ver 2 010 or later you can select which printer to use For the printing method you can also select using the local network or using the cloud Depending on the communication status it may take a while to print the print data or the printer may not receive the print data While printing with Google Cloud Print the printing may be canceled depending on the printer
335. evice settings then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select LAN settings then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select Other settings then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select Access point mode settings then press the OK button The screen to enter the access point name SSID is displayed Enter the access point name up to 32 characters Enter the access point name when you use the machine as an access point Press the OK button to finish entering the name Use the 4 button to select the security setting then press the OK button Disable Finishes the access point settings without specifying the security setting WPA2 PSK AES Specifies the security setting applying WPA2 PSK AES Proceed to the next step when the screen to specify the password is displayed Enter the password 8 to 10 characters Press the OK button to finish specifying the password setting 273 DJ Note e If you change the access point mode setting of the machine also change the access point setting of the external device such as a computer or a smartphone 274 Registering the Favorite Settings Custom profiles You can register the favorite copying scanning or faxing settings and call them up from the HOME screen You can register up to 20 settings Registering the Setting Calling Up the Registered Setting Editing Deleting the Registered setting Registering the Setting
336. f the document does not print check the following Check that the printer power is on If the printer power is on turn it off and then back on again and check whether the issue is resolved Check that the printer is connected to the network Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN has an Internet connection Look at the printer LCD monitor and check that no error message is displayed If the problem persists use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the printer If the document cannot be printed refer to the Online Manual for your printer Check that the file attached to the e mail is an Adobe PDF file a JPEG file or a doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx file Check whether the e mail address of the send destination is correct To check the print address from the operation panel of this printer display the home window and select Mi Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Check address for printing Check that the user s e mail address for using this service is registered If you want to check the error details the printer owner have to access the login URL https pr mp c ij com po In the Print Status screen click Go to Print History Screen and check the history of jobs that were sent You can check the error details 120 If you want to check the error details the pr
337. f you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 863 7100 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 864 7200 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 865 7201 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 866 7202 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D
338. fo Page size A4 Type Plain paper OK Register If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3 Extend the output tray extension then open the paper output support A f 4 Select iA Setup on the HOME screen then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 5 Select Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance screen will appear 6 Select Manual head alignment then press the OK button 212 Maintenance Print nozzle check pattern Cleaning Deep cleaning i Ato head alianment Manual head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleaning The confirmation screen will appear J Note e To print and check the current head position adjustment values select Print the head alignment value 7 Select Yes then press the OK button The print head alignment pattern is printed 8 When the message Did the patterns print correctly appears confirm that the pattern is printed correctly select Yes then press the OK button The input screen for the head position adjustment values will appear Manual head alignment Select the number of the pattern with fewest streaks or stripes 1713 A B C D 9 Look at the first pattern then use the 4 or gt button to select the number of the pattern in column A that has the least noticeable vertical streaks 213 2
339. from a device such as a smartphone without operating the access point Follow the on screen instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure e Confirm LAN settings The list of wireless LAN settings or the access point mode of this machine is displayed on the LCD You can print the list from this setting menu o WLAN setting list The list of wireless LAN settings of this machine is displayed on the LCD The following setting items are displayed 253 cae XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX w p Wireless LAN security Inactive WEP 64bit WEP 128bit WPA PSK TKIP WPA PSK AES WPA2 PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX IPv6 default gateway XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Enable ESP Enable ESP amp AH Enable AH Disable Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XX represents alphanumeric characters gt AP mode setting list The list of access point mode settings of this machine is displayed on the LCD The following setting items are displayed XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX e 254 IPv4 address XXX XXX XXX XXX IPv4 subnet mask XXX XXX XXX XXX IPv4 default gateway XXX XXX XXX XXX IPv6 address IPv6 subnet prefix length IPv6 default gateway XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XX repr
340. from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog Printer Canon m series Presets Default Settings j piesi 1 A Two Sided Pages OAI From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 1 00 inches Orientation Wa t E Pages per Sheet 1 s j Layout Direction E S UN Border None 2 Two Sided Long Edge binding _ Reverse page orientation _ Flip horizontally PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Set the stapling side 360 For Two Sided select either Long Edge binding or Short Edge binding 4 Select Margin from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog Printer Presets Copies Pages Canon series Default Settings i Two Sided All From 1 1 US Letter to Paper Size 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Th T Margin 0 0 i inches 0 1 2 Stapling Side Long side stapling Left Long side stapling Right Short side star T lt lofi Short side star Bottom Hide Details Cancel 5 Set the stapling margin If necessary set the Margin width and to change the Stapling Side select a setting from the list DJ Note e Depending on the Two Sided setting in the Layout pop up menu the Stapling Side that can be selected differs 6 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print duplex printing will be started 33 Important e When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from Media Type menu of Quality am
341. g for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details gt Important e The Evernote service features are subject to change or termination without prior notice 117 How to Use Print from E mail By using Print from E mail you can easily print a photo or document saved on your smartphone tablet or computer just by attaching it to an e mail You can print simply from outside like a travel destination Also your family or friends can print by registering beforehand You can use Print from E mail on any Canon printer that supports the service 3xxonp 0 i 00m M Checking Your Environment First check your environment e Network environment This product needs to be connected to a LAN with an Internet connection gt Important e The user will bear the cost of Internet access e This function may not be available in some countries regions Depending on your printer model this function may not be available Preparing to use Print from E mail To use Print from E mail you need to register the printer by entering information about the printer s owner 1 Print the printer registration page s URL and the PIN code 2 Access the URL and enter the owner s e mail address and other required information 3 Check if an e mail has been sent to the e mail address you entered 118 4 Access the URL provided in the e mail and complete the printer registration process Note e The e mail address that
342. g and are loading it correctly Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper e We recommend you use paper other than A5 sized one to print documents with photos or graphics otherwise the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 780 1313 Cause The paper is jammed inside the rear cover as the machine pulled in the printed paper Action If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover as the machine pulled in the printed paper remove the paper following the procedure below 33 Important If the printed paper piles up on the paper output slot the machine may pull it in and the paper is jammed inside the machine Remove the printed paper from the paper output tray before it amounts to 75 sheets The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax or when the received fax or the unsent fax are stored in the machine s memory Make sure that the machine has completed sending or receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power cord If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted Note If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Rotate the mac
343. g and are written as a hexadecimal number separated by colons i e 11 22 33 44 55 66 e Network SSID Unique label for wireless LAN It is often represented such as a network name or a access point name SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other The SSID can be up to 32 characters long and is made up of alphanumeric characters The SSID may also be referred to by its network name e Password WEP Password WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802 11 Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal and key number of 1 to 4 e Performance Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used e Proxy server A server that links a LAN connected computer to the Internet When using a proxy server specify the address and the port number of the proxy server 315 R S e e PSK An encryption method employed by WPA WPA2 Router A relay device to connect to another network Signal Level The strength of the signal received by the printer from the access point is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 SSID Unique label for wireless LAN It is often represented such as a network name or an access point name SSID dist
344. g from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 0 0000 eee 107 Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device 2222c2cce00 505022teedededenweas 109 Checking Printer Information ek cece cae eou caer sensei aee meneee danas 114 Online Storage Integration Function 20 0 dcase Sedan aeeecewnne esa ds ebagaee 117 How to Use Printfrom E mail 2 4022222 6c8deenebeddvnseesicstauddesideaiss 118 Prepanhg to Use Print rom E Mails a2 4 20944 aaga a a aa e a a 122 Timezone Libi s srricsri rissa ERLE EEEN ARE E Ree Rew eee eT TETE TEPEE ee ema 125 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with MAXIFY Printing Solutions 126 Pining wih ONIONS Pls tcc eheens iini tete Sea BEREE Ne OKED EE ORS RED 127 Overview of the MACKING 2 222i aden cde wees aee 4408 den eereseede ees 128 Saby WUE 6 ic icsc deta tcbueena Shee ewes a a aia Saws dene Se Daa Aa aaa da BA 129 Salety Precaunons ii a5 4 4604 8E44 EEE ES SORES HOEE ERE EE CARES CERNE HEN EOE RE HOS 130 Regulatory and Safety Information 0 0 0 0 0 ccc ee eee nen eee tenes 131 Main Components and Basic Operations 20000 cece ee eee eee eee 138 Man ASIN UNOS ca aa aaa she i rata a aa eao aa a aaao h a aa a cal Bk A 139 Front VIEW a ee Serato Se ere ee S he hs Meter diarai Rink oe a ari a ea ai a aie RS Gees 140 PON NU castle asain od raat ects ahavd deals ee saerh deeb te sas ci Goa a waa de Ma eae Sea dled Gosh haa 142 Inside VEW soret Heb S OEE gauia
345. g is displayed below the message Pr Support Code 2110 The size or type of the loaded paper is different from the print settings B5 Plain paper Cassette Select OK Action Pressing the machine s OK button the following screen is displayed on the LCD 805 Select what to do from the following gt Print with paper in cass settings Replace the paper and print Cancel Select what to do as necessary Note e Depending on the setting the choices below may not be displayed Print with paper in cass settings Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette without changing the paper settings For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is A4 the machine starts printing or copying with B5 on the paper loaded in the cassette Replace the paper and print Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is A4 you load B5 sized paper in the cassette before you start printing or copying The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and inserting the cassette Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette DJ Note If you do not know what paper information to register to
346. g or Settings E mail dialog of IJ Scan Utility then scan from the IJ Scan Utility main screen Set Select Source to Magazine and set Color Mode to Color Select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Settings OCR Dialog Settings E mail Dialog e Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then set one of the following settings Select Magazine for Image Adjustment Select the Descreen checkbox Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details Note If moire appears when you scan a digital print photo take the above measures and scan again 744 Q Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor A If the image is jagged increase the scanning resolution or select TIFF or PNG in Data Format of the Settings dialog Resolution Settings Dialog Set the display size to 100 Some applications do not display images clearly if the display size is too small If moire stripe pattern appears take the following measures and scan again e Set one of the following settings in the Settings Document Scan dialog Settings Custom Scan dialog or Settings Scan and Stitch dialog of IJ Scan Utility then scan from the IJ Scan Utility main screen Set Select Source to Magazine and set Color Mode to Color Select the Redu
347. g the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status eint vecsu Make sure that a valid wireless channel is used The wireless channel to be used may be limited depending on wireless network devices installed in the computer Refer to the instruction manual provided with your computer or your wireless network device to specify the valid wireless channel 674 Make sure that the channel confirmed in Check 8 can communicate with the computer If not change the channel set to the access point Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default When using a router connect the machine and computer to the LAN side same network segment When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN use alphanumeric characters for the name of the network SSID If the problem is not resolved perform setup according to the instructions on our website For placement Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the machine Q Cannot Communicate with the Machine Using the Access Point Mode
348. gh hard disk space to scan and save when the image size is too large such as when scanning a large item at high resolution In Folder to Save Temporary Files of IJ Scan Utility specify a folder ona drive with sufficient free space Settings General Settings Dialog Multiple devices may be connected to USB ports Disconnect devices other than your scanner or printer 741 Q Scanned Image Does Not Open A If the data format is not supported by the application scan the image again and select a popular data format such as JPEG when saving it Refer to the application s manual for details If you have any questions contact the manufacturer of the application 742 Scan Results Not Satisfactory Moire Appears in Scan Results Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation Panel Item Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor 743 Q Moire Appears in Scan Results A SAE Increase the scanning resolution Resolution ete Take the following measures and scan again e Set one of the following settings in the Settings Document Scan dialog Settings Custom Scan dialog Settings Scan and Stitch dialog Settings OCR dialo
349. h an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in gt Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 506 Settings Save to PC Document Dialog Click Save to PC Document on the E Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Save to PC Document dialog In the Settings Save to PC Document dialog you can specify how to respond when saving images to a computer as documents after scanning them from the operation panel eoo Settings Save to PC Document T e PA if Save 1o PC Photo Scan Options Paper Size Resolution v Image Processing Settings E Altach to E mail Photo Save Settings Zir Altach 1 E maa E Oomer Save in Data Format J
350. he OK button The setting is valid on the day s you select Enable for When you specify the time and day to turn the machine off Power control Power control ON settinas Power control OFF settings 1 Select Power control OFF settings then press the OK button 2 Select Enable on the displayed screen then press the OK button The screen below is displayed Time setting Time to turn OFF 20 00 OK Set 3 Use the Numeric buttons to specify the time to turn the machine off You can specify the hour from 0 to 24 and specify the minute in increments of 10 minutes 4 Press the OK button to confirm the time to turn the machine off After confirming the time to turn the machine off the screen to specify the day is displayed Use the F button to select the day use the A button to select Enable or Disable then press the OK button The setting is valid on the day s you select Enable for 268 About Quiet setting Enables this function on the machine if you want to reduce the operating noise such as when printing at night In addition you can specify the time range to reduce the operating noise Important Set the current date and time in advance Setting the Sender Information e Authentication by the administrator password may be required to change the setting About the Machine Administration If you do not know the administrator password ask the administrator of the ma
351. he 4 button to select Recipient then press the OK button The screen to select an ID number is displayed Directory OK New entry DJ Note e If you already registered the recipients the recipients name is displayed next to the ID number If you already registered the group dial Not available is displayed 7 Use the Y gt button or the Numeric buttons to select an unregistered ID number then press the OK button 8 Use the amp button to select a registration method then press the OK button 9 Register the recipients fax telephone number Register the recipients fax telephone number depending on the registration method selected e Direct entry 605 The screen to register the recipient s fax telephone number and name is displayed Go to next step Directory 00 From outgoing call log When you select this registration method the screen to select the fax telephone number from the outgoing call logs is displayed From outgoing call log 0567891234 0678912345 0789123456 0891234567 0912345678 0987654321 Using the 4 button to select a fax telephone number and pressing the OK button the screen to register the recipient s fax telephone number and name is displayed Go to next step From incoming call log When you select this registration method the screen to select the fax telephone number or the name from the incoming call logs is displayed From incoming call log 0567891234
352. he ICA driver You cannot start the scanner driver from applications not supporting the ICA driver Exit the scanner driver if it is running on another application 737 Q Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time A Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Check if you can properly scan one item Some applications do not support multiple image scanning In that case scan each item individually 738 Q Slow Scanning Speed A To view the image on a monitor set the output resolution to around 150 dpi To print set it to around 300 dpi Resolution Set Fading Correction Grain Correction etc to None Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details In IJ Scan Utility deselect the Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image checkbox and scan again Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog 739 Q There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed A Exit other applications and try again eile Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again Resolution 740 Q Computer Stops Operating during Scanning A Restart the computer reduce the output resolution and scan again Resolution CEPA Delete unnecessary files to obtain sufficient free hard disk space then scan again Error message may appear if there is not enou
353. he access point encryption type name of access point and the radio channel can be confirmed 33 Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party 296 DJ Note e Signal strength is displayed as follows Til Good Ti Fair T Poor e Type of encryption is displayed as follows Blank No encryption WEP WEP is set WPA WPA2 WPA WPA2 is set 2 Refresh Click to update the list of access points when your target access point is not detected If the target access point is set to a closed network the stealth mode click Cancel to return to the previous screen and enter the network name SSID in Network SSID JJ Note Make sure that the access point is turned on 3 Set Click to set the network name SSID in Network SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Note The WEP Details screen or the WPA WPA2 Details screen appears if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point e Access points that cannot be used by this machine including those configured to use different encryption methods are displayed grayed out and cannot be configured 297 Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of th
354. he following cases e When scanned by clicking Photo in the IJ Scan Utility main screen e The Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings of the Settings Driver dialog Start OCR is selected in Application Settings of the Settings Document Scan Settings Custom Scan or Settings Driver dialog e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White DJ Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format 521 J Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of
355. he item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution DJ Note For Resolution only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set Document Scan Orientation Settings This appears when you select ADF for Select Source Click to display the Document Scan Orientation Settings dialog in which you can set the orientation and binding side of the documents to be scanned from the ADF Orientation Hx Portrait R C Landscape Binding Side R R Long edge R R I Short edge Cancel Defauts EOK D Important e Binding Side cannot be specified when scanning only the front side of each document Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following DJ Note The displayed items vary by Select Source and Color Mode Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability 495 D Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven grad
356. he passphrase configured on the access point a sequence of between 8 and 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 character hexadecimal number Either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption is selected automatically for the dynamic encryption method For details see Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings J Note e This machine supports WPA WPA2 PSK WPA WPA2 Personal and WPA2 PSK WPA2 Personal 692 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Access Points Screen You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed Q The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup A The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the machine which has already been set up to use via a network Enter Password A password has been set to this printer Enter the admin password and click the OK button Admin Password Cancel E Enter the administrator password you have set D gt Note An administrator password is already specified for the machine at the time of purchase For details About the Administrator Password For improving security it is recommended to change the administrator password Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Q The Screen for Setting
357. hen add the member or delete After pressing the OK button the changed group is registered 612 Deleting Registered Information To delete information registered for recipient and group dial follow the procedure below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on Sed 2 Select Bims FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Use the amp 4 lt 4 button to select Function list then press the OK button The Function list screen is displayed 4 Use the 4 button to select TEL number registration then press the OK button 5 Use the 4 button to select Directory registration then press the OK button 6 Use the amp button to select a registration menu to delete then press the OK button 7 Use the Y a button to select a recipient or a group dial to delete then press the OK button 8 Use the button to select Delete then press the OK button 9 Use the 4 button to select Yes then press the OK button 613 Printing a List of the Registered Destinations You can print a list of the fax telephone numbers and can keep it near the machine to refer to when dialing 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Select FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 4 Use the amp 4 lt 4 button to select Function list then press the OK button The Function list screen is displa
358. hine s memory are deleted 847 6930 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 848 6931 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 849 6932 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 850 6933 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxe
359. hine so that the rear side of the machine faces toward you D amp 2 If the protective material for the rear cover remains attached remove it 3 Open the rear cover 781 Slide the rear cover to the left then open it 4 Pull out the paper slowly D9 Note e Do not touch the inner parts of the machine e If you cannot pull the paper out try the following e Turn the machine off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically e Pull out the paper output tray It becomes easy to pull out the paper 5 Close the rear cover slowly Close the rear cover then slide it to the right Slide the rear cover so that the A mark on the rear cover aligns with the V mark on the machine 6 Reload the paper then press the machine s OK button If the paper is jammed while printing the faxes or the fax report in progress After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the machine s OK button the machine resumes printing from the page where the paper was jammed 782 e If the paper is jammed while printing from a computer or copying in progress After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the machine s OK button then the machine resumes printing from the next page where the paper was jammed As the page where the paper was jammed is not printed reprint if necessary When the paper is jammed while duplex printing or duplex copying is in progress it is possible that the printing or copying ord
360. hine starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the shared folder on the computer If you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen 556 The confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete If you continue scanning load the original on the platen glass and start scanning If you do not continue scanning press the left Function button The scanned data is forwarded to the shared folder on the computer in one PDF file When you scan the originals continuously you can forward up to 100 pages of images in one PDF file Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after scanning is complete If you load the original in the ADF The machine starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the shared folder of the computer If you load the original on the platen glass gt When you select JPEG for Format on the scan setting screen the machine starts scanning and scanned data is saved on the shared folder of the computer o When you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen the confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete If you continue scanning load the original on the platen glass and start scanning If you do not continue scanning press the left Function button The scanned data is forwarded to the shared folder on the computer in one PDF fil
361. hotos 409 Printing Gilera Gane Follow the procedure below to add the print job 1 Press the right Function button when the print progress screen is displayed The photo selection screen is displayed 2 Select the next photo to print DJ Note e While you select the photo the machine prints the reserved photos The b reserved photo icon appears on the photo included in the print job 3 Specify the number of copies for each photo Note e While processing the print job you cannot change the setting for Page size or Type on print settings confirmation screen The setting is the same as the setting for the photo included in the print job 4 Press the Color button The reserved photo is printed next to the photo that has already been started printing If you want to print more photos operate from step 1 again 2 Note e While processing the print job you cannot display the HOME screen change the print menu or print from the computer or other devices e While processing the print job the photo in other group is not selected e If you press the Stop button while processing the print job the screen to select a method to cancel reservation is displayed If you select Cancel all reservations then press the OK button you can cancel printing all photos If you select Cancel the last reservation then press the OK button you can cancel the last printing job e If there are many print jobs Cannot
362. i Kolkata Mumbai New Delhi Kathmandu UTC 06 00 Astana Dhaka Almaty Novosibirsk Yangon Rangoon UTC 07 00 Krasnoyarsk Bangkok Hanoi Jakarta UTC 05 00 UTC 08 00 Irkutsk Ulaan Bataar Kuala Lumpur Singapore Perth Taipei Beijing Chongqing Hong Kong Urumqi UTC 09 00 Seoul Yakutsk Osaka Sapporo Tokyo Adelaide Darwin UTC 10 00 Vladivostok Canberra Melbourne Sydney Guam Port Moresby Brisbane Hobart UTC 11 00 Magadan Solomon Is New Caledonia UTC 12 00 Auckland Wellington Fiji Marshall Is Petropavlovsk Kamchatsky UTC 13 00 Samoa Nuku alofa 125 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with MAXIFY Printing Solutions Use MAXIFY Printing Solutions to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet wirelessly You can also receive scanned data PDF or JPEG directly on a smartphone or tablet without using a computer MAXIFY Printing Solutions can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play 126 Printing with Windows RT When you use Windows RT printing is easy because you simply connect this printer to the network For information about connecting to the network see the setup URL http www canon comi ijsetup for using this product from your computer smartphone or tablet device When the connection is complete the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software which allows you to specify detailed print settings is downloaded automatically By using Ca
363. ibutor and only if You agree to indemnify defend and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by or claims asserted against such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 22 Enter keywords in the search window and click a Search You can search for target pages in this guide Search Tips You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window Canon gt Language Search Tips amp gt Site Map gt Read Me First Online Manual You can see manuals of your product and applications Product Manuals You can learn how to handle and operate your product J Note e The displayed screen may vary When searching from this page or the Home page without entering your product s model name or your application s name all products supported by this guide will be considered for the search If you want to narrow down the search results add your product s model name or your application s name to the keywords Searching for Functions Enter your product s model name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to load paper Enter your product s model name load paper in the search window and perform a search Troubleshooting Errors Enter your product s model name and a support code Example When the following error screen appears Enter your product s
364. ice settings then press the OK button 4 Press the button 4 times then press the OK button 5 Use the 4 button to select the language for the LCD then press the OK button 756 Q Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing A gt Important The print head holder moves to the position for replacing only when an ink tank runs out of ink If no ink tanks run out of ink the print head holder does not move even though you open the front cover Is the POWER lamp off Check if the POWER lamp is lit The print head holder will not move unless the power is on If the POWER lamp is off close the front cover and turn the machine on While the POWER lamp is flashing the machine is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit and then open the front cover again Is an error message displayed on the LCD Close the front cover follow the Support Code error number displayed in the error message to resolve the error and then reopen it For details on how to resolve the error refer to Support Code List Has the front cover been left open for 60 minutes or longer If the front cover is left open for more than 60 minutes the print head holder moves to the position to protect it to prevent the print head from drying out Close and reopen the front cover to return the print head holder to the position for replacing 757 Problems with Installation Downloading gt Cannot
365. idges e e e e 130 Regulatory and Safety Information For models containing lithium battery e Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations e Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS When using your telephone equipment basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire electric shock and injury to persons including the following 1 Do not use this product near water for example near a bath tub wash bowl kitchen sink or laundry tub in a wet basement or near a swimming pool 2 Avoid using this product during an electrical storm There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning 3 Do not use this product to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak CAUTION To reduce the risk of fire use only No 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord IMPORTANTES MESURES DE SECURITE CONSERVER CES INSTRUCTIONS Certaines mesures de s curit doivent tre prises pendant l utilisation de mat rial t l phonique afin de r duire les risques d incendie de choc lectrique et de blessures En voice quelquesunes 1 Ne pas utiliser l appareil pr s de l eau p ex pr s d une baignoire d un lavabo d un vier de cuisine d un bac a laver dans un sous sol humide ou pr s d une piscine 2 viter d utiliser l appareil pendant un orage lectrique Ceci peut pr senter un risque
366. ids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the machine as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine With a soft clean lint free and dry cloth wipe the platen glass A the inner side of the document cover white sheet B the glass of the ADF Auto Document Feeder C and the inner side of the ADF white area D gently Make sure not to leave any residue especially on the glass surfaces gt Important e The inner side of the document cover white sheet B is easily damaged so wipe it gently e Glue ink correction fluid or other substances on the ADF glass C in the above figure will cause black streaks on scanned images If there is any on the glass gently wipe it off 226 Cleaning the ADF Auto Document Feeder Be sure to use a soft clean lint free and dry cloth to clean the ADF Auto Document Feeder gt Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine e The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax or when unsent faxes are stored in the machine s memory Make sure if the machine completed sending or receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power cord e The machine cannot send or receive faxes when the power is turned off e If the power cord is unplugged the date time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the machine s memory will be lost Sen
367. if lt Same size 5 Sy SS Page size A4 Type Plain paper OK End setup Advanced J Note Some of the reduction enlargement methods are not available depending on the copy menu e Fit to page The machine automatically reduces or enlarges the image to fit the page size oe gt 16 The setting in Magnif Fit to page D gt Note e When you select Fit to page the page size may not be detected correctly depending on the original In this case select the setting other than Fit to page Preset ratio You can select one of the preset ratios to reduce or enlarge copies o gt Select the appropriate ratio for size of original and page size e The setting in Magnif 70 A4 gt A5 86 A4 gt B5 94 A4 gt LTR 115 B5 gt A4 141 A5 gt A4 156 5x7 gt LTR 183 4x6 gt LTR Note e Some of the preset ratios are not available depending on the country or region of purchase e Ratio specified copy You can specify the copy ratio as a percentage to reduce or enlarge copies 426 If you select other than Fit to page and press the right Function button Magnification screen is displayed Use the 4 button to specify the magnification D gt Note 400 MAX maximum copy ratio and 25 MIN minimum copy ratio are selectable e If you make a copy at the same size as the original select Same size 427 Two Sided Copying When you select 2 sided for 2 sidedPrintSetting in Standard copy you ca
368. iguration Wireless LAN E P vo a M Use admin password 1 Password D Password Confirmation Cancel Ok 1 Use admin password Set an administrator password with privileges to set up and change detailed options To use this feature select this check box and enter a password D Important e The password should consist of alphanumeric characters and be no longer than 32 characters The password is case sensitive Do not forget the password you set 2 Password Enter the password to set 3 Password Confirmation Enter the password again for confirmation 6 Click OK 303 A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click OK the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Enter Password Screen The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the printer Enter Password A password has been set to this printer Enter the admin password and click the OK button Admin Password a Cancel E Admin Password Enter the administrator password that was set For security purposes your password is not displayed as you type it gt Important If you forget the administrator password you specified initialize the printer to revert the password to the default setting OK Click this item after you enter the administrator password Cancel This item returns you to li
369. ility main screen and scan to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specified areas Refer to Gutter Correction for details e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly e Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line e Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text e Documents with extremely large or small fonts 473 e Documents with small amount of text e Documents containing figures images e Hand written text e Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document gt Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detecte
370. images If you scan originals from a computer you can edit the scanned images such as optimizing or trimming In addition you can edit or print the scanned images using the compatible application software to make better use of them Scanning with IJ Scan Utility 548 Attaching the Scanned Data to E mail Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Before attaching scanned data to an e mail confirm the following e The scanner driver is installed If the scanner driver is not yet installed install the scanner driver from our website The machine is connected to a computer correctly Make sure that the machine is connected to the computer correctly Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is in operation or when the computer is in the sleep or standby mode If you perform scanning via a network connection make sure that all the required settings have been specified Network Scan Settings The mail software and the file name are specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility You can specify the destination and the file name in Canon IJ Scan Utility For details on settings of Canon lJ Scan Utility Settings Dialog 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select Ej Scan on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed Forward scanned data to a PC OK Set 3 Select Attach to E mail then press the OK butt
371. in 599 Sending Faxes after Checking Information Checking the Recipient s Information Set Check RX FAX information to ON following the procedure below D Important e This function is not available when you send a fax manually Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on A 2 Select m Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select LJ Device settings then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to select FAX settings then press the OK button 5 Use the Y button to select Security control then press the OK button 6 Use the amp button to select Check RX FAX information then press the OK button 7 Use the button to select ON then press the OK button Important e Transmission will be canceled if the machine fails to receive the recipient s fax information or if the received information does not match the fax telephone number 600 Using the On Hook Dial Function Follow the procedure below to send faxes with the on hook dial function Important e It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect registration of fax telephone numbers When you send important documents it is recommended that you send them after speaking on the telephone Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone e With manual transmission you cannot use the platen glass to load documents Load th
372. in America including spaces Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols e When Telephone line type in FAX user settings under FAX settings is set to Rotary pulse you can enter a tone T by pressing the Tone button 12 Press the OK button to finalize registration Note e To register another recipient s number and name select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure e You can check the recipient s numbers and names you have registered by printing RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST 607 Printing a List of the Registered Destinations 608 Registering Recipients in Group Dial If you register two or more registered recipients to a group dial you can send the same document successively to all recipients registered to the group dial 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select Bims FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Use the Y A button to select Function list then press the OK button The Function list screen is displayed 4 Use the 4 button to select TEL number registration then press the OK button 5 Use the 4 button to select Directory registration then press the OK button 6 Use the amp button to select Group dial then press the OK button The screen to select an ID number is displayed Group dial 00 Not available 01 Not available 02 Not available DJ Note e If you alread
373. in progress 1 Start up Speed Dial Utility 2 Select the machine from the Printer Name list box then click Display Printer Settings 3 Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List The list of registered fax telephone numbers is displayed 4 Select an unoccupied code from the list then click Edit The Individual or Group Selection dialog is displayed 5 Click Register individual TEL number or Register group dial then click Next e If Register individual TEL number is selected a Individual TEL Number Registration No 00 Name 1 TEL Number 2 _oxn Cancel 1 Enter the name 2 Enter the fax telephone number e If Register group dial is selected e Group Dial Registration No me 1 Group Name Registered TEL Number List Group Dial List No Name Croup Name TEL Number No Member TEL Number 1 erie 23 1e088r 02 s Lr T 03 wis Croup 04 e slices 0S whee r TEPE 06 wee Dene atas l 07 ak Cancel 1 Enter the group name 2 Select the code you want to add to the group dial then click Add gt gt 620 Note e You can only enter numbers that have already been registered 6 Click OK To continue registering fax telephone numbers or a group dial repeat steps 4 to 6 To save the registered information on the computer 1 Click Save to PC 2 Enter the file name on the displayed screen then click Save e To register the r
374. in the memory but all or part of the fax information may not be printed because of the ink out condition Important Do not remove an ink tank until a new one is prepared to be installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate until a new one is installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate even if the removed ink tank is just reinstalled 794 1660 Cause The ink tank is not installed Action Install the ink tank 795 1688 Cause The ink has run out Action Replace the ink tank and close the front cover Printing under the current condition may damage the machine If you want to continue printing in this condition you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level Press and hold the machine s Stop button for at least 5 seconds and then release it With this operation releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition Important Do not remove an ink tank until a new one is prepared to be installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate until a new one is installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate even if the removed ink tank is just reinstalled Note e Since the information contained in the fax may be lost if i
375. indows XP SP3 32 bit only For the printer driver and fax driver Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 R2 Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 XPS driver is not supported Hard Disk Space 2 5 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Mac OS Operating System Mac OS X v10 6 8 or later Hard Disk Space 0 5 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Other Supported OS Some functions may not be available with each OS Refer to the manual or the Canon web site for details on operation with iOS Android and Windows RT Mobile Printing Capability Apple AirPrint Google Cloud Print Print from E mail MAXIFY Cloud Link e An internet connection is required to view the Online Manual e Windows Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP pre installed 333 e Windows A CD ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software installation Windows Internet Explorer 8 9 10 or 11 is required to install Easy WebPrint EX Windows Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center Windows NET Framework 4 or 4 5 must be installed to use the Windows software Win
376. ine type is tone dialing 572 Setting the Receive Mode Set the receiving operation receiving mode For details on how to set the receive mode Setting the Receive Mode You can select the appropriate mode For details on the selectable receive mode About the Receive Mode For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode Advanced Settings of Receive Mode Note e The receiving operation procedure varies depending on the selected receive mode For details on receiving method depending on each receive mode Receiving Faxes e If you want to use a single telephone line for faxes and voice calls you need to connect a telephone or an answering machine to the external device jack of this machine For details on how to connect the telephone or the answering machine to the machine Basic Connection Setting the Receive Mode This section describes the procedure to select the receive mode 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Use the Y a button to select Function list then press the OK button The Function list screen is displayed 4 Use the 4 button to select Receive mode settings then press the OK button 5 Use the amp button to select the receive mode then press the OK button Note e By pressing the right Function button when a receive mode is selected you can specify the advanced
377. inguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other The SSID can be up to 32 characters long and is made up of alphanumeric characters The SSID may also be referred to by its network name Stealth In the stealth mode an access point hides itself by not broadcasting its SSID The client must specify the SSID set to the access point to detect it The stealth mode is called a closed network Subnet Mask Address IP address has two components the network address and the host address Subnet Mask used to calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically Example IP Address 192 168 127 123 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask Address 192 168 127 0 TCP IP Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN This protocol allows different terminals to communicate with each other TKIP An encryption protocol employed by WPA WPA2 316 U e USB Serial interface designed to enable you to hot swap devices i e by plugging and unplugging them without turning off the power WwW WEP WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802 11 Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks This printer supports key length of 64 bit
378. inter owner have to access the login URL https pr mp c ij com po Note e For a wireless LAN connection after the printer is turned on it may take a few minutes before communication becomes possible Confirm that your printer is connected to the wireless LAN and then try printing If You Cannot Register to the Service or Delete the Service If You Cannot Register to the Service e If the printer operation panel display the message Failed to register with Print from E mail the registration to Print from E mail may not have been completed in time Select OK to release the error and start over again from the beginning e Check that the firmware version of the printer has been updated If You Do Not Receive the URL to Complete the Registration by E mail An incorrect e mail address may have been entered Wait about 30 minutes and operate the printer operation panel to print the printer registration URL and PIN code Then re register from the beginning If You Cannot Delete the Service e If the printer operation panel display the message Failed to connect to Print from E mail Only the information on the printer was deleted is displayed it could be that the registration information on the service could not be deleted even though the Print from E mail information stored on this printer was deleted Select OK to release the error and then access the service s login URL https pr mp c ij com po to delete the regi
379. inting to Fit the Paper Size prveererneeeeeeeereerereenserrerrrrnreseorrereeny Festival poo m Festival gt in ue The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be used is as follows 1 Check the paper size Check that the Paper Size in the Print Dialog is the same as the paper size that you set in the application software 2 Select Paper Handling from the pop up menu Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies i Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 21 00 inches Orientation T t gt Paper Handling M Collate pages Pages to Print All pages Page Order Automatic Seale to fit paper size Destination Paper Size Suggested Paper US Letter Scale down only 7 PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Set the print paper size Check the Scale to fit paper size check box Then from the Destination Paper Size pop up menu select the paper size that is actually loaded in the printer 4 If necessary check the Scale down only check box When you check this check box the document will be reduced to fit to the paper size when the document size is larger than the page size The document will be printed in the original size when the document size is smaller than the page size 5 Complete the setup 355 Click Print When you execute print the document will be
380. ion Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 829 5208 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 830 5209 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 5400 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 832 5500 Cause Ink tank has not been
381. ion enabled although the line connection is poor or is the sender s fax machine compatible with ECM 729 e Select ON for ECM RX in Adv communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings Advanced FAX settings e Contact the sender and ask the sender to check whether the machine is set to enable ECM transmission If the sender s or recipient s fax machine is not compatible with ECM the fax will be sent received without automatic error correction e Reduce the reception start speed on RX start speed in Adv communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings Advanced FAX settings Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Q Cannot Receive a Color Fax A Is ECM RX set to OFF If OFF is select for ECM RX in Adv communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings the machine cannot receive color faxes The machine will disconnect the telephone line or receive color faxes in black amp white according to the setting of the sender s fax machine Set ECM RX to ON Advanced FAX settings Q Errors Often Occur When You Receive a Fax A Check the telephone line condition or the connection If the telephone line or connection is poor reducing the reception start speed may correct the error Reduce the reception start speed on RX start speed in Adv communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings
382. ion of purchase e Key repeat Enables Disables continuous input by pressing and holding down the 4 Y gt button when changing the photo displayed on the LCD setting the zoom ratio etc e Device info sending setting Selects whether you will send the printer usage information to Canon server The information sent to Canon will be utilized to develop better products Select Agree to send the printer usage information to Canon server 258 Language selection D Important e This setting item is for the administrator Changes the language for messages and menus on the LCD 259 Firmware update Important e This setting item is for the administrator You can update the firmware of the machine check the firmware version or perform settings of a notification screen a DNS server and a proxy server J Note e Only Check current version is available when Disable LAN is selected for Change LAN in LAN settings Install update Performs the firmware update of the machine If you select Yes the firmware update starts Follow the on screen instructions to perform update Important e When you use this function make sure that the machine is connected to the Internet If the firmware update is carried out all faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted e You cannot start the firmware update under the following conditions e While the machine is sending or receiving a fax e While the machine is sto
383. ired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Wired LAN button 5 Change the settings or confirm Click OK after changing configuration A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click OK the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Configuration LA 1 Admin Password TCP IP Setting Get IP address automatically Cancel x 1 TCP IP Setting Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your router Use following IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address 302 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet D gt Note e You cannot change the settings when using the access point mode 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Admin Password button The Admin Password sheet is displayed 5 Change the settings or confirm Conf
384. is displayed pressing the left Function button displays the preview screen On the preview screen the first page of each PDF file is displayed on the LCD In addition if a document is in landscape format it will be displayed rotated by 90 degrees For some PDF files it may take longer to display the preview or part of the preview may be cropped The name of the PDF files is displayed even though the PDF files cannot be printed using the operation panel of the machine If one of the following conditions is applicable to the PDF files they are not printable e PDF files saved using application software other than Canon IJ Scan Utility application software compatible with the machine e PDF files for which the preview screen is not available is displayed on the preview screen It is recommended you confirm whether a PDF file is printable When the document list is displayed pressing the right Function button displays the Details screen If one of the following conditions is applicable to the PDF file it is not printable e Information on the Details screen cannot be displayed e Characters other than the machine name or IJ Scan Utility are displayed on Created with The PDF files made using application software other than Canon IJ Scan Utility application software compatible with the machine are not printable even if they are saved using Canon IJ Scan Utility 6 Specify the settings as necessary Use the amp button to s
385. isplays the Save Settings dialog after scanning 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in DJ Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 479 Settings Custom Scan Dialog Pa Click Custom Scan on the E Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Custom Scan dialog In the Settings Custom Scan dialog you can make advanced scan settings to scan according to your preference eoo els if aa Document Scan Photo scan Instructions Settings Custom Scan
386. ist 2 403 Before Installing the Printer Driver 2 020000 c cect tent eees 404 Installing the Printer Driver SERPET EET EEE TERET a OER ri 405 Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 2 20 eee 406 Printing Photo Data Cee ce See ee ee ee ee eT ee ee ee ee 407 Printing Photographs Saved on a USB Flash Driv 000 6 c wees ba ae ee ee 408 Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 411 Using Useful Display FUNCIONS iii con auk Scie one eRe eee na a h a ee alae eee ae 412 Printing Documents PDF File Saved on a USB Flash Drive 0000 0 eee ee eeeee 413 Paper seting for PUG cs osaeceede cdeae ces segaheeeeseedsecbeseseneoe ce 416 Ce ocean eee re bh eee ese deka ele Re Chou eee oe EEE eee 419 Eee Sto sats nr ok ok ee a ao ee EE Re he oe eRe 420 Displaying the Preview Screen REETTA ore ee ease Bee es ERT PEA PEDES ae 423 Setna kome 16h GopywiliGhesasiose cas a a A sees e EAE AA aE 424 Reducing OF Enlarging a COPY prcreirerseiess terri eiere rE EEs eeeEeE RST EHS 426 TUO oded IN oe os E a E AEE ee 428 About Special Copy Menu lt i cscs anaana anaana nane 430 Copying Thick Originals Such as Books ee EET ETETE EEEE i Sel doy Se a Sack 431 Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page 2 000 e eee eee eee 432 Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page 2 2 2 cee e
387. it again from our website 628 Receiving Faxes Receiving Faxes Changing the Paper Settings Memory Reception Receiving Faxes Using Useful Functions 629 Receiving Faxes This section describes the preparation necessary for receiving a fax and how to receive a fax Preparing for Receiving a Fax Prepare for receiving a fax according to the following procedure 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on T 2 Select Bimi FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 3 Make sure of the receive mode setting Make sure of the receive mode setting displayed on the Fax standby screen 05 05 12 07 Na Enter the number Function list Memory in use 13 Directory a Redial D2 Note e For details on how to change the receive mode Setting the Receive Mode 4 Load paper Load the sheets of plain paper 5 Specify the paper settings as necessary Changing the Paper Settings This completes the preparation for receiving fax When a fax is received it is printed on the loaded paper automatically Receiving a Fax Depending on the selected receive mode the receive operation varies Note e For details on the receive mode 630 Setting the Receive Mode You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
388. ith the computer when the machine forwards received faxes to the shared folder on the computer e We assume no responsibility for damage to or loss of data for whatever reason even within the warranty period D gt Note e Register the destination folder using Canon Quick Toolbox in advance For details on how to register the destination folder Destination Folder Settings e When forwarding a specified document you specify it by its transaction number If you do not know the transaction number for your target document print the list of documents MEMORY LIST first Printing a Document in Machine s Memory After forwarding the fax in the machine s memory to the shared folder on the computer the fax is still stored in the machine s memory For details on how to delete the fax in the machine s memory see Deleting a Document in Machine s Memory 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Make sure that the machine is connected with the destination computer ai 3 Select imsi FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 4 Use the Y gt button to select Function list then press the OK button The Function list screen is displayed 5 Use the button to select Memory reference then press the OK button Note e If no document is stored in the machine s memory There is no document in memory is displayed Press the OK button to return to the previous
389. ity You can dilute brighten or intensify darken the colors of the overall image data during printing The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed No adjustment Higher intensity The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows 1 Select Color Options from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Adjust intensity Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies darkens the colors and moving the slider to the left dilutes brightens the colors You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ma Te Color Options Cyan 0 B a Low High Magenta 0 a ie REI ofl gt gt ae ett G a o Yellow 0 Ml i ABCDEF 1234567 Brightness Normal Sample Type Standard Intensity 0 View Color Pattern PDF Hide Details Cancel F Print 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity gt Important If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the Intensity appears grayed out and is unavailable 379 Relate
390. ive n Cop Yb SE tS A war i wary Communication mode Infrastructure From your computer you can confirm the SSID of the access point connected to your computer Confirm the SSID from the AirMac icon of the menu bar Note e If the SSID of the access point is not displayed on your computer check the settings of your computer If the SSIDs are different Click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from the beginning When you try to set up specify the same SSID of the access point for the machine and your computer If the SSIDs are the same Go to check 5 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 5 685 Q Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 5 A Does the firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer interfere with setting up the network communication The firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communications between the machine and your computer Confirm the setting of firewall function of your security software or operation system or the message appearing on your computer If the firewall function interferes with setting up When the message appears on your computer If the message warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network appears on the computer set the security software to allow access Then click Red
391. iver for the scanner driver e In the Settings Driver dialog of IJ Scan Utility you can also make advanced settings for scanning with the scanner driver 527 Image Corrections and Color Adjustments You can correct images and adjust colors using the scanner driver gt Important e When image correction or color adjustment is applied to items without moire dust scratches or faded colors the color tone may be adversely affected e Image correction results are not reflected in the trial scan screen Note e Screens may vary depending on the application e Selectable settings depend on Kind settings e Scanning may take longer than usual when image correction or color adjustment is applied 8090 Scan Mode Flarbed Kind Ej Color Reselesion 300 dpi M Use Custom Size Size 8 49 11 68 inches Rotation Angle io Auto selection _ Detect Separate Items image Correction None _ Image Adjustmern None Reduce Dust None Fading Correction None Grain Correction None Gutter Correction None Unsharp Mask Descreen Reduce Show through J Cabrate before each scan Overview Scan Image Adjustment When Image Adjustment is set the brightness of the specified portion of the image is optimized Images can be adjusted according to the automatically detected item type or the specified item type The result of the adjustment will be reflected in the entire image None Image Adjustmen
392. ize is loaded the extended cassette protrudes beyond the paper output tray Do not force the cassette into the machine any further This can damage the machine or cassette 164 8 Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the cassette at Page size and Type then press the OK button If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration Paper setting for Printing Register cassette paper info Page size lt Ad4 Type Plain paper OK Register 9 Extend the output tray extension J then open the paper output support K Note e When printing select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation panel or printer driver 165 Loading Envelopes The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope s direction by specifying with the printer driver properly 33 Important e Printing of envelopes from the operation panel is not supported Do not use the following envelopes They could jam in the machine or cause the machine to malfunction e Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface e Envelopes with a double flap e Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive 1 Prepare envelopes e Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them 4 cA e If the envelopes are curled hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposi
393. jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 777 1303 Cause Paper is jammed inside the rear cover Action If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover remove the paper following the procedure below 3 Important The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax or when the received fax or the unsent fax are stored in the machine s memory Make sure that the machine has completed sending or receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power cord If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Rotate the machine so that the rear side of the machine faces toward you P 2 If the protective material for the rear cover remains attached remove it 3 Open the rear cover Slide the rear cover to the left then open it 778 4 Pull out the paper slowly Note e Do not touch the inner parts of the machine e If you cannot pull the paper out try the following e Turn the machine off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically e Pull out the paper output tray It becomes easy to pull out the paper 5 Close the rear cover slowly Close the rear cover then slide it to the right Slide the rear cover so tha
394. justments made with an application software Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of Adobe RGB or sRGB effectively You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used 370 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them use a printing ICC profile in the application software and select settings for color management The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows 1 Select Color Matching from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 __ O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ti T Color Matching g ColorSyne Canon Color Matching 2 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select color correction Select Canon Color Matching 3 Set the other items From the pop up menu
395. k from Your Printer 0 000 c cece 43 Application Management Sh Gad ere EEEE TETTEI paibdndie rere cariad 46 Using MAAIPY Cloud LINK o sassa tyred dena e eur adele a ae ack ae ma pada Gadd Gong dew alc NY 51 Cloud Windows ore eee ee eo ee ere Se TET EERTE E E AET 54 Cloud IOUMEShGOUNG e capei ia a rala Adee a g a e a i area oba a k ADS 57 Using MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer 58 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 0 0 cee eee 59 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation 000 60 Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Whspteaid jaa a Mebiansnnas Oe Printing Your Printer registration ID 4cdanetedesinsesa ee des tend seed ttar hod 416 70 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ome TA Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Cemen j acc caae0 ees eae nb phd Se eee dQONS gt aes eas 88 Adding a Printer Fah wee ERE SUTE TOTEE T rer RESE GE isigi EUT err cree je 92 Adding a MAXIFY Cloud Link USet c2c cochacecsioneedateioosenes redeveaenanebanca 94 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Mitimeiaahest ues 99 Printing with Google Cloud Print c ccccccccsaswawawedoanrdsoteste tse bescn den 102 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print s 5 200 2 20eeeeeei edhe ee eeu e eee ee eters 103 Printin
396. k icon The confirmation message appears Click to display the items that you need to check before printing the nozzle check pattern 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette D Note If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 4 Print a nozzle check pattern Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins 5 Check the print result When the dialog opens check the print result If the print result is normal click Quit If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head Related Topic Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer 219 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for a
397. keyword search Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area E mail Client Specify the e mail client to use for attaching scanned images You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu DJ Note e Specify the e mail client in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 515 Settings General Settings Dialog Click the i General Settings tab to display the Settings General Settings dialog In the Settings General Settings dialog you can set the product to use file size restriction on e mail attachment language to detect text in images and folder in which to save images temporarily eooo Settings General Settings O omose Se pai cn E mail Attachment Size No Change Document Language English Folder to Save Temporary Files Browse Instructions Defaults eao
398. l Print 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the document is converted to grayscale data It allows you to print the color document in monochrome 3 Note During Grayscale Printing inks other than black ink may be used as well 367 Specifying Color Correction You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed Normally the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with color tints that most people prefer When you want to print by using the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data effectively or by specifying a printing ICC profile from your application software select ColorSync When you want to print by having the printer driver correct the colors select Canon Color Matching The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows 1 Select Color Matching from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 __ O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ti T Color Matching ColorSyne Canon Color Matching POF Hide Details Cancel C Print 2 Select color correction Select the item below that matches your purpose ColorSync Perform color correction using ColorSync Canon Color Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print with color
399. l number from FAX_0001 file extension PDF 665 Summary of Reports and Lists The machine prints the report of sending or receiving a fax automatically You can print the list of the fax telephone number or the current settings Type of Reports and Lists Printing Report or List Type of Reports and Lists ACTIVITY REPORT Shows recent fax transactions at sight e You can print ACTIVITY REPORT manually For details on the procedure to print see Printing Report or List e The asterisk is appended to the history already printed on ACTIVITY REPORT e If you select Print for Activity report in Auto print settings under FAX settings the machine prints ACTIVITY REPORT for the 20 histories of sent and received faxes automatically Auto print settings Directory list Lists the numbers and names registered e RECIPIENT You can print the lists of the recipient and group dial TELEPHONE For details on the procedure to print see Printing Report or List NUMBER LIST e GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO LIST USER S DATA LIST Lists the current settings of the machine and the registered sender information For details on the procedure to print see Printing Report or List MEMORY LIST Lists the documents currently stored in the machine s memory For details on the procedure to print see Printing Report or List DJ Note e You can print MEMORY LIST by selecting Print memory list in Memory reference
400. lay Displays messages menu items and the operational status 5 4 Y lt 4 and gt buttons Used to select a menu or setting item This button is also used when entering characters LCD and Operation Panel 6 Color button Starts color copying scanning faxing etc 7 Black button Starts black amp white copying scanning faxing etc 8 Stop button Cancels operation when print copy scan or fax transmission reception job is in progress 9 Alarm lamp Lights or flashes when an error occurs 10 Numeric buttons Used to enter numerical values such as the number of copies as well as fax telephone numbers and characters 11 Tone button Switches to tone dialing temporarily if your machine is connected to a rotary pulse line 12 OK button Finalizes the selection of a menu or setting item This button is also used to resolve an error or ejects documents in the ADF Auto Document Feeder 144 13 Back button Returns the LCD to the previous screen 14 Function buttons Used to select a function menu displayed at the bottom of the LCD Using the Function Buttons 15 FAX Memory lamp Lights when there are received or unsent documents stored in the machine s memory 145 About the Power Supply of the Machine gt Confirming that the Power Is On Turning the Machine On and Off Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord 146 Confirming tha
401. le Name IMG z T n pace Save in ij Pictures Data Format Use Device Setting JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application ii Finder _ Send to an application 44 Preview _ end to a folder None _ Bo not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults ee eee Note e Refer to the following for details 564 Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog Settings Save to PC Document Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog 4 Set Scan Options eoo Settings Save to PC Photo gt jm is Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting cel Save 1 PC Decumont Resolution Use Device Setting mm i adaa Attach to E mad Photo Save Settings File Name IMG E m n cone bed pe Save in E Pictures Data Format Use Device Setting JPEG Image Quality Standard g _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application i Finder _ Send to an application 45 Preview J Send to a folder None _ Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults OK 5 Specify the file name and other settings in Save Settings eoo Settings Save to PC Photo gt pa if Scan Op
402. le when Photo is selected for Doc type Reduce show thru Reducing show through Characters on the back may show through when scanning a thin document such as a newspaper Select ON if characters seem to show through on the scanned document This setting item is not available when Photo is selected for Doc type Descreen A printout consists of minute dots to make characters or graphs Interfering with each dot may result in uneven shades or a striped pattern Select ON if you notice any uneven shades or a striped pattern on the scanned image This setting item is not available when Photo is selected for Doc type DJ Note e Even if ON is selected for this setting some moire effects may remain if Unsharp mask is set to ON In that case select OFF for Unsharp mask Unsharp mask The outline of small characters or thin objects such as a hair or leaves on a photo can be accentuated Select ON if you want to accentuate the outline of the scanned data 561 Network Scan Settings You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images into a specified computer 33 Important Multiple users cannot scan at the same time To scan over a network enable Bonjour on your scanner or printer Note e Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand by following the instructions on the web page e With network connection scanning takes longer than USB
403. leaning 3 Execute deep cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK Click OK when the confirmation message appears Print head deep cleaning starts 4 Complete deep cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel D Important e Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Note e If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning turn off the printer wait 24 hours and then perform Deep Cleaning again If there is still no sign of improvement the ink may have run out or the print head may be worn For details on the remedial action to be taken see Ink Is Not Ejected Related Topic Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern 218 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern Print the pattern if printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows Nozzle Check 1 Select Test Print from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Click the Nozzle Chec
404. lected in Application Settings Document Scan Orientation Settings This appears when you select ADF or Auto for Select Source 481 Click to display the Document Scan Orientation Settings dialog in which you can set the orientation and binding side of the documents to be scanned from the ADF Orientation Portrait R _ Landscape Binding Side RR Long edge R rr I Short edge Cancel Defaults a Important Binding Side cannot be specified when scanning only the front side of each document Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Available setting items vary by Select Source When Select Source is Auto Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function When Select Source is Photo Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image e When Select Source is Magazine or Document DJ Note The displayed items vary by Select Source and Color Mode Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability Important e The co
405. led ink tanks the printer consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head with ink The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the first ink tank ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank ink cartridge Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality To keep printer s performance Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition When the printer performs cleaning a small amount of ink is consumed In this case all colors of ink may be consumed Cleaning function The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents print quality degradation or nozzle clogging Does black and white printing use color ink Black and white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver So color ink is consumed even when printing in black and white Note The machine uses pigment ink Due to the nature of the pigment ink the ink on the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched 321 Key Points to Successful Printing Check the machine status before printing e Is the print head OK If a print head nozzle is clogged print will be faint and papers will be wasted Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head Maintenance P
406. led lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Note When the ink has run out during printing the nozzle check pattern the error message will appear on the LCD A Message ls Displayed You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper including recycled paper Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Register cassette paper info Page size A4 Type Plain paper OK Register If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3 Extend the output tray extension then open the paper output support A f 4 Select iA Setup on the HOME screen then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 5 Select Maintenance then press the OK button The Maintenance screen will appear 6 Select Auto head alignment then press the OK button 210 Maintenance Print nozzle check pattern Cleaning Deen cleaning Auto head alignment Manual head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleaning
407. lex printing of PDF files saved on a USB flash drive as a default 3 FAX print Select two sided printing of sent received faxes reports or lists as a default 266 DJ Note e When duplex printing is selected the J icon is displayed on each menu of the HOME screen or on the setting items for duplex printing on each print setting screen Turning on off the machine automatically Follow the procedure below to use power saving function 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on ECO 2 Select ECO settings on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select BESES Power control then press the OK button 4 Specify the settings as necessary When you specify the time and day to turn the machine on Power control Power control ON settings Power control OFF settings 1 Select Power control ON settings then press the OK button 2 Select Enable on the displayed screen then press the OK button The screen below is displayed Time setting Time to turn ON OK Set 3 Use the Numeric buttons to specify the time to turn the machine on You can specify the hour from 0 to 24 and specify the minute in increments of 10 minutes 4 Press the OK button to confirm the time to turn the machine on 267 After confirming the time to turn the machine on the screen to specify the day is displayed Use the 4 button to select the day use the A button to select Enable or Disable then press t
408. lient in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 512 Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog E Click Attach to E mail Document on the Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Attach to E mail Document dialog In the Settings Attach to E mail Document dialog you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e mail as documents after scanning them from the operation panel ER Settings Attach to E mail Oocument r gt T e peA a om Save 10 PC Photo Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting im ad ia Save 10 PC Document Resolution Use Device Setting Image Processing Settings 4 D E 4 E Attach to E mad Photo Save Settings File Name IMG Save in jj Pictures Data Format Use Device Setting JPEG tmage Quality Standard A Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings E mail Client None Attach Manually Instructions Defaults ox 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow
409. ll be using the printer after the initial registration select the login user name from the user selection screen enter the Security code and proceed with the registration If the Security code is incorrect use your smartphone tablet or computer and change the setting from the User information of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 5 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows read the statements and then select Agree if you agree lt License agreement gt Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the PH Start Print Do not agree Agree 43 gt lt Privacy statement gt Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the PH Start Print Do not agree Agree Note e If you select Disagree a confirmation screen of canceling the user information registration appears If you select Yes the user information registration is canceled and you return to the Home screen Even if you select Disagree you can still use this service by selecting Agree from the registration screen later e You can print the displayed information by pressing the Start button 6 On the Time zone screen select the time closest to your region and then select Next Time zone Select the time that is closest to your region 00 00 7 In the time zones list select the region closest t
410. lor tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan 482 DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Important e This function is available only when scanning from the platen Note e Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specified areas Refer to Gutter Correction for details e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text li
411. low 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and items and between items Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned A more than 0 4 inch 1 cm D Note e In IJ Scan Utility you can place up to 12 items e Positions of slanted items 10 degrees or less are corrected automatically Placing Documents ADF Auto Document Feeder 33 Important Do not leave thick items on the platen when scanning from the ADF May result in paper jam e Place and align documents of the same size when scanning two or more documents e Refer to Originals You Can Load for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on supported document sizes when scanning from the ADF 1 Open the document tray 2 Place the documents on the ADF then adjust the document guides to the width of the documents Insert the documents face up until a beep sounds 543 544 Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Basic Attaching the Scanned Data to E mail Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Saving Scanned Data on the USB Flash Drive Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Forwarding Scanned Data to Shared Folder on the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Deleting Scanned Data on USB Flash Drive Setting Items for Scanning Using th
412. lways transport the machine with ink tanks installed If you transport the machine without ink tanks ink in the print head may leak With the print head and ink tank left installed in the machine press the ON button to turn off the power This allows the machine to automatically cap the print head thus preventing it from drying After packing do not tilt the box containing the machine or turn it on its side or upside down Doing so may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the machine When a shipping agent is handling transport of the machine have its box marked THIS SIDE UP to keep the machine with its bottom facing down Mark also with FRAGILE or HANDLE WITH CARE Turn the machine off Confirm that the POWER lamp is off and unplug the power cord Important e Do not unplug the machine while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing as it may cause malfunction or damage to the machine making the machine unable to print Remove the cassette from the machine then shorten it until the retraction position after removing paper Paper Source to Load Paper Close the paper output support then retract the output tray extension and the paper output tray Reinsert the cassette Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the machine then unplug the power cord from the machine 327 7 Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the machine to keep them from opening and t
413. m Help for the printer driver is displayed when the following pop up menu item is selected e Quality amp Media e Color Options e Margin 384 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software you are using Opening the Page Setup Dialog Use this procedure to set the page paper settings before printing 1 Select Page Setup from the File menu of the application software The Page Setup Dialog opens Opening the Print Dialog Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing 1 Select Print from the File menu of the application software The Print Dialog opens 385 Page Setup Dialog In the Page Setup dialog you configure the basic print settings such as the size of paper loaded in the printer or the scaling ratio To open the Page Setup dialog you typically select Page Setup from the File menu of your application software Settings Page Attributes Format For Any Printer Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ma T Scale fio x Cancel ox Settings Click the pop up menu and then select the following items Page Attributes Set the paper size or scaled printing Save as Default You can save the attributes of the displayed page as the default settings Format For Select the model to be used for printing Paper Size Select the size of the paper to be used for printing
414. m in height Other sizes 1 sheet Copy Specifications Multiple copy max 99 pages Intensity adjustment 9 positions Auto intensity AE copy Reduction Enlargement 25 400 1 unit Scan Specifications Scanner driver Windows TWAIN 1 9 Specification WIA Mac OS ICA Maximum scanning size Platen Glass A4 Letter 8 5 x 11 7 216 x 297 mm ADF A4 Letter Legal 8 5 x 14 0 216 x 356 mm Scanning resolution Optical resolution horizontal x vertical max 1200 x 1200 dpi 1 Interpolated resolution max 19200 x 19200 dpi 2 1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO 14473 2 Increasing the scanning resolution will limit the maximum possible scanning area Gradation Input Output Gray 16 bit 8 bit Color 48 bit 24 bit RGB each 16 bit 8 bit Fax Specifications Applicable line Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN Data compressing system Black MH MR MMR Color JPEG Modem speed max 33 6 kbps Automatic fallback Transmission speed Black Approx 3 seconds page at 33 6 kbps Based on ITU T No 1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard chart No 1 for others both in standard mode Color Approx 1 minute page at 33 6 kbps Based on Canon COLOR FAX TEST SHEET 331 Black 256 levels Color 24 bit Full Color RGB each 8 bit Fax resolution Network Specifications Transmission reception approx 250 pages Based on ITU T No 1 chart for US
415. machine as rejected numbers For details on how to register the rejected number see Registering the Rejected Number D gt Note e When the machine rejects reception Reception rejected is displayed on The Fax standby screen e Faxes with no caller identification are also rejected when the setting other than No sender info is selected Registering the Rejected Number Register the rejected number following the procedure below 645 When the confirmation screen to register the rejected number is displayed use the Y button to select Yes then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select the dial code to register then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select a registration method then press the OK button Register the rejected number Register the rejected number depending on the registration method e Direct entry When you select this registration method the screen to register the fax telephone number is displayed Rejected number 01 The screen to enter the fax telephone number is displayed when you press the OK button Enter the fax telephone number you want to register then press the OK button From outgoing call log When you select this registration method the screen to select the fax telephone number from the outgoing call logs is displayed From outgoing call log 0567891234 0678912345 0789123456 0891234567 0912345678 0987654321 Use the 4 button to select a fax tele
416. mage to or loss of data for whatever reason even within the warranty period 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Select Scan on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed rie Forward scanned data to a PC OK Set 3 Insert the USB flash drive into the USB flash drive port CAA 4 Select USB flash drive then press the OK button Note e When the message informing you that the operation restriction is enabled ask the administrator of the machine you are using For details on the operation restriction of the machine About the Machine Administration 5 Select Save to USB flash drive then press the OK button The Scan standby screen is displayed 552 6 Use the a button to select the document type USB flash drive y Doc type 4 Document PDF 300 dpi a BY BD BD Scan Save profile Scan settings Document Scans the original on the platen glass or the ADF as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings 7 Press the right Function button to adjust the settings as necessary Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Note e Pressing the left Function button on the Scan standby screen allows you to register the current scan setti
417. me Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time v 6 Enter the Security code and select Done A Security code identifies the user when multiple other users are sharing the same printer Register user info Set security code About security code Security code Security code confirmation 0 to 8 digits 68 J Important e The Security code entry field has the following character restrictions e Single byte numbers The registration is complete A registration completion message is displayed When you select the OK button in the message the login screen is displayed Enter the registered e mail address and password and log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 69 Printing Your Printer registration ID To add a printer by using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you will need a Printer registration ID From the operation panel of this printer print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID The procedure is as follows 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet J Important e To use this function you must connect this printer to the Internet 2 From the home window select Setup gt Hi Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Register with this service 3 In the registration confirmation wi
418. mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work 2 Grant of Copyright License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable copyright license to reproduce prepare Derivative Works of publicly display publicly perform sublicense and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form 3 Grant of Patent License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable except as stated in this section patent license to make have made use offer to sell sell import and otherwise transfer the Work where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution s alone or by combination of 20 their Contribution s with the Work to which such Contribution s was submitted If You institute patent litigation against any entity including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litiga
419. memory to the USB flash drive or save all the documents in its memory to the USB flash drive at a time gt Important Do not remove the USB flash drive from the machine until saving is complete e For safety reasons we recommend backing up faxes saved on a USB flash drive to another media periodically to avoid unexpected accidents e We assume no responsibility for damage to or loss of data for whatever reason even within the warranty period Note e When saving a specified document you specify it by its transaction number If you do not know the transaction number for your target document print the list of documents MEMORY LIST first Printing a Document in Machine s Memory e After saving the fax in the machine s memory to the USB flash drive the fax is still stored in the machine s memory For details on how to delete the fax in the machine s memory see Deleting a Document in Machine s Memory 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on Insert the USB flash drive into the USB flash drive port a 3 Select imsi FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 4 Use the amp 4 lt 4 button to select Function list then press the OK button The Function list screen is displayed 5 Use the button to select Memory reference then press the OK button Note e If no document is stored in the machine s memory There is no document in memory
420. miss the error and try to copy again e When the document is remained in the ADF press the OK button to feed out the document e When you scan press the Stop button to cancel the scanning and try to scan again 810 2802 Cause No document in the ADF Action Press the OK button to resolve the error then operate again after loading documents 811 2803 Cause The document is too long or is jammed in the ADF Action Press the OK button to dismiss the error Then make sure that the document you are loading meets the machine s requirements before redoing the operation If the document is jammed remove the jammed document following the procedure below If the original is jammed in the ADF Remove the document following the procedure below 1 If printing is in progress press the Stop button 2 Turn off the machine 3 If a multi page document is loaded remove any pages other than the jammed page from the ADF then open the document feeder cover 4 Pull out the jammed document from the ADF 5 Close the document feeder cover then turn on the machine When rescanning the document after clearing the error rescan it from the first page 812 If you cannot remove the document or the document tears inside the machine or if the document jam error continues after removing the document contact the service center 3 Note The document may not feed properly depending on the media type or your en
421. mmed is not printed reprint if necessary When the paper is jammed while duplex printing or duplex copying is in progress it is possible that the printing or copying order is not as you expect if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning When the paper is jammed while layout printing 2 on 1 copying or 4 on 1 copying is in progress it is possible that some pages are not printed if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning If you turned off the machine while taking the appropriate action of the paper jam error All print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper If the message about paper jam is displayed on the LCD of the machine or on the computer screen when you resume printing after removing all the jammed paper a piece of paper may remain inside the machine In this case confirm that no piece of paper remains inside the machine We recommend you use paper other than A5 sized one to print documents with photos or graphics otherwise the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams 776 If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper
422. mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the machine or printing and scanning from the computer 270 Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode By using the machine as an access point in an environment that does not have wireless LAN router or access point or by using the machine as an access point temporarily in an environment that has wireless LAN router or access point you can connect the machine to an external device such as a computer or a smartphone and print scan from them This section describes how to enable the access point mode the access point name of the machine and the security setting How to enable the Access Point Mode Printing Scanning with the Access Point Mode How to terminate the Access Point Mode Setting of the Access Point Mode Important e Before using the machine with the access point mode confirm the usage restrictions then switch the machine to the access point mode Restrictions If you use the machine with the access point mode for the long time it is recommended that you change the default access point name and the default password to the combination of numbers and letters with the point of view of security How to enable the Access Point Mode Enable the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on A 2 Select m Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3
423. mputer Inc All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of Apple Computer Inc Apple nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Apache License Version 2 0
424. ms using the Remote UI or IJ Network Tool LCD Remote UI Network Tool Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the operation panel of the machine the Remote UI or IJ Network Tool 337 8 Enter the administrator password Use the Numeric buttons to enter a password 0 to 32 alphanumeric characters Press the OK button when you finished entering the administrator password 9 Enter the administrator password you specified again Use the Numeric buttons to enter the password you specified Press the OK button when you finished entering the administrator password The administrator password is enabled When You Want to Change or Disable the Administrator Password When the administrator password is enabled selecting Setup Device settings and Administrator password setting in this order and entering the administrator password displays Change administrator password and Remove administrator password on the LCD Select either item then follow the on screen instructions to perform settings 338 Restricting the Operation You can restrict printing copying or faxing operations or to use a USB flash drive or a shared folder on the computer 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on JA 2 Select mM Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select es Device settings then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to select Operation restrictions then press the OK
425. munication from the beginning If the icon is displayed Go to check 3 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 683 Q Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 A Is the machine connected to the access point By using the icon on the LCD make sure that the machine is connected to the access point If the icon is displayed The machine may be placed far away from the access point Place the machine near the access point temporarily then click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the machine cannot be detected the machine is not connected to the access point Connect the machine to the access point Click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from the beginning If the icon is displayed Go to check 4 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 684 Q Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 A Are the SSID of the access point connected to your computer and that connected to the machine the same You can confirm the SSID of the access point connected to the machine on the LCD Select Setup on the HOME screen then select Device settings gt LAN settings gt Confirm LAN settings gt WLAN setting list WLAN setting list Connection Act
426. n Firmware update e Administrator password setting e Operation restrictions Reset setting When the confirmation screen to specify the administrator password is displayed select Yes then press the OK button When the message is displayed press the OK button The screen to show the range where the administrator password is valid is displayed Select the range then specify the administrator password 0 to 32 alphanumeric characters Remote Ul Network Tool Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the Remote UI or IJ Network Tool LCD Remote UI Network Tool Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the operation panel of the machine the Remote UI or IJ Network Tool 262 Operation restrictions Important e This setting item is for the administrator You can restrict printing copying or faxing operations or to use a USB flash drive or a shared folder on the computer DJ Note e When no operation restrictions are enabled the confirmation screen to enable operation restrictions is displayed Selecting Yes and pressing the OK button enables you to restrict operations If you have already restricted any operations the menu items are displayed Selecting Change operation restrictions and pressing the OK button enables you to change the settings of operation restrictions Copy Restricts copying operations If you select Restrict all copying
427. n Buttons 2 Scan Results Area 3 Save Settings Area 1 Preview Operation Buttons L a a za Rotate Left 90 Rotate Right 90 Rotates scanned images 90 degrees counter clockwise or clockwise ai my Select the image you want to rotate then click za Rotate Left 90 or zaj Rotate Right 90 Important The preview operation buttons do not appear when the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in the Settings Driver dialog 2 Scan Results Area Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images You can change the save order of images via drag and drop The file names for saving appear below the thumbnails 3 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format 520 Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select PDF or PDF Multiple Pages in t
428. n Detection DRPD service provided by your telephone company your telephone company will assign two or more telephone numbers with distinctive ring patterns to your single telephone line allowing you to have different numbers for fax calls and voice calls 575 using only one telephone line Your machine will automatically monitor the ring pattern and will automatically receive the fax if the ring pattern is a fax call To use DRPD follow the procedure below to set the fax ring pattern that matches the pattern assigned by your telephone company Note e Contact your local telephone company for detailed information on this service 1 10 Make sure that the machine is turned on Ta Select Bimi FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel Use the 4 lt 4 amp button to select Function list then press the OK button The Function list screen is displayed Use the 4 button to select Receive mode settings then press the OK button Use the amp button to select DRPD Press the right Function button Use the 4 button to select DRPD FAX ring pattern then press the OK button The DRPD FAX ring pattern screen is displayed Select the ring pattern that your telephone company assigned to your fax number then press the OK button DRPD FAX ring pattern Normal ring Double ring Short short long Short long short Press the Back button The Receive mode settings sc
429. n Utility application software compatible with the machine Scanning Documents 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load A4 Letter or Legal sized plain paper 3 Insert the USB flash drive into the USB flash drive port D Important e If you already insert the USB flash drive to save the received faxes automatically you cannot print the documents even when the USB flash drive which contains the document data is set In this case set Auto save setting in FAX settings to OFF and remove the USB flash drive for saving faxes then insert the USB flash drive which contains the document data gt 4 Select LA medium on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 413 The document list is displayed Note If both photo files and PDF files are saved on USB flash drive the confirmation screen to select which file you print is displayed Select Print documents in the displayed screen then press the OK button If no printable document PDF files is saved on the USB flash drive Data of supported types are not saved is displayed on the LCD 5 Select the document to print then press the OK button Use the 4 button to select the document to print on the list view and use the A button to select the document to print on the preview Note File names may not be displayed properly on the document list if the file name is long or includes incompatible characters When the document list
430. n copy two original pages onto the both sides of a single sheet of paper Standard copy Type Plain paper Print qity Standard en ae l 2 sidedPrintSetting 4 2 sided gt OK End setup Advanced Press the right Function button to select the orientation and the stapling side e When you select Portrait for Orientation and Long side stapling for Stapling side of print paper After selecting the stapling side and press the OK button you can select whether you use the preview screen If you select Yes the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation Note e Two sided copy setting can be used in combination with 2 on 1 copy or 4 on 1 copy Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page e If you are copying in black amp white print intensity of the Two sided copy may differ from that of a single sided copy 428 When Loading the Original on the platen glass e Before scanning When you select 2 sided for 2 sidedPrintSetting and the preview function is activated the machine starts pre scanning before scanning the original When pre scanning is finished the screen below preview screen is displayed on the LCD Check orientation OK Scan Rescan Rotate 1 1 Rotate If you press the right Function button the original rotates by 180 degrees 2 Rescan If you press the left Function button the original is re
431. n should be done within 60 minutes Access the URL on the printed page and then enter the e mail address and other necessary information D Important e Do not use the Back button of the web browser while an operation is processing The screen may not transition properly 1 Use the web browser on your PC smartphone tablet or other devices to access the authentication URL 63 Canon inkjet Goud Printing Center http cs c ij com join Aner repau ise Ba aea Comer bated Clee Aig Comins poe seed tt epi ee p aar simas amanea a nasa tan p nmaa sa s mapaa eepe e mee aae Oe irer ewes e eee Eaa Ai Ren m be Ma metre A agoe man tay ba peered aata ae peet a anan me sea pel a ek Pa pe pit O bew at ba aaie tangs nen md 2 On the Login screen select Create new account Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center Unregistered users Create new account Registered users Add printer 3 Enter the E mail address and Printer registration ID of the printer s owner and then select OK The registration page URL is sent to the e mail address entered 64 c Coed P Preparation Sp To create an account enter your e mail fe tne Came et Cred Ronny n A A prang is address and the printer registration ID mee a naaa OO s Res ae ON ee ter Os ierte pte IC moyen MA tn notoply B mad lt 3 c 4 com will be sent ess If you use e mail Ai namen m e Me ene A mye ae be peter
432. n the LCD the receive mode is set to TEL priority mode or FAX only mode To receive faxes with DRPD or Network switch change the receive mode Setting the Receive Mode Specifying the Basic Settings for Faxing You can specify the basic setting such as sender information date time and daylight saving time Setting the Sender Information 568 Connecting the Telephone Line The connection method differs depending on your telephone line e If you connect the machine to wall telephone line directly If you connect the machine with the xDSL splitter Basic Connection e If you connect the machine to another line such as an xDSL Connecting Various Lines If the connection is incorrect the machine cannot send receive faxes Connect the machine correctly Important e Do not connect fax machines and or telephones in parallel US and Canada only If two or more fax machines and or telephones are connected in parallel the following problems may occur and the machine may not operate properly e If you pick up the handset of the telephone that is connected in parallel during fax transmission or reception the fax image may be corrupted or a communication error may occur e Such services as Caller ID etc may not operate properly on the telephone If you cannot avoid parallel connections set the receive mode to TEL priority mode understanding that the above problems may occur You will only be able to
433. n the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit http www canon co in environment Also this product complies with the India E waste Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead mercury hexavalent chromium polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0 1 by weight and 0 01 by weight for Cadmium except for the exemptions set in Schedule Il of the Rule Environmental Information Reducing your environmental impact while saving money Power Consumption and Activation Time The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used This product is designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce your electricity costs After the last print it switches to Ready Mode In this mode it can print again immediately if required If the product is not used for a time the device switches to its Power Save Mode The devices consume less power Watt in these modes If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save Mode please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer period of time or not at all Canon does not recommend e
434. n the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN confirm the settings in Wireless Security of AirPort Utility Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for the key length in the AirPort Base Station e Select 1 for Key ID Otherwise your computer will not be able to communicate with the printer via the access point 5 Authentication Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the access point Normally select Auto If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point 7 Click OK J Important e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer 299 Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings The example screenshots in this section refer to the WPA detailed settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connect
435. n will be saved to Wi Fi settings The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after disconnecting it or connecting it to another access point e You cannot connect to an access point and the printer that is in access point mode at the same time If you have an access point it is recommended that you use the access point to connect to the printer e To prevent automatic connection to the printer that is in access point mode change the connection mode after using the printer or set not to connect automatically in the Wi Fi settings of the device For details on how to change the settings of a device refer to the manual supplied with the device or contact its manufacturer 36 When connecting a device and the printer in access point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for the printer cannot be used In access point mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconnect a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again Devices connected to the printer in access point mode cannot communicate with each other Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using the access point mode When a device has been connected to the printer without using an access point and you want to set it up again using the same connection method
436. nd time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information Multiuser mode If multiple users are using the printer select the Multiuser mode check box Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer Copy apps When you select coras the screen shown below appears Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series 4 series Cancel Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK 74 e Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name Note e The printer name entry has the following character limitation Up to 128 characters Delete printers When you select x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers series Multiuser mode Copy apps Add printer Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer Note e Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e mail address Manage users screen t Manage users Delete User name Authority Administrator Standard user Add user From the Manage users screen you
437. ndow Select Yes Register this printer with IJ Cloud Printing Center 4 In the print settings select the display language Language for print settings BAS English Deutsch francais italiana 5 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID When you set A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper and select OK the authentication site URL and your Printer registration ID are printed Important The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes 70 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window This section describes the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screens that are displayed on your smartphone tablet device or computer Description of the Login screen Description of the Main screen Description of the Login screen This section provides the description of the Login screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center na Canon U Cloud Printing Center Canon I Cloud Printing Center E mal address E mail address Password Keep login info Reset password from here Create new accourt System requremerts Sofware bcense info Log in gt Important e You have 5 tries to enter your password If you fail you will not be able to log in for about the next hour e You remain logged in for an hour after the last access Language Select the language you will be using
438. nected to the LAN or connected in AP mode 2 From the app of your Apple device tap the operation icon to display the menu options 109 canon com gq m Canon oss otmttp stummen GEDANS 3 From the menu options tap Print ia canon com e D Ga 4 From Printer Options select the model that you are using gt Important Because some app does not support AirPrint Printer Options may not be displayed If an app does not let you use printer options you cannot print from that app Note The Printer Options differ depending on the app and model you are using 110 5 When printing a file type that has multiple pages such as a PDF file click Range and then click All Pages or select the range of pages to be printed 6 For 1 Copy click or to set the number of required copies 7 For Duplex Printing click On to enable duplex printing or click Off to disable the function 8 Tap the Print When you execute printing the printer prints according to the specified settings Paper Size With AirPrint the paper size is selected automatically according to the app being used on the Apple device and the region in which AirPrint is used When Apple s photo app is used the default paper size is L size in Japan and 4 x6 or KG in other countries and regions When documents are printed from Apple s Safari app the default paper size is letter size in the U S region and A4 in Japan and Europ
439. ned from the ADF Orientation Hx Portrait eR C Landscape Binding Side RR Long edge R R I Short edge Cancel Defaults ok Important Binding Side cannot be specified when scanning only the front side of each document Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following 472 DJ Note e The displayed items vary by Select Source and Color Mode Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability Important The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire Reduce gutter shadow Reduce gutter shadow platen Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Important e This function is available only when scanning from the platen Note e Click Driver in the IJ Scan Ut
440. nel and il General Settings When you click a tab the view in the red frame switches and you can make advanced settings to functions on each tab eoo Settings Document Scan la ii Scan Options Select Source Document ADF Platen Color Mode Color Paper Size Letter Resolution 300 dpi ta Document Sean Orientation Settings Image Processing Settings Save Settings File Name MG Save in i Pictures Data Format PDF Multiple Pages POF Compression Standard V Create a PDF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application th Finder Send to an application 8 Preview Send to a folder None Attach to e mail None Attach Manually Start OCR Output to Text Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults ox __ _ L Scanning from a Computer Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Settings Driver Dialog Settings OCR Dialog Settings E mail Dialog nAn e E SE SE SE i Scanning from the Operation Panel Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel 469 Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog Set
441. nes are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document 483 Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you sel
442. ng Resending Faxes Redialing a Busy Number represents a two digit number The group dial cannot be specified in the on hook dial function Specify the individual recipient The handset is not placed in the handset cradle correctly Replace the handset correctly The recipient s fax machine is not color compatible Press the Black button to resend the fax Alternatively you select Send in black amp white for Color transmission in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings The machine converts color documents into black amp white data if the recipient s fax machine does not support color faxing gt Advanced FAX settings The telephone line cable with a modular plug may not be plugged in properly Make sure that the cable is plugged in properly and resend the fax after a while If you still cannot send the fax select OFF for Dial tone detect in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings Advanced FAX settings If the machine receives a fax under one of the following conditions the machine will not be able to print the received fax and will store it in the machine s memory When the problem is resolved as described the fax stored in the machine s memory is printed automatically The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax Replace the ink tank gt Replacing an Ink Tank DJ Note e You can set the machine to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out Set
443. ng You can obtain sorted printouts when making multiple copies of a multi paged original When you select ON for Collate in Standard copy you can obtain sorted printouts when making multiple copies of a multi paged original In addition you can copy originals on both sides of paper E Standard copy Print qlity Standard Layout None Collate gt OK End setup When ON is selected gt Note e When you use this function load the original in the ADF e This function can be used in combination with Two sided copy If you use this function in combination select the two sided copy setting for 2 sidedPrintSetting and the stapling side of print paper on the Print settings screen For details on two sided copy function Two Sided Copying The number of pages the machine can read varies with the document If Device memory is full Cannot continue process appears on the LCD when scanning reduce the number of document pages to scan and try copying again Collated Copying in Combination with Two Sided Copying Collated copying is also available when two sided copying is selected 437 See Two Sided Copying for two sided copying 438 Scanning l Scanning from a Computer Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine 439 Scanning from a Computer Scanning with IJ Scan Utility gt Scanning with Scanner Driver Useful Information on Scanning Placing Items When Scan
444. ng descriptions When Long edge is Selected for Binding Side in Document Scan Orientation Settings Place the documents after rotating the output documents 180 degrees Manual Duplex Scanning Follow the next procedure to prepare to scan the other side When ready click OK to continue scanning AS f e Check that one side of Remove the output Load the document in the document is document and rotate it the ADF Auto scanned 180 degrees Document Feeder without changing the orientation then click 0K Gel When Short edge is Selected for Binding Side in Document Scan Orientation Settings Place the documents without changing the orientation of the output documents Manual Duplex Scanning Follow the next procedure to prepare to scan the other side When ready click OK to continue scanning Check that one side of Remove the output Load the document in the document is document the ADF Auto scanned Document Feeder without changing the orientation then click 0K _Cancel_ o 9 Click OK Scanning starts 461 DJ Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog displayed by clicking Settings In each Settings dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 462 Saving after Checking Scan Results You can check the scan results then save the images to a computer gt Import
445. nged e If you press the Stop button while reserve copying is in progress the screen to select the method to cancel copying is displayed If you select Cancel all reservations then press the OK button you can cancel copying all scanned data If you select Cancel the last reservation then press the OK button you can cancel the last copying job 421 e If you set a document of too many pages to add the copying job Cannot add more copy jobs Please wait a while and redo the operation may appear on the LCD Press the OK button and wait a while then try copying again If Failed to reserve the copy job Start over from the beginning appears on the LCD when scanning press the OK button then press the Stop button to cancel copying After that copy the documents that have not been finished copying 422 Displaying the Preview Screen Pressing the center Function button allows you to preview an image of the printout on the preview screen gt Important e The preview screen is not available when you load the original in the ADF e In the following conditions you cannot use the left Function button when the Copy standby screen is displayed e 2 sided is selected for 2 sidedPrintSetting 2 on 1 copy or 4 on 1 copy is selected for Layout e ON is selected for Collate When either of the conditions above is selected you can set to display the preview screen after scanning the original is finished When 2 sided 2 on 1 copy or
446. ngs 412 Printing Documents PDF File Saved on a USB Flash Drive You can print PDF files that are scanned using the operation panel of the machine PDF files that are saved on the USB flash drive when receiving faxes or PDF files that are made using Canon IJ Scan Utility application software compatible with the machine from the USB flash drive J Note e You can print PDF files from a USB flash drive which satisfy the following conditions Other than the following PDF file cannot be printed even if they appear on the document list PDF files scanned using the operation panel of the machine and saved on a USB flash drive with Format set to PDF or Compact PDF Extension pdf For details on scanning using the operation panel of the machine Saving Scanned Data on the USB Flash Drive Using the Operation Panel of the Machine PDF files saved on a USB flash drive when receiving faxes Extension pdf For details on how to save the receiving faxes onto a USB flash drive Saving a Document in Machine s Memory to USB Flash Drive Saving Received Faxes Automatically on a USB Flash Drive PDF files made using Canon IJ Scan Utility application software compatible with the machine Extension pdf Except for the following data Encrypted data Data more than 2 GB Data including images scanned at 9601 pixels or more in the vertical and horizontal directions For details on making PDF files using Canon IJ Sca
447. ngs Driver Dialog Settings OCR Dialog Settings E mail Dialog Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog Settings Save to PC Document Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog Settings General Settings Dialog gt Network Selection Screen Save Settings Dialog Image Stitch Window 466 IJ Scan Utility Main Screen From the Go menu of Finder select Applications then double click the Canon Utilities folder IJ Scan Utility folder and then Canon IJ Scan Utility2 icon to start IJ Scan Utility You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon e600 Canon IJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series a m i e amp Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver a amp OCR E mail Instructions Settings Product Name Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use If the displayed product is not the one you want to use select the desired product from the list In addition for network connection select one with Network after the product name DJ Note e Refer to Network Scan Settings for how to set up a network environment Document Scans items as documents and saves them to a computer Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Document Scan dialog Photo Scans items as photos and saves them to a comp
448. ngs as a custom setting Registering the Favorite Settings Custom profiles 8 Load the original document on the platen glass or in the ADF 9 Press the Color button for color scanning or the Black button for black amp white scanning Note e If the original is not loaded properly a message is displayed on the LCD Load the original on the platen glass or in the ADF according to the scan settings If you select ON for Preview on the scan setting screen The preview screen is displayed before saving the scanned original on the USB flash drive If ON is selected for Preview on the scan settings screen the preview screen is displayed on the LCD after scanning To rescan the original press the left Function button If you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen you can rotate the scanning image on the preview screen by pressing the right Function button To start saving press the OK button If you load the original in the ADF The machine starts scanning and scanned data is saved on the USB flash drive e If you load the original on the platen glass When you select JPEG for Format on the scan settings screen the machine starts scanning and scanned data is saved on the USB flash drive 553 o When you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan settings screen the confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete If you continue s
449. ning from a Computer 440 Scanning with IJ Scan Utility gt What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software gt Starting IJ Scan Utility gt Scanning Documents WBasic Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Settings Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR Sending Scanned Images via E mail Scanning Multiple Items at One Time Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF Auto Document Feeder Saving after Checking Scan Results gt IJ Scan Utility Screens 441 What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software IJ Scan Utility is an application that allows you to easily scan documents photos etc You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon in the IJ Scan Utility main screen e600 Canon IJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series I _ a w es amp ument Photo Custom Stiteh Driver a A OCR E mail Instructions Settings What You Can Do with IJ Scan Utility Scan Easily according to Purposes You can scan by simply clicking an icon such as Document to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability or Photo to scan with settings suitable for photos according to the item type or your purpose J Note e Refer to IJ Scan Utility Main Screen for details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen Save Scanned Images Automatically Scanned
450. ning the Paper Feed Roller Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary If two or more sheets of paper feed from the cassette at once clean the inside of the cassette For information on cleaning the inside of the cassette refer to Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 704 Q Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing A CAE Is the setting for automatic duplex printing selected Make sure that the Two Sided check box is selected on the Print dialog gt Duplex Printing A Make sure that the actual size of the paper is suitable for automatic duplex printing The sizes of media suitable for automatic duplex printing are A4 and Letter Load paper of suitable size then press the OK button on the machine Make sure that the paper size setting is correct Make sure that the paper size setting matches the actual size of the paper with a size suitable for automatic duplex printing First check the paper size setting in the application software you are printing from Then check the Paper Size on the Page Setup dialog DJ Note e Duplex printing may not be available depending on the version of the application software Make sure that the media type setting is correct Make sure that th
451. niversity of Cambridge nor the name of Google Inc nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 42 Preparing to Use MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Follow the steps described below to register the printer information to the cloud service server 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet 2 From the printer home screen select Cloud 3 When the registration completed screen appears select OK Printer registration preparation for service use completed 4 On the confirmation screen select Next Make registration for using applications Note e If multiple users wi
452. nk is displayed on the LCD and the print head holder A moves to the replacement position of that ink tank 191 A Caution Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly Do not touch the print head holder until it stops completely 3 Important Do not remove an ink tank until a new one is prepared to be installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate until a new one is installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate even if the removed ink tank is just reinstalled e You cannot remove the ink tank which is not placed at the replacement position Removing it forcibly may cause the machine to malfunction or damage the machine e Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the machine e If the front cover is left open for more than 60 minutes the print head holder moves to the right In this case close and reopen the front cover Note If the message for the ink tank replacement is displayed on the LCD check it and then press the OK button 2 When an ink tank for replacement is displayed on the LCD push up the ink tank eject lever B The ink tank will be ejected When you want to replace another ink tank press the right Function button to select Next and display the screen for the ink tank to replace 3 Important e Place the removed ink tank into a plastic bag immediately after removing from the machine Otherwise ink residue may s
453. nnected computer or select the computer to forward the scanned data for a network connected computer 546 Select PC Local USB Pc001 PCO02 Search again The Scan standby screen is displayed DJ Note e When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista select Enable for WSD scan from this device on WSD setting on Other settings in LAN settings under Device settings WSD setting If you press the left Function button the machine starts searching for the connected computers again 5 Use the A gt button to select the document type DJ Note e When you forward the scanned data to the computer searched using WSD you cannot select the document type PC Local USB Doc type Document PDF 300 dpi POF A4 B DH Scan Save profile Scan settings Document Scans the original on the platen glass or in the ADF as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings 6 Press the right Function button to adjust the settings as necessary Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 547 DJ Note e Pressing the left Function button on the Scan standby screen allows you to register the current scan settings as a custom setting Registe
454. nned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog displayed by clicking Settings In each Settings dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 457 Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF Auto Document Feeder Place multiple documents on the ADF Auto Document Feeder and scan at one time Note e You can scan multiple documents at one time from the ADF when scanning via Document Custom Driver OCR or E mail Refer to Scanning with Scanner Driver for how to scan using the scanner driver e The screens for scanning documents are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Place the documents on the ADF Placing Documents ADF Auto Document Feeder 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings lo a E mail e200 Canon Ij Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series lt a m D Ml Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver f rtt Instructions t Settings The Settings dialog appears 4 Click Document Scan 458 Settings Document Scan Scan Options Select Source Document ADF Platen Color Mode Color Paper Size Letter Resolution 300 dpi ex Document Scan Orientation Settings Image Processing Settings Save Settings File Name IMG 7 Save in E Pictures diz IT Email Data Format POF Multiple Pages
455. non Inkjet Print Utility you can check the Printer status and specify detailed print settings The available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method 127 Overview of the Machine gt Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Machine LCD and Operation Panel Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols Loading Paper Originals Loading Paper Loading Originals Inserting the USB Flash Drive Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing an Ink Tank Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status Maintenance When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Machine Changing the Machine Settings Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD Registering the Favorite Settings Custom profiles Checking the Total Number of Uses of the Machine gt Information about Network Connection Useful Information about Network Connection gt About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings Appendix for Network Communication Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information
456. non_memory then click Connect For example if the current printer name is 123ABC000000 then input smb 123ABCO00000 canon_memory 5 Make sure that the card slot is mounted When the card slot is mounted the following icon appears on the desktop or in the Computer window on the Go menu of Finder E CANONE EnTOLY D Note The authentication screen may appear If it appears you do not need to input the password e If you cannot mount the card slot with the method above input the IP address of the machine instead of the current printer name and try again For example smb 192 168 1 1 canon_memory If you mount the card slot with the IP address you have to remount it whenever the machine s IP address changes Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network e You cannot write data to a memory card in the card slot over a network You can only read data from a memory card 310 e e The card slot can be shared by multiple computers if the machine is connected to a network Multiple computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time If your computer joins a domain the card slot may not be mounted as the network drive If you use the memory card stored the large size files or many files a large amount of card access may be generated In this case the operation in the memory card may be impossible or slow Operate after the Access lamp of the machine is lit When you access the
457. ns Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you need to follow the steps described below and register the user information Print registration information from the printer H 4 1 From the home window select Mi Setup gt Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Register with this service 2 In the registration confirmation window Select Yes Register this printer with IJ Cloud Printing Center 3 In the print settings select the display language Language for print settings BABS English Deutsch francais italiana 4 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and print the URL of the authentication site and the Printer registration ID Set A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper and select OK The authentication URL and Printer registration ID are printed 62 Note e You will use this printed page in the next step Canon Inkjet Goud Printing Center Uver evgivtration te wast Came inkjet Chesed Mining Commins pos sated be regtvher Pwr orahe emer tet ACOH he UR Dao Me a DIO Om a COMMUNE LANA t Pe enter Ea prier regatrwice ID w rogate Dre AI eyes ee ee ma be peered n ap peata OO mam nen ham Bayad that tine the prater ropata ID besa edl de Sued URL Printer registration ID S49 Cayapa Pe Important e The operation to complete the registratio
458. nsent fax are stored in the machine s memory Make sure if the machine completed sending or receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power cord If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted If the original remains in the ADF by pressing the Stop button while the machine is scanning the document If you press the Stop button during scanning then the document remained in the ADF the message about the paper remained in the ADF appears on the LCD Press the OK button so that the remaining document is automatically fed out If the original is jammed in the ADF Remove the document following the procedure below 1 If printing is in progress press the Stop button 2 Turn off the machine 3 If a multi page document is loaded remove any pages other than the jammed page from the ADF then open the document feeder cover 4 Pull out the jammed document from the ADF 787 5 Close the document feeder cover then turn on the machine When rescanning the document after clearing the error rescan it from the first page If you cannot remove the document or the document tears inside the machine or if the document jam error continues after removing the document contact the service center 3J Note The document may not feed properly depending on the media type or your environment such as when the temperature and humidity are either too high or too low In this case reduce the num
459. nstructions on our website Initialize the network setting using the operation panel of the machine Reset setting 698 Problems with Printing Printing Does Not Start gt Paper Jams Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs gt Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing gt Copying Printing Stops Before It Is Completed 699 Q Printing Does Not Start A Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged in then press the ON button to turn the machine on While the POWER lamp is flashing the machine is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit Note e When printing large data such as a photo or graphics it may take longer to start printing While the POWER lamp is flashing the computer is processing data and sending it to the machine Wait until printing starts Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer properly When the machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the machine and the computer then check the followings e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the machine directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing
460. nt e For instructions on checking the firmware version and updating the firmware refer to Firmware Update After you update the firmware you must re register the printer even if it was already registered 103 e When you register a printer the printer must be connected to the LAN and the LAN environment must be connected to the Internet Note that the customer is responsible for all Internet connection fees When the printer owner changes delete the printer registration from Google Cloud Print Registration Using Google Chrome 1 Start the Google Chrome browser on your computer smartphone or tablet device Then from Chrome menu select Sign in to Chrome and log in to your Google account 2 From Chrome menu select Settings 3 Click Show advanced settings to display the information Then for Google Cloud Print select Manage 4 Select Add printers for the printer to be added 5 When the confirmation message for registering the printer appears select OK Printer registration is complete Registration from the Printer The authentication procedure using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device is required in the process of registering Because the authentication URL is printed from printer when the authentication process is performed prepare A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 From the Home screen select Setup 3 Select
461. nt date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning Important e This does not appear when Select Source is Auto 3 Application Settings Area E mail Client Specify the e mail client to use for attaching scanned images D Note e You can add e mail clients from Add in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 504 Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog 2 Click Save to PC Photo on the ata Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Save to PC Photo dialog In the Settings Save to PC Photo dialog you can specify how to respond when saving images to a computer as photos after scanning them from the operation panel eoo Settings Save to PC Photo Ce ja at Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting cI Save t PC Decumont Resolution Use Device Setting Ei Attach to E mas Photo Save Settings File Name IMG X z 2 De ERa Save in ij Pictures Data Format Use Device Setting JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date
462. nt dialog select the name of printing profile you want to delete 2 Delete the printing profile e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 Click Delete and click OK The selected printing profiles will be deleted from Presets e If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 On Presets in the Print dialog click Delete The selected printing profiles will be deleted from Presets 239 Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows Power Off The Power Off function turns off the printer When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver 1 Select Power Settings from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Execute power off Click Power Off and when the confirmation message appears click OK The printer power switches off Important e You cannot receive faxes when the printer is switched off 240 Reducing the Printer Noise The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows 1 Select Quiet Settings from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility ean Canon series Do not use quiet mode
463. ntensity drag the slider to the left You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Contrast The Contrast function changes the differences between light and dark in images during printing To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct increase the contrast On the other hand to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct reduce the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked for Quality amp Media the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable e If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 391 Margin This dialog allows you to set the stapling side and amount of margin for stapling multiple sheets of paper Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Te Margin Margin 0 0 inches 0 1 2 Stapling
464. nter and the access point are located within the wireless connectivity range with no obstacles between them e Check if the distance between the printer and the access point is not too far If they are too far move them closer together within 164 ft 50 m e Check that there is no barrier or obstacle between the printer and the access point In general connection performance decreases for communications through walls or between different floors Adjust the locations to avoid such situations e Check that there are no sources of radio interference near the printer and the access point 305 The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other sources of radio interference Try to keep the printer and the access point away from such sources Check if the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby If the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby the connection performance may become unstable Be sure to use a radio channel that does not interfere with other access points Check that the printer and the access point face each other Connection performance may depend on the orientations of the wireless devices Replace the access point and the printer in another direction to achieve the best performance Check whether other computers are not accessing the printer If o appears in the result of the measurement check whether oth
465. ny other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head This takes about 2 minutes The pattern print confirmation screen will appear 8 Select Yes then press the OK button The nozzle check pattern will be printed 9 Examine the nozzle check pattern J Note If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice clean the print head deeply 207 Cleaning the Print Head Deeply If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head clean the print head deeply Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head so clean the print head deeply only when necessary Note e You can also clean the print head deeply using the computer When using the computer select the ink group to clean then start the deep cleaning Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer e When cleaning the print head deeply using the operation panel the print head of all ink colors are cleaned You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen is displayed on the LCD Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then press the OK button Register cassette paper info Page size lt A4 Type Plain paper
466. o prevent the cassette from falling out during transportation Then pack the machine in the plastic bag 8 Attach the protective material to the machine when packing the machine in the box 328 Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images It may be unlawful to make copies of scan print or use reproductions of the following documents The list provided is non exhaustive When in doubt check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction e Paper money Money orders Certificates of deposit Postage stamps canceled or uncanceled Identifying badges or insignias Selective service or draft papers Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title Traveler s checks Food stamps Passports Immigration papers Internal revenue stamps canceled or uncanceled Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness Stock certificates Copyrighted works works of art without permission of copyright owner e e e e e e e e e 329 Specifications General Specifications Printing resolution dpi Interface 600 horizontal x 1200 vertical USB Port Hi Speed USB 1 USB Flash Drive Port USB flash drive LAN Port Wireless LAN IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b 2 1 A computer that complies with Hi Speed USB standard is required Since the Hi Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1 1 it can be used at USB 1 1
467. o you For some regions a screen for applying the daylight saving time setting may appear Time zone Vivu uvv sevul UTC 09 00 Tokyo UTC 09 30 Adelaide UTC 09 30 Darwin UTC 10 00 Brisbane 8 When a message appears notifying that the app is now available select Open list 44 Apps are ready for use Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center from Setup to access from computers etc Open list The registration of printer information is completed and a list of apps is displayed See here for the description of the apps list screen After you complete the registration you can print photos and documents that have been uploaded to apps on the linked cloud service and add delete sort apps Using MAXIFY Cloud Link 45 Application Management Only the Administrator of the printer can use this service This section explains how to add delete and sort apps Add apps You can add your favorite apps to the printer Follow the steps described below to add apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Add delete Manage 3 Select Register apps Register apps Delete apps Sort 4 From the list select the category of the app Register apps All Latest Photography Productivity 5 From the displayed apps list select the app that
468. ode for this function may be the same as the remote reception ID In this case change the remote reception ID in Remote RX ID in Remote RX in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings Advanced FAX settings Remote reception can be disabled 644 Rejecting Fax Reception You can set the machine to reject faxes with no sender information or those from specific senders Select one of the following conditions to reject faxes e Faxes with no caller identification e Faxes from senders not registered in the machine s directory e Faxes from senders registered in the machine as rejected numbers Select a fax rejection condition following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on A 2 Select ii Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Device settings then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to select FAX settings then press the OK button 5 Use the amp button to select Security control then press the OK button 6 Use the 4 button to select FAX reception reject then press the OK button 7 Use the button to select ON then press the OK button 8 Use the 4 button to select the fax rejection condition then press the OK button No sender info Rejects faxes with no caller identification Not in directory Rejects faxes from the senders not registered in the machine s directory Rejected numbers Rejects faxes from the senders registered in the
469. of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings 242 Changing the Printer Operation Mode If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows 1 Make sure that the printer is on and then select Custom Settings from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility Note e If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer a message may be displayed because the computer cannot access the function information that was set on the printer If this happens click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 2 If necessary complete the following settings Ink Drying Wait Time You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing Display Guide Message Displays a guide when you perform operations in which the paper setting procedure is complicated Hagaki Printing Displays the guide message before the printer begins hagaki printing To hide the guide messages select the Do not show again check box in the displayed dialog To display the guide messages again display the Canon IJ
470. off for at least 15 minutes Caution e The print head and the surrounding area can become extremely hot inside the machine Never touch the print head or nearby components 706 Problems with Printing Quality Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected 707 Q Print Results Not Satisfactory A If the print result is not satisfactory due to white streaks misaligned lines or uneven colors confirm the paper and print quality settings first CG4 Do the page size and media type settings match the size and type of the loaded paper When these settings are incorrect you cannot obtain a proper print result If you are printing a photograph or an illustration incorrect paper type settings may reduce the quality of the printout color Also if you print with an incorrect paper type setting the printed surface may be scratched The method of confirming the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you do with your machine To copy by operating the machine Confirm by using the operation panel on the machine Setting Items for Copying To print from your USB flash drive by Confirm by using the operation panel on the machine operating the machine Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine To print from a computer Confirm by using the printer driver Printing with Easy Setup Make sure that the appropriate print quality is selected refe
471. older from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can be damaged e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 819 5102 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the machine Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the machine again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can be damaged e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 820 5103 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the machine Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from m
472. older from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in DJ Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 490 Settings Driver Dialog D Click Driver on the Ls Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Driver dialog In the Settings Driver dialog you can specify how to save images when scanning items by starting the scanner driver from IJ Scan Utility and how to respond after saving them eco Settings Driver eja ii aa Document Scan Save Settings File Name IMG o Phoio Scan Save in Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif Custom Scan JPEG Image Quality Standard EI Save to a subfolder with current date Scan and Sstch Enable large image stans Check scan results Application Settings OCR Open with an application diz T Emai _ Send to an application Send to a folder _ Attach to e mail None Attach Manually _ Start OCR Output to Text Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults mo 1 Save Settings Area 2 Application Settings Area 1 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in
473. ome screen select Setup 3 Select Web service inquiry D gt Note e If you have not registered the printer with Google Cloud Print Web service inquiry is not displayed Register the printer with Google Cloud Print 4 Select Print from Google Cloud Print The confirmation screen to check is displayed 5 Select Yes If there is the print data the printer receives the print data and prints it 108 Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device This document explains how to use AirPrint to print wirelessly from your iPad iPhone and iPod touch to a Canon printer AirPrint enables you to print photos email Web pages and documents from your Apple device directly to your printer without installing a driver AirPrint Checking Your Environment First check your environment AirPrint Operation Environment To use AirPrint you will need one of the following Apple devices running the latest version of iOS o iPad all models o iPhone 3GS or later o iPod touch 3rd generation or later Network Environment The Apple device iPad iPhone or iPod touch and this printer must be connected to the same Wi Fi network or connected in AP mode gt Note If your iPad iPhone or iPod touch is running the latest version of iOS you do not need to download and install any drivers or additional software Printing with AirPrint 1 Check that this printer is turned on and the Apple device and this printer is con
474. on 4 Use the Y button to select the computer to forward the scanned data then press the OK button Select Local USB for a USB connected computer or select the computer to forward the scanned data for a network connected computer 549 Select PC Local USB Pc001 PCO02 Search again The Scan standby screen is displayed 5 Use the A button to select the document type Document Scans the original on the platen glass or in the ADF as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings 6 Press the right Function button to specify the settings as necessary Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine D gt Note e Pressing the left Function button on the Scan standby screen allows you to register the current scan settings as a custom setting Registering the Favorite Settings Custom profiles 7 Load the original document on the platen glass or in the ADF 8 Press the Color button for color scanning or the Black button for black amp white scanning Note e If the original is not loaded properly a message is displayed on the LCD Load the original on the platen glass or in the ADF according to the scan settings e If you load the original in the ADF The machine starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the computer and attache
475. on 4 Click the Wireless LAN button 5 Change the settings or confirm Click OK after changing configuration A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click OK the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Configuration F 7 A 7 Admin Password twork Type AirPort Network Infra e S Encryption Method Use Password WEP TCP IP Setting Get IP address automatically a amp wo Nn Cancel On 1 Network Type Displays the wireless LAN mode currently selected AirPort Network Infra Connects the printer to the wireless LAN with an access point 294 Access point mode Connects external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets to the printer using it as an access point Note e When Access point mode is displayed on Network Type you cannot change the settings on the Wireless LAN sheet or the Admin Password sheet e You can perform setting from Set up printer s wireless LAN on the Settings menu when you use the printer with the access point mode Depending on the printer you are using you can change the settings using the operation panel 2 Network SSID The network name SSID of the wireless LAN currently used is displayed In the access point mode the access point name SSID of the printer is displayed Note Enter the same SSID that the a
476. on europe com weee Korisnici u Srbiji pi Ovaj simbol ozna ava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odla e sa ostalim ku nim otpadom u skladu sa WEEE Direktivom 2012 19 EU i nacionalnim zakonima Ovaj proizvod treba predati odre enom centru za prikupljanje npr na osnovi jedan za jedan kada kupujete sli an novi proizvod ili ovl a enom centru za prikupljanje za recikla u istro ene elektri ne i elektronske opreme EEE Nepravilno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada mo e da ima mogu e negativne posledice po ivotnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE U isto vreme va a saradnja na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda e doprineti efikasnom kori enju prirodnih resursa Za vi e informacija o tome gde mo ete da predate va u staru opremu radi recikliranje vas molimo da kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti komunalne slu be odobreni plan recikla e ili Gradsku isto u Za vi e informacija o vra anju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda posetite stranicu www canon europe com weee India only B 135 This product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the e waste Management and Handling Rules 2011 This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact o
477. on described in the message When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen e200 Canon MB2000 series 1 Job Wu Ww Pause Settings Scanner Gupport Code 1300 0 testprint aa SS SESS SSE SE SE SESS S S amp S S The screen differs depending on the OS you are using When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the LCD Support Code Open the front cover and remove any paper or foreign objects then press OK Remove any jammed paper slowly with both hands How to clear For details on how to remove the jammed paper refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed DJ Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer or on the LCD by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search 702 Q Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs A Make sure that paper is loaded Loading Paper Make sure of the following when you load paper e When loading two or more sheets of paper flip through the paper before loading In addition when you load paper with some paper remaining in the cassette flip through the remaining paper and the newly loaded paper before loading When loading two or more sheets of paper align the edges of the sheets before loading When loading two or more sheets of paper make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit However proper feeding of p
478. on the Print settings screen For details on two sided copy function Two Sided Copying When Loading the Original on the platen glass e Before scanning When the preview function is activated the machine starts pre scanning before scanning the original When pre scanning is finished the screen below preview screen is displayed on the LCD Check orientation OK Scan Rescan Rotate 1 1 Rotate If you press the right Function button the original rotates by 180 degrees 2 Rescan If you press the left Function button the original is rescanned After scanning Document setting screen appears on the LCD after scanning each sheet of original Document setting Document setting faunal Page 2 Place the next document and press OK Print now Remove the first sheet of original from the platen glass and load the second sheet on the platen glass then press the OK button The machine starts scanning the second sheet of original and copying 435 DJ Note e If you do not need more scanning press the left Function button The machine starts copying e You can add the copying job while printing Adding the Copying Job Reserve copy e If you use this function in combination with Two sided copy the Document setting screen is displayed after scanning the fourth sheet of original is complete Follow the on screen instructions to scan the rest of originals 436 Collated Copyi
479. ons WBasic Instructions explaining basic operations of your product D gt Note e Icons may vary depending on your product Trademarks and Licenses Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Mac Mac OS AirPort Safari Bonjour iPad iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U S and other countries and is used under license Google Cloud Print Google Chrome Android Google Play and Picasa are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc Adobe Photoshop Photoshop Elements Lightroom Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB 1998 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Photo Rag is a trademark of Hahnemthle FineArt GmbH Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Canon Inc Note The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system Copyright c 2003 2004 Apple Co
480. ontact the state public utility commission public service commission or corporation commission for information If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line ensure the installation of this equipment does not disable your alarm equipment If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment consult your telephone company or a qualified installer In Case of Equipment Malfunction Should any malfunction occur which cannot be corrected by the procedures described in the Online Manual disconnect the equipment from the telephone line cable turn off the power and disconnect the power cord The telephone line cable should not be reconnected or the main power switch turned ON until the problem is completely resolved Users should contact their local authorized Canon Facsimile Service Dealer for the servicing of equipment Information regarding Authorized Service Facility locations can be obtained by calling the Canon Customer Center Rights of the Telephone Company If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company may temporarily disconnect service The telephone company also retains the right to make changes in facilities and services that may affect the operation of this equipment When such changes are necessary the telephone company is required to give adequate prior notice to the user However if advance notice is not possible the telephone company will notify the custom
481. opying is displayed If you select Yes the information is applied to the paper settings for copying When the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to the machine Ex Paper setting for printing or copying B5 416 Cassette paper information registered to the machine A4 CTT Ra When you start printing or copying a message is displayed PT Support Code 2110 The size or type of the loaded paper is different from the print settings B5 Plain paper Cassette Select OK Confirm the message then press the OK button When the screen to select the operation is displayed select one of the operations below J Note Depending on the setting the choices below may not be displayed Print with paper in cass settings Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette without changing the paper settings For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is A4 the machine starts printing or copying with B5 on the paper loaded in the cassette Replace the paper and print Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is A4 you load B5 sized paper in the cassette before you start printing or copying
482. or registering a printing profile is as follows Registering a Printing Profile 1 In the Print dialog set the necessary items 2 Select Save Current Settings as Preset Save As from the Presets Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Last Used Settings Copies on Fine Printing on Plain Paper Page Save Current Settings as Preset Show Presets Paper Size puy terner SPESO 1100 inches Orientation 1 i t gt TextEdit Print header and footer Rewrap contents to fit page POF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Save the settings In the displayed dialog enter a name in Preset Name and if necessary set Preset Available For Then click OK Preset Name Preset Available For Only this printer All printers Cance _ ok 3 Important e There are also print settings that cannot be saved to preset Using Registered Printing Profile 1 On Presets in the Print dialog select the name of printing profile you want to use Printing profile in the Print dialog will be updated to the called profile 238 Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile 1 Select the printing profile to be deleted e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 In the print dialog select Show Presets in the Presets section Then in the dialog that appears select the name of the printing profile to be deleted e If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 On Presets in the Pri
483. ot be changed once the printer owner is registered To change the e mail address delete the registration of the registered printer and re register the printer owner by using the new e mail address In this case all previously registered information will be deleted e The notification is sent automatically to the registered e mail address when the printing or service maintenance starts 4 In the Printer Owner Registration window enter the information shown below and click Next User Name Enter any name The name that you enter is displayed at login Important The maximum number of characters that can be entered is 30 Language Select the language that you are using The language that you select is used in notification e mails such as print start notices Time Zone Refer to this section and select the standard time of the city that is nearest to the region where you live Date Time Display Format Select the format of your choice The format that you select is applied to the date time information in the screens and notification e mails of this service Daylight Saving Time This setting is combined with the Time Zone setting and applied to the date time information in the screens and notification e mails of this service When you select ON 1 hour is added to the Time Zone setting when the date time information is displayed 5 In the Printer Registration window enter the Printer Name and select Confirm Enter
484. ot be loaded while in this position C Lock position for A4 or Letter sized paper or smaller For A4 or Letter sized paper or smaller set it to the position C The cassette sticks out of the machine but you can cover it by pulling out the paper output tray Set the cassette to this position for normal use D Lock position for paper larger than A4 or Letter size For paper larger than A4 size such as Legal size set the cassette to the position D When the cassette is set to this position and inserted into the machine pulling out the paper output tray will not fully cover it The cassette sticks out of the machine Loading Paper with the Print Side Facing Down If the paper has a print side front or back such as photo paper load it with the whiter side or glossy side facing down 159 Note e When printing be sure to select the correct page size and media type If the wrong page size and media type are selected the machine may feed paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print quality For details on loading paper in a cassette see below Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes 160 Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper You can load paper in the cassette D Important e If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm to perform trial print it can cause paper jams DJ Note e We recommend Canon genuine photo
485. ot install this software 4 Selecting the install destination If necessary select where you want to install the printer driver and then click Continue 5 Executing the installation Click Install When the authentication screen is displayed enter the name and password of the administrator and then click Install Software OK 6 Complete the installation When the completion message appears click Close The printer driver is installed successfully Important e If the Installer does not operate properly select Quit Installer from the Installer menu of the Finder to quit the Installer Then start the Installer again e You can download the printer driver for free but you are responsible for paying any connection fees to the Internet Related Topics Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Delete the Unnecessary Canon J Printer from the Printer List Before Installing the Printer Driver 405 Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Printing Photo Data Printing Documents PDF File Saved on a USB Flash Drive 406 Printing Photo Data Printing Photographs Saved on a USB Flash Drive Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Using Useful Display Functions 407 Printing Photographs Saved on a USB Flash Drive You can print the photograph saved on the USB flash drive easily 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load photo paper
486. ou can save a document in PDF Portable Document Format format Preview If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 when you click g the disclosure triangle on the side of Printer and switch to the simple display Preview is displayed This button allows you to check the print results on the screen before printing 388 Quality amp Media This dialog allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the paper type Unless special printing is required normal printing can be performed just by setting the items in this dialog Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 850 by 11 00 inches Orientation Te Te Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette Print Quality Standard Grayscale Printing POF Hide Details Cancel prin Media Type Select the type of media to be used You must select the type of media actually loaded in the printer This selection enables the printer to carry out printing properly for the material of the media used Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied Print Quality Select the one that is closest to the original document type and the purpose When one of the radio buttons is selected the appropriate quality will be set automatically High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality G
487. oud Print 2 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 33 Important e LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply e This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in 102 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print To print with Google Cloud Print you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud Print in advance Getting Google Account If you already have Google account register the printer Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print Getting Google Account First get your Google account in order to register the printer with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device then register the required information Google Ine account All of Google me sin Z Stay signed in Need help The screen above may change without prior notice Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print Register the printer with Google Cloud Print If the firmware version is Ver 2 010 or later registration is possible from Google Chrome on your computer smartphone or tablet device Registration Using Google Chrome For earlier versions register the information from the printer Registration from the Printer gt Importa
488. oud Printing Center Adding a Printer Adding a MAXIFY Cloud Link User Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 58 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device and checking the print status print error and ink status of the printer You can also print app photos and documents from your smartphone or tablet First check the following content Precautions If you plan to use the web service to print documents be sure to check these precautions beforehand Printer specification Check that Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center supports the printer Network environment The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Operating requirements For computers smartphones and tablet devices see Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Important e This service may not be available in certain countries or regions Also even if the service is available there are apps that cannot be used in certain regions Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 59 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Computer x86 or x64 1 6 GHz or higher A
489. our digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Set from the operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note 1 e PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use th
490. outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF or PNG Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White D gt Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files 478 Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results D
491. oving If any remove the materials Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the machine again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can be damaged e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 821 5104 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the machine Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the machine again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can b
492. owever if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application software and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled 353 Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the margin width and the staple side is as follows 1 Select Margin from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 _ O Two sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Te Margin 0 0 inches 0 1 2 Stapling Side Long side stapling Left Ha 4 lofi b gt gt Long side stapling Right Short side stapling Top Short side stapling Bottom 7 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Set the margin width and the staple side If necessary set the Margin width and select a stapling position from the Stapling Side list Note The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin e Depending on the Two Sided setting in the Layout pop up menu the Stapling Side that can be selected differs 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the data is printed with the specified margin width and staple side 354 Scaling the Pr
493. p Media duplex printing cannot be executed e Duplex printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from Paper Size US Letter A4 e After printing the front page there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page Operation stops temporarily Do not touch the paper during this time You can change the ink drying wait time from Custom Settings in the Canon lJ Printer Utility Note e When you use duplex printing the print area becomes slightly smaller than the normal print area Related Topic Changing the Printer Operation Mode 361 Printing on Postcards This section describes the procedure for postcard printing 1 Load postcard on the printer 2 Select paper size in the Print Dialog Select Postcard or Postcard Double from the Paper Size menu J Important e Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer e When printing a return postcard always set the paper size to Postcard Double from your application software or the printer driver e Do not fold the return postcard If a crease is formed the printer will not be able to feed the postcard properly and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam 3 Select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu 4 Select the media type For Media Type select the same paper type loaded in the printer J Important e This printer cannot print on postcards that have photo
494. paper information registered on the printer Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 501 GP 601 gt Canon genuine papers Business Letter Printing Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver printer High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt High Resolution Paper High Res Paper 349 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size When you use this printer selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results You can use the following paper sizes on this printer 7 a 350 Various Printing Methods Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order gt Setting the Stapling Margin Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size gt Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing gt Duplex Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size 351 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Collate pages Reverse Collate pages Normal Reverse The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows 1 Specify the number of copies to be printed Specify the number of copies to print from the Copies in the Print Dialog Printer Canon serie
495. parately Scan Direction Scan from Left Displays the first scanned image on the left side Scan from Right Displays the first scanned image on the right side 523 Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scans the first item i ee ny xala 2B a r Select Output Size A3 A4 x 2 e Scan Direction Scan from Left Scan Image 1 Z Cancel Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Scans the second item a ee ee ar EE e ieden EES xal 2 e o r soea ouput size A3 A4 x 2 g e Scan Direction Scan from Left Q Z Cancel Adjust cropping frames You can adjust the scan area in preview If no area is specified the image of the size selected in Select Output Size will be saved If an area is specified only the image in the cropping frame will be scanned and saved Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Save Save Saves the two scanned images as one image 524 Cancel Cancels Stitch scan 2 Toolbar You can delete the scanned images or adjust the previewed images x Delete Deletes the scanned image Enlarge Reduce Allows you to enlarge or reduce the preview image Left clicking the Preview area enlarges the displayed image Control clicking the Preview area reduces the displayed image R zaf Rotate Left Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter clockwise F3 za Invert Vertically Rotat
496. patible with 802 11b and 802 11g IP Address A unique number with four parts separated by dots Every network device that is connected to the Internet has an IP address Example 192 168 0 1 An IP address is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically e IPv4 IPv6 They are internetwork layer protocol used on the internet IPv4 uses 32 bit addresses and IPv6 uses 128 bit addresses e Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex as the Password WEP key format The character that can be used for the WEP key differs depending on the selected key formats ASCII Specify with a 5 or 13 character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore characters It is case sensitive o Hex Specify a 10 digit or 26 digit string that can contain hexadecimal 0 to 9 A to F and a to f 314 e Key Length Length of the WEP key Select either 64 bits or 128 bits Longer key length allows you to set a more complex WEP key e Link Quality The status of connection between the access point and the printer excluding noise interference is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 e LPR A platform independent printing protocol used in TCP IP networks It is not supported bidirectional communication e MAC Address AirPort ID Also known as the physical address A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assigned to network devices by its manufacturer MAC addresses are 48 bits lon
497. pe setting for the machine Setting the Telephone Line Type D gt Note e This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase Advanced FAX settings e Auto redial Enables disables automatic redialing If you select ON you can specify the maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the machine waits between redial attempts e Dial tone detect Avoids mistransmission when reception and transmission occur at the same time If you select ON the machine transmits the fax after confirming the dial tone DJ Note e This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase 248 Pause time settings Sets the length of pause time for each when you enter P pause TTI position Selects the position of the sender information outside or inside the image area Remote RX Enables disables remote reception If you select ON you can specify the remote reception ID Remote Reception Color transmission When faxing color documents using the ADF selects whether to convert them into black amp white data if the recipient s fax machine does not support color faxing If you select Disconnect the machine does not send color documents when the recipient s fax machine does not support color faxing RX image reduction Enables disables automatic reduction of incoming faxes so that they fit in the selected paper If you select ON you can select the image re
498. pears to the right of the product name to display the network selection screen Scanners The Bonjour service names of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are displayed You can select one scanner or printer per model Selecting a scanner or printer automatically enables scanning from the operation panel Important e You cannot use over the network if Bonjour is disabled Enable Bonjour on your scanner or printer e If you have changed the Bonjour service name after selecting your scanner or printer by Bonjour service name reopen the network selection screen and select the new Bonjour service name from Scanners Instructions Opens this guide Scan from Operation Panel Settings The Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen appears You can select up to three scanners and printers in total for scanning from the operation panel You can scan items using the operation panel of the selected scanner or printer and send the scanned images to your computer over a network Important e When using a model with which you cannot scan over a network from the operation panel that model does not appear in Scanners and the setting is not available Scan from Operation Panel Settings Screen Click Scan from Operation Panel Settings in the network selection screen to display the Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen Scanners The Bonjour service names of the scanners or printers that can be used over the net
499. ped properly and this will cause drying or clogging When unplugging the power cord make sure that the POWER lamp is not lit Important If the power cord is unplugged the date time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the machine s memory will be lost Send or print a necessary document or save it on a USB flash drive before unplugging the power cord Print periodically Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time even if it is capped the print head too may become dried or clogged if the machine has not been used for a long time We recommend you to use the machine at least once a month Ink is mixed at fixed intervals The machine is set to automatically mix the ink to maintain optimal printing quality Therefore printing on a regular basis helps keep the ink in good condition If the machine is not used for an extended period of time the machine will automatically mix the ink before printing Note e Depending on the type of paper ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint stick or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area 326 Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine When relocating the machine make sure of the following D Important Pack the machine in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport A
500. per size In the Print Dialog select Manage Custom Sizes from Paper Size In the Custom Paper Sizes dialog click Custom Paper Sizes Paper Size 8 5 in llin Width Height Non Printable Area User Defined 25 in 25 in Top 25 in Left S56 in Right Bottom Duplicate Cancel oki Untitled will be added to the list 2 Setting details about the custom paper size Double click Untitled enter the name of the paper size you want to register and specify the Width and Height of the paper for Paper Size Select User Defined or your model for Non Printable Area and enter the margins 3 Registering the custom paper size Click OK The custom size is registered Important e If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width values use the application software to set the values If the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly perform the above procedure from the printer driver to set the values DJ Note e To duplicate the registered paper size select the paper size that you want to duplicate from the Custom Paper Sizes list and click Duplicate To delete a registered paper size select the paper size that you want to delete from the Custom Paper Sizes list and click e If the paper settings on the print dialog differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer an error may occur
501. phone number then press the OK button e From incoming call log When you select this registration method the screen to select the fax telephone number or the name from the incoming call logs is displayed 646 From incoming call log 0567891234 0678912345 J Willard Use the button to select a fax telephone number or a name then press the OK button Note e This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase Note e To register another rejected number use the amp button to select another registration number then register the rejected number You can register up to 10 rejected numbers e You can print the list of rejected numbers REJECTED NUMBER LIST Summary of Reports and Lists e To change the registered rejected number 1 Select a registered rejected number you want to change then press the OK button 2 Use the 4 button to select Edit then press the OK button The screen to change the registered rejected number is displayed 3 Change the registered rejected number in the same procedure when you register 4 Finalize registration in the same procedure when you register e To delete the registered rejected number 1 Select a registered rejected number you want to delete then press the OK button 2 Use the button to select Delete then press the OK button The confirmation screen is displayed 3 Use the Y button to select Yes then press
502. plete Follow the on screen instructions to scan the third and fourth sheet of original 433 Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page When you select 4 on 1 copy for Layout in Standard copy you can copy four original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image Four different layouts are available Standard copy Page size A4 Type Plain paper sr Layout 4 on 1 copy gt OK End setup Advanced Press the right Function button to specify the orientation and the advanced layout Note e The layout is the same regardless of the orientation When you select Upper left to right for 4 on 1 copy layout Bent When you select Upper right to left for 4 on 1 copy layout Bet e When you select Upper left to bottom for 4 on 1 copy layout meet When you select Upper right to bottom for 4 on 1 copy layout aN After selecting the layout and press the OK button you can select whether you use the preview screen If you select Yes the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation 434 J Note This function can be used in combination with Two sided copy If you use this function in combination you can copy eight original pages on one sheet of paper In this case four original pages are copied on each side of paper If you use this function in combination select 2 sided for 2 sidedPrintSetting then select the orientation and the stapling side of print paper
503. portant e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White J Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format 497 Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning 3 Application Settings Area OCR Application Displays the extracted text in a specified application DJ Note e You can add applications from Add in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 498 Settings E mail Dialog D Click E mail on the Li Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings E mail dialog In the Settings E mail dialog you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e mail after scanning them using the scanner button eooo Settings E mail 1p ela if za Documont Scan Scan Options Select Source
504. properly recognized Action Contact the service center 833 5501 Cause Ink tank has not been properly recognized Action Contact the service center 834 5B00 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 5B01 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 836 5C01 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 837 6000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 838 6500 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 83
505. r When the user registration is completed you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use the service 1 From your PC smartphone or tablet access the service login URL http cs c ij com 2 On the Login screen enter the E mail address and Password and then select Log in J Important e The e mail address and password are case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center E mail address Password Keep login info Log in Reset password from here Create new account E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Important e If you fail to log in five straight times you will not be able to login again for an hour e You remain logged in for an hour after the last access e The service may not function properly if you log in from multiple devices at the same time After logging in you can use useful services such as adding managing apps that work in conjunction with this product s cloud functionality and checking the ink status For screen descriptions and operation instructions see Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window Printing procedure This section introduces the photo printing procedure by
506. r D gt Note e If the glass of ADF is dirty black streaks appear on the paper as shown below Check that the original is loaded correctly on the platen glass or in the ADF Loading Originals Is the original document is loaded with the proper side facing up down When loading the original on the platen glass the side to be copied should be face down When loading the original in the ADF the side to be copied should be face up Did you copy a printout done by this machine If you use a printout done by this machine as the original print quality may be reduced depending on the condition of the original Print from the machine directly or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it 712 Q Lines Are Misaligned A Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Perform Print Head Alignment If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Aligning the Print Head DJ Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Manually Increase the print quality and try printing again Increasing the print quality on the operation panel of the machine or in the printer driver may improve the print result 713 Q Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Has Ink Blots
507. r Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey If you do not agree to participate in the survey program Click Do not agree The confirmation screen will be closed and the survey at that time is skipped The confirmation screen will be displayed again one month later 768 To stop sending the information Click Turn off The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is stopped and the information will not be sent To resume the survey see Changing the setting To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 1 Stop the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Changing the setting 2 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder and double click the Canon Utilities folder then the Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder 3 Place the Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program app file into the Trash 4 Restart the computer Empty the Trash and restart your computer e Changing the setting To display the confirmation screen every time the printer usage information is sent or to resume surveying follow the procedure below 1 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder and double click the Canon Utilities folder then the Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder 2 Double click the Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon A Extended Survey Program Preferences cc Do not displa
508. r details refer to Summary of Reports and Lists Cannot connect to the server Please wait a while and try again You cannot connect to the server due to some communication error When you have tried to access a photo sharing site it is possible that your photos have been deleted Press the OK button to dismiss the error then try again after a while Q Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed A See Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing and take the appropriate action 767 Q The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears A If the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is installed the printer and application software usage information is scheduled to be sent every month for about ten years The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon appears in the Dock when it is time to send the printer usage information Read the instructions on the screen after clicking the icon then follow the procedure below a0 Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program k7 S j Thank you for your cooperation in Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program For development and marketing of products that better meet customer needs Canon requests that the information below related to your Canon product be sent to Canon in case of using your Canon product in China to the legally approved research company through the Internet 1 Information rela
509. r driver Ink Level Information Check the remaining ink levels Quiet Settings You can reduce the operating noise of the printer Custom Settings Change the settings of this printer Note To operate the Canon lJ Printer Utility you must first turn on the printer e Depending on the items selected the computer communicates with the printer to obtain information If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer an error message may be displayed If this happens click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer Related Topics Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern 393 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 394 Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility To open the Canon lJ Printer Utility follow the steps below 1 Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print amp Scan or Print amp Fax 2 Start the Canon IJ Printer Utility Select your model from the printer list and click Options amp Supplies Click Open Printer Utility in Utility tab Canon lJ Printer Utility is launched 395 Maintenance of this Printer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check
510. r on the LCD to inform you of the error Take appropriate action according to the message A Message Is Displayed Note If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels see Maintenance Procedure Replacing Procedure When you need to replace an ink tank follow the procedure below gt Important If you remove an ink tank replace it immediately Do not leave the machine with the ink tank removed e Use a new ink tank for replacement Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog Furthermore with such an ink tank the machine will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink tank properly Once an ink tank has been installed do not remove it from the machine and leave it out in the open This will cause the ink tank to dry out and the machine may not operate properly when it is reinstalled To maintain optimal printing quality use an ink tank within six months of first use Note e Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black and white document or when black and white printing is specified Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the print head which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the machine When an ink tank is out of ink replace it immediately with a new one Useful Information about Ink 1 Make sure that the power is turned on then open the front cover The replaceable ink ta
511. r the password as shown below e The password needs to be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 7 Enter the User Name Enter the name that identifies the user Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated UniversaliTime Ka 3 Important e The User Name entry field has the following character restrictions 96 e The user name needs to be between 1 and 20 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 8 Set Time zone and select Next Select your region on the list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time v 9 Enter the Security code and select Done Enter the code for authenticating the user Register user info Set security code About security code Security code Security code confirmation 0 to 8 digits 97 J Important e The Security code entry field has the following character restrictions e Single byte numbe
512. ransmission of Faxes This machine has two functions for preventing the mistransmission of faxes e Sending faxes after entering the fax telephone number twice This function requires you to re enter the fax telephone number after entering the number so that the machine prevents you from misdialing Sending Faxes after Dialing Twice Fax Number Re entry e Sending faxes after the machine checks the recipient s fax machine information Before sending a fax the machine checks whether the recipient s fax machine information matches the dialed number Sending Faxes after Checking Information Checking the Recipient s Information Sending Faxes after Dialing Twice Fax Number Re entry Set FAX number re entry to ON following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on A 2 Select mM Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Device settings then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to select FAX settings then press the OK button 5 Use the 4 button to select Security control then press the OK button 6 Use the 4 button to select FAX number re entry then press the OK button 7 Use the amp button to select ON then press the OK button If you send a fax with this function the following screen is displayed after entering the recipient s fax telephone number Re enter the number for confirmation Enter the recipient s fax telephone number aga
513. ration is in progress When you use web service your machine s name information of your region or country your selected language and what kind of service you use e g photo sharing site are sent to and saved in our server Canon is unable to identify specific customers using this information Your login name and password for the photo sharing site are saved in the machine s memory not encrypted If you hand over the machine to anyone or dispose of it delete your login name and password from the machine s memory in advance The account information will be sent to Canon Inc server located in Japan then forwarded to the service provider s server Canon handles your account information as follows Your account information will be used in personal identification process of the selected service Canon will not provide your account information to any third party without your consent except for sending to the service provider or providing based on laws and regulations After the conclusion of non disclosure agreement Canon may deposit your account information to the contractor to achieve the purpose of use Canon endeavors to secure the safety of your account information o o o o It is at your option to enter and send your account information However the service that requires to enter your account information is not available unless you enter and send it Your account information does not remain in Canon Inc server At th
514. ration panel Note If the Bonjour service name of your scanner or printer does not appear or cannot be selected check the following click OK to close the screen then reopen it and try selecting again e The scanner driver is installed e Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the scanner driver e Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear refer to Problems with Network Communication for your model from Home of the Online Manual 563 Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan Utility IJ Scan Utility allows you to specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel Note e The screens for scanning photos from the operation panel are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings oo Canon lj Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon ll series gt a m oo Custom Stiteh Driver Instructions Settings The Settings dialog appears Document Photo a E OCR E mail EN 3 Select a scan mode on the M Scanning from the Operation Panel tab e09 Settings Save to PC Photo gt jam i Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting da ted a Save t0 PC Document Resolution Use Device Setting im Attach to E mas Photo Save Settings Fi
515. rayscale Printing Set grayscale printing Grayscale printing refers to the function of converting your document to grayscale data in the printer to print it in monochrome When you check the check box both monochrome and color documents will be printed in monochrome When printing a color document be sure to uncheck the check box Related Topic Printing a Color Document in Monochrome 389 Color Options This dialog allows you to adjust the print color as you like If the color of the printed image is not as expected adjust the properties in the dialog and retry printing The adjustments made here do not affect the colors of the original print data unlike application software dedicated to image processing Use this dialog just to make fine adjustments Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 850 by 11 00 inches Orientation T T Color Options Cyan 0 E E Low Higa Magenta 0 a A 2 Low High 4 4 loft b gt gt gt S Yellow 0 a ABCDEF enw a 1234567 Brightness Normal Sample Type O Standard gt oe ght Dark 0 R Q View Color Pattern eui Low High POF Hide Details Cancel Print Preview Shows the effect of color adjustment As you adjust each item the effects are reflected in the color and brightness Sample Type Select an image that you want to display as a sample If necessary select
516. re subscribing to in Telephone line type Setting the Telephone Line Type Connecting to an ISDN Line For details on ISDN Integrated Service Digital Network connection and settings refer to the manuals supplied with your terminal adapter or dial up router 571 Setting the Telephone Line Type Before using your machine make sure you set the correct telephone line type for your telephone line If you are unsure of your telephone line type contact your telephone company For xDSL or ISDN connections contact the telephone company or service provider to confirm your line type D gt Note Telephone line type will not appear in countries or regions where Rotary pulse is not supported e You can print USER S DATA LIST to check the current setting Summary of Reports and Lists 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on JA 2 Select m Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Le Device settings then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to select FAX settings then press the OK button 5 Use the 4 button to select FAX user settings then press the OK button 6 Use the amp button to select Telephone line type then press the OK button 7 Use the amp button to select a telephone line type then press the OK button Telephone line type Rotary pulse Touch tone Rotary pulse Select when your telephone line type is pulse dialing Touch tone Select when your telephone l
517. receive faxes manually Basic Connection Make sure that the machine is turned off connect one end of supplied telephone line cable to the telephone line jack near the LINE mark of the machine then connect the other end to the telephone line jack on the wall or to the telephone line jack of the xDSL splitter LINE a When you connect the telephone to the machine make sure that the machine is turned off connect one end of the modular cable to the external device jack near the EXT mark of the machine then connect the other end to the telephone line jack of the telephone EXT 569 33 Important e Be sure to connect the telephone line before the machine is turned on If you connect the telephone line when the machine is turned on turn the machine off and unplug the power cord Wait for 1 minute then connect the telephone line and power plug D gt Note e Refer to Rear View for the position of the telephone line jack and the external device jack Before connecting a telephone or answering machine remove the Telephone connector cap e For users in the UK If the connector of the external device cannot be connected to the jack on the machine you will need to purchase a B T adapter to connect as follows Attach the B T adapter to the modular cable connecting the external device then connect the B T adapter to the external device jack Connecting Various Lines This section introduces how to connect various lines
518. recommend that the cable is no longer than around 10 feet 3 meters e Does the operating system of your computer support Hi Speed USB connection Obtain and install the latest update for your computer e Does the Hi Speed USB driver operate properly Obtain the latest version of the Hi Speed USB driver compatible with your hardware and reinstall it on your computer Important e For details on Hi Speed USB of your system environment contact the manufacturer of your computer USB cable or USB hub 753 Q Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection A Make sure that the machine is turned on Make sure that the USB cable is connected properly See Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable to connect the USB cable properly Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running 754 Q LCD Cannot Be Seen At All A If the POWER lamp is off The machine is not powered on Connect the power cord and press the ON button If the POWER lamp is lit The LCD may be in the screen saver mode Press one of the buttons on the operation panel 755 Q An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the LCD A Select the language you want to be displayed according to the following procedure 1 Press the HOME button and wait for about 5 seconds A 2 Select AA Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select es Dev
519. red Folder on the Computer Remote Reception Rejecting Fax Reception Using the Caller ID Service to Reject Calls 639 Saving Received Faxes Automatically on a USB Flash Drive You can save received faxes on a USB flash drive as PDF files automatically when receiving a fax This section describes the procedure to enable the machine to save received faxes on a USB flash drive automatically Important 8 Do not remove the USB flash drive from the machine when the machine is set to save received faxes on a USB flash drive automatically For safety reasons we recommend backing up faxes saved on a USB flash drive to another media periodically to avoid unexpected accidents We assume no responsibility for damage to or loss of data for whatever reason even within the warranty period Awaiting document processing is displayed on the Fax standby screen and the faxes are stored in the machine s memory when the received faxes are not saved on the USB flash drive because the USB flash drive is not inserted or because it is not writable You can save the faxes stored in the machine s memory to the USB flash drive manually Delete the unnecessary fax from machine s memory after saving to the USB flash drive Saving a Document in Machine s Memory to USB Flash Drive Deleting a Document in Machine s Memory Make sure that the machine is turned on Insert the USB flash drive into the USB flash drive port
520. reen is displayed Press the OK button The Function list screen is displayed 576 Setting the Sender Information You can set the sender information such as date time unit name and unit fax telephone number About the Sender Information Setting the Date and Time Setting Daylight Saving Time Summer Time Registering User Information About the Sender Information If the unit name and unit fax telephone number are registered they are printed with date and time as sender information on the recipient s fax 0805 2014 12 00 FAX1234567890 s DN Date and time of transmission Unit fax telephone number Unit name The registered recipient s name is printed when sending faxes moO oO WwW gt Page number D gt Note e You can print USER S DATA LIST to confirm the sender information you have registered Summary of Reports and Lists When sending faxes in black amp white you can select whether to print the sender information inside or outside the image area Specify the setting on TTI position in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings Advanced FAX settings e You can select the date print format from three formats YYYY MM DD MM DD YYYY and DD MM YYYY Select the date print format on Date display format under Device user settings Device user settings Setting the Date and Time This section describes the procedure to set the date and tim
521. registration Security Allows you to set the Administrator s password and Operation restrictions for the machine Important e For the initial Password see About the Administrator Password For Security reasons we recommend that you change the Password to an individual password The following character restrictions apply to the password that you enter e Set the password by using 0 to 32 characters e The allowed characters are single byte alphanumeric characters Records of use Displays a record of your printer usage such as the number of copies you printed Firmware update This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information 115 Manual Online This function displays the Online Manual 116 Online Storage Integration Function The printer can integrate with online storage services such as Evernote Integration with Online Notetaking Service J Evernote If an Evernote client application is installed on your computer you can import scanned images into the application and upload them to the Evernote server The uploaded images can be browsed from other computers smartphones etc To use Evernote you need to create an account See the CREATE ACCOUNT page of Evernote for account creation Settings In the Settings Dialog of IJ Scan Utility select the item you want to set then select Evernote for Send to an application in Application Settings Refer to Settings Dialo
522. reserve more print jobs Please wait a while and redo the operation may be displayed on the LCD In this case wait a while then add the print job 410 Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine You can specify the setting of page size media type photo fix and so on to print the photos saved on the USB flash drive Print settings Page size lt 4 x6 10x15cm Type Plus Glossy II Print qity Standard Print date OFF AON OK End setup Use the 4 button to change the setting item and use the A button to change the setting gt Note e Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the other setting items If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected Error details is displayed on the LCD In this case press the left Function button to confirm the message then change the setting The settings of the page size media type etc are retained even if another print menu is selected or the machine is turned off 1 Page size Select the page size of the loaded paper 2 Type Media type Select the media type of the loaded paper 3 Print qlty Print quality Select print quality according to the photo 4 Print date Activates deactivates to print the date shooting date on a photo gt Note The shooting date is printed according to the settings of Date display format in Device user settings under Device settings under Setup Device user setting
523. ring the Favorite Settings Custom profiles 7 Load the original document on the platen glass or in the ADF 8 Press the Color button for color scanning or the Black button for black amp white scanning D Note When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD press the Color button e If the original is not loaded properly a message is displayed on the LCD Load the original on the platen glass or in the ADF according to the scan settings e If you load the original in the ADF The machine starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the computer e If you load the original on the platen glass When you select JPEG or TIFF for Format on the scan setting screen the machine starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the computer o When you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen the confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete If you continue scanning load the original on the platen glass and start scanning If you do not continue scanning press the left Function button The scanned data is forwarded to the computer Scanned data is forwarded to the computer according to the settings specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after scanning is complete If you want to scan originals with advanced settings or if you want to edit or print the scanned
524. ring the unprinted fax in machine s memory memory reception e When the unsent faxes are stored in the machine s memory DJ Note If the firmware update is not complete check the following and take an appropriate action e Check the network settings such as an access point or a router If Cannot connect to the server is displayed on the LCD press the OK button then try again after a while Check current version You can check the current firmware version Update notification setting When ON is selected and the firmware update is available the screen to inform you of the firmware update is displayed on the LCD DNS server setup Performs settings for a DNS server Select Auto setup or Manual setup If you select Manual setup follow the display on the LCD to perform settings Proxy server setup Performs settings for a proxy server Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings 260 Cassette settings By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette you can prevent the machine from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings For details Paper Setting for Printing e Register cassette paper info Registers the paper size and the media type you load in the cassette J Note e When you register the paper size and the media type the screen to select whether you apply the s
525. rinted directly with Easy PhotoPrint To download PREMIUM Contents make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks ink cartridges are installed for all colors on a supported printer Note e The designs of PREMIUM Contents provided in this page are subject to change without prior notice 28 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application You can easily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages anytime and anywhere by simply accessing Easy PhotoPrint on the web from a computer or tablet By using Easy PhotoPrint you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble of installation Moreover you can use various photos for your item through integration with social networks such as Facebook or with online storage web albums etc Refer to Easy PhotoPrint Guide for details 29 Use the Machine More Conveniently with Quick Toolbox Quick Toolbox is a shortcut menu that lets you access the functions you want to use with one click After installing utilities compatible with Quick Toolbox they will be added to this menu The Quick Toolbox provides a convenient way to quickly launch added utilities for making machine settings and doing other management tasks Refer to Quick Toolbox Guide for details 30 Connection Methods Available on the Machine The following connection methods are available on the machine p Wireless Connection With an access point
526. rinting Area Is the platen glass or the glass of ADF dirty Clean the platen glass or the glass of ADF gt Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover DJ Note e If the glass of ADF is dirty black streaks appear on the paper as shown below Is the paper feed roller dirty Clean the paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller DJ Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary Is the inside of the machine dirty When performing duplex printing the inside of the machine may become stained with ink causing the printout to become smudged Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning 717 Note e To prevent the inside of the machine from stains set the paper size correctly Set the time to dry the printed surface longer Doing so gives the printed surface enough time to dry so that paper smudged and scratched are prevented 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Open the Canon IJ Printer Utility Opening the Canon J Printer Utility 3 Select Custom Settings in the pop up menu 4 Drag the Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and then click Apply 5 Confirm the message and click OK 718 Q Back of the Paper Is Smudged Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory
527. rocedure Is the inside of the machine smeared with ink After printing large quantities of paper the area where papers go through may get smeared with ink Clean the inside of your machine with Bottom Plate Cleaning Check how to load the paper correctly Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation To load paper in a cassette load paper WITH THE PRINTING SIDE FACING DOWN Loading Paper S e Is the paper curled The curled paper causes paper jam Flatten the curled paper then reload it Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper ls Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 322 Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing Before printing make paper settings in the operation panel or the computer screen There are various types of paper such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at optimal quality and paper suitable for documents Each media type has specific preset settings how ink is used and sprayed distance from nozzles etc that allow you to print to that type with optimal image quality The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed surface If you notice blurring or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and try printing again 323 Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper When you insert a cassette into the machine after loading paper the screen for setting the type
528. rom the interference source as possible 677 Q Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings A When you replace an access point perform network setup of the machine again Perform network setup again according to the instructions on our website If the problem is not resolved see below Cannot Communicate with the Machine After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Machine After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point Q Cannot Communicate with the Machine After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point A Confirm the access point setting Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to confirm the access point setting Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other under this setting If you are performing MAC address filtering or IP address filtering at the access point confirm that the MAC address or IP address for both the computer or the network device and the machine are registered If you are using a WEP or WPA WPA2 key make sure that the encryption key for the computer or the network device and the machine matches that set to the access point Besides the WEP key itself the key length key format the key ID to use and the authen
529. rrects errors and resends the fax Note e If the sender s or recipient s fax machine is not compatible with ECM the fax will be sent received without automatic error correction e To receive color faxes make sure that ECM RX in Adv communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings is set to ON Advanced FAX settings To disable ECM transmission reception set ECM TX and ECM RX in Adv communication settings to OFF e Transmission may take longer when ECM is enabled 654 Document Stored in Machine s Memory If the sending faxes is not complete or the machine was not able to print the received faxes these faxes are stored in the machine s memory If an error occurred during a fax transmission the document is not stored in the machine s memory In the following cases the machine is not able to print the received fax and will automatically store the fax in its memory The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax Paper has run out A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings e You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a received fax Important e If you unplug the power cord of the machine all faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted For details on how to unplug the power cord refer to Notice for Unplugging the
530. rring to the table in Check 1 Select a print quality option suitable for the paper and image for printing If you notice blurs or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and try printing again ete If the problem is not resolved there may be other causes See also the sections below Cannot Print to End of Job No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Lines Are Misaligned Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched gt Back of the Paper Is Smudged Colors Are Uneven or Streaked 708 Q Cannot Print to End of Job A Is the space of your computer s hard disk sufficient Delete unnecessary files to free disk space 709 Q No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred ABCD Colors Are Wrong 710 White Streaks A Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Check the status of ink tanks Replace the ink tank if the ink has run out Replacing an Ink Tank GSE Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Che
531. rror occurs when you send a fax the error number is printed on ERROR TX REPORT or ACTIVITY REPORT there are some errors for which the cause is also printed The causes corresponding to the error numbers are as follows 001 Document is jammed in The document is jammed in the ADF When the error is cleared redo the operation 003 Document is too long You attempted to send a document longer than 15 75 inches 400 mm 668 No answer No paper is in the recipient s fax machine No tone is detected Line was busy Number is deleted Memory is full Transmission has been canceled due to a fax information mismatch Try again in black amp white transmission The Stop button was pressed during transmission The fax could not be sent from the computer The unsent fax was deleted while automatic redialing You cannot send a document longer than 15 75 inches 400 mm from the ADF 003 is also printed if it takes time to send a page Divide the document or set the image quality Fax resolution to a lower setting then resend it The recipient s fax machine does not respond Contact the recipient and have the recipient check that the telephone line is connected correctly There is no paper in the recipient s fax machine Contact the recipient and have the recipient load paper The machine could not detect the dial tone Dial tone detect in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings is set to ON
532. rs The main registration is complete and a registration completion e mail is sent Note e A cookie for the selected user is added to the printer and the login status of each user is recovered Cookies for up to 8 users can be registered to 1 printer Printer user privileges If several users are using the cloud service for 1 printer each user is categorized as the Administrator or a Standard user Note e The user who is registered first becomes the Administrator The administrator can change the privileges of users from the Manage users screen An Administrator can change printer information add and delete apps manage users and perform various other operations A Standard user can check printer information and start apps For information about the functions that each user can use refer to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window If you are using MAXIFY Cloud Link from the printer select Multiuser mode in the Mng printer screen to set the printer to Multiuser mode Each user can then start an app and print documents Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 98 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If an app cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list If the information is not updated when you press the Update button If you do not receive the registration e mail If you cannot print Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything
533. rs are using the printer select the Multiuser mode check box Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name D gt Note e The printer name entry has the following character limitation Up to 128 characters Delete printers When you select x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers Add printer Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer DJ Note Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e mail address Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer When you select copy apne f the screen shown below appears Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series Cancel Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK 82 2 Manage users button When you select the Manage users button the Manage users screen appears Ba Mng printes User list Delete User name Authority Administrator Standard user Add user From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete u
534. rt Base Station via a LAN use alphanumeric characters for the name of the network SSID If the problem is not resolved perform setup again according to the instructions on our website 689 Other Problems with Network Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten Checking Information about the Network How to Restore the Machine s Network Settings to Factory Default 690 Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP or WPA WPA2 Key How to Set an Encryption Key Q Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP or WPA WPA2 Key A For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other After that set up the machine to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool Q How to Set an Encryption Key A For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other After that set up the m
535. s Important e This setting item is for the administrator e Change LAN Enables either wireless LAN or access point mode You can also disable wireless LAN or access point mode Wireless LAN setup Selects the setup method for wireless LAN connection Note e You can also enter this setting menu by selecting WLAN on the HOME screen In this case enable wireless LAN When this menu is selected the machine starts searching for a WPS compatible access point If the machine detects the access point follow the on screen instructions to set up wireless LAN If an access point is not detected or if you select another setup method select one of the setup methods below Standard setup Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually using the operation panel of the machine o WPS Push button method Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using an access point supporting a Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS push button method Follow the on screen instructions during setup Other setup Advanced setup Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually You can specify multiple WEP keys WPS PIN code method Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using an access point supporting a Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS PIN code method Follow the on screen instructions during setup Cableless setup Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the machine directly
536. s 411 Using Useful Display Functions You can change the method to display the photos saved on the USB flash drive and specify the date last modified date of data to select photos Changing the Method to Display Specifying Date to Select Photo Changing the Method to Display By pressing the left Function button on the photo selection screen the screen to select a display method is displayed Use the 4 button to select the display method then press the OK button The following methods are selectable e Standard view The photos are displayed one by one To select the photo use the A button e List view x9 Nine photos are displayed at a time To select the photo use the A Y A button D gt Note e You can specify the number of copies for each photo you want to print by using the Numeric buttons e List view x45 45 photos are displayed at a time To select the photo use the 4 Y A button Specifying Date to Select Photo By pressing the center Function button on the photo selection screen the following screen is displayed To most recent date 4 Ta 4 y amp 1 2011 20 05 2011 18 0 Use the A button to select the date last modified date of data then press the OK button The photos on date specified are displayed DJ Note The date is displayed according to the settings of Date display format in Device user settings under Device settings under Setup Device user setti
537. s Orientation Te Te Pages per Sheet 1 Layout Direction KEA Ss OR RO Border None EEI lofi r gt gt Two Sided Off Reverse page orientation Flip horizontally PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Set the number of original you print on one page In Pages per Sheet specify the number of page you print on one page 3 If necessary set the following items Layout Direction To change the page placement order select an icon from the list Border To print a page border around each document page select a type of page border Reverse page orientation Select this check box to change the paper orientation Flip horizontally Select this check box to reverse left and right of the document 358 4 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order 359 Duplex Printing The procedure for printing data on both sides of one sheet of paper is as follows 1 Set duplex printing Check the Two Sided check box in the Print Dialog Printer Canon 0 series Presets Default Settings sd copes I mo sa Pages All j C From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Te Te TextEdit l Print header and footer V Rewrap contents to fit page Lal lofi gt gt 2 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select Layout
538. s Presets Default Settings Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter gt amp 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Tr t gt TextEdit Print header and footer M Rewrap contents to fit page a a loft gt gt gt 7 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select Paper Handling from the pop up menu 3 Check the Collate pages check box when you are specifying multiple copies in the Copies box Check the Collate pages check box to print all the pages of a single copy together Uncheck this check box to print all pages with the same page number together 4 Specify the print order Check Page Order When you select Automatic or Reverse printing starts from the last page When you select Normal printing starts from the first page 352 Printer Canon series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Te t Paper Handling Orientation M Collate pages Pages to Print All pages Page Order Automatic gt 4 4 lofi P gt gt aie O p Jestination Paper Size PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 5 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order gt Important When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver H
539. s The print data has been sent Continue To continue printing select Continue and perform the operation from Step 3 To end the printing select Apps The screen returns to the apps list screen Important e If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed e With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that expire and cannot be printed are also included in the print count Adding a Printer 91 Adding a Printer With one account you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multiple printers The procedure for adding a printer is as follows 1 Print the registration information from the printer to be added 2 From the browser on your smartphone tablet or computer access the authentication site URL Cilia biti http cs c ij com join ner repertion ts Cn pent rary fe etre tpn gone AF amamen o ie Os erertne if epee en tae be peered whe ae OO AA mm Repel Ot TN Pa ee Meet O eee lt he Baan teang mone 3 Select Add printer Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center Unregistered users Create new account Registered users Add printer 4 When the confirmation message is displayed select OK 5 Enter your Printer registration ID and select OK 92 Add printer Add a printer Enter the printer registration ID Printer registration
540. s Memory When sending a fax resend it If this message still appears delete the faxes stored in the machine s memory divide the faxes for sending and send them again When receiving a fax have the sender resend the faxes The received faxes were not saved on the USB flash drive automatically because the USB flash drive was not inserted or because it was not writable The received faxes are stored in the machine s memory Insert the writable USB flash drive then save the received faxes to the USB flash drive manually Saving a Document in Machine s Memory to USB Flash Drive The received faxes were not forward to the shared folder on the computer because the machine is not connected with the computer or because the shared folder setting is changed The received faxes are stored in the machine s memory Connect the machine with the computer then forward the received faxes to the shared folder on the computer manually gt Forwarding a Document in Machine s Memory to Shared Folder on the Computer Delete the unnecessary fax from machine s memory after saving to the USB flash drive forwarding to the shared folder on the computer or printing Deleting a Document in Machine s Memory Transmission has been canceled because the machine could not detect the recipient s fax machine information or the information did not match the dialed number This message is displayed when Check RX FAX information in Security control
541. s a problem with your telephone line Contact your telephone company and the manufacturer of your terminal adapter or telephone adapter Q Cannot Perform Sequential Broadcasting by Redialing or Cannot Dial by Entering the Numbers A Have you already selected the recipient from the redial history or already dialed a number by entering the fax telephone numbers You can dial one recipient by selecting from the redial history or by entering the fax telephone numbers as the recipient of sequential broadcasting If you already have dialed by selecting from the redial history or by entering the fax telephone numbers select the recipient from the machine s directory Q Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax A Check the telephone line condition or the connection If the telephone line or connection is poor reducing the transmission start speed may correct the error Reduce the transmission start speed on TX start speed in Adv communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings Advanced FAX settings 726 Problems Receiving Faxes Cannot Receive a Fax Cannot Print a Fax Machine Does Not Switch Automatically between Voice and Fax Calls Quality of Received Fax is Poor Cannot Receive a Color Fax Errors Often Occur When You Receive a Fax Q Cannot Receive a Fax Cannot Print a Fax A ieee IS the power turned on e You cannot receive faxes if the power is turned off Pres
542. s checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format DJ Note e PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images 489 You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the f
543. s directory Check the recipient s fax telephone number correct the fax telephone number registered in the machine s directory then send the document again Changing Registered Information DJ Note e You can check the registered information in the machine s directory by printing RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST Summary of Reports and Lists GNE Does an error occur during transmission e Ensure that a message is displayed on the Fax standby screen When a message is displayed on the Fax standby screen check the cause A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on the Fax Standby Screen Print ACTIVITY REPORT and check for an error Summary of Reports and Lists Is the document loaded properly Remove the document then reload it on the platen glass or in the ADF Loading Originals ales Does a printer error occur Ensure that an error message is displayed on the LCD When an error message is displayed on the LCD check the cause When the error message with the support code is displayed refer to Support Code List When the error message without the support code is displayed refer to A Message Is Displayed If you are in a hurry press the Stop button to close the message then send the fax GKE Is the telephone line connected correctly Reconnect the telephone line cable to the telephone line jack Basic Connection 725 If the telephone line is connected correctly there i
544. s moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Important e This function is available only when scanning from the platen Note e Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specified areas Refer to Gutter Correction for details e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document D Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when
545. s or 128 bits key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal and key number of 1 to 4 e Wi Fi International association that certifies interoperability of wireless LAN products based on the IEEE 802 11 specification This machine is a Wi Fi authorized product e Wireless LAN A network that instead of being connected by physical wires is connected by a wireless technology such as Wi Fi WPA Security framework announced by the Wi Fi Alliance in October 2002 The security has been strengthened more than WEP o Authentication WPA defines the following authentication methods WPA Personal that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA Enterprise that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA Personal o Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA Personal authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value e WPA2 Security framework released by the Wi Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard AES o Authentication WPA2 defines the following authentication methods WPA2 Personal that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA2 Enterprise that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA2 Personal o Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2 Personal authentication The passphras
546. s or stickers attached e When printing on each side of a postcard separately you will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side The paper settings on the printer driver and the cassette paper information to register on the printer are different depending on whether you are printing on the address side or the message side For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 5 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute printing the data will be printed onto the postcard 362 Displaying the Print Results before Printing If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 you can display and check the print result before printing To display the print result before printing click Preview on the Print Dialog J Note e When you click the disclosure triangle in the Print dialog and switch to the detailed display Preview is not displayed For detailed display a preview is displayed on the left side of the Print dialog 363 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Paper Size menu Such a paper size is called custom size The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows 1 Creating a new custom pa
547. s point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for the printer cannot be used e If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access point mode the connection between the device and access point will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply e In access point mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconnect a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again e Network settings such as the SSID and security protocol can be changed on the printer When Using Windows XP Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP Restrictions Appears in a new window USB Connection Connect the printer and a computer with a USB cable Prepare a USB cable 32 Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP Restrictions Appears in a new window 1 Press the HOME button A on the printer then press the left Function button B er Copy Scan om FAX A Cloud 2 Select Access point mode active then press the OK button Change LAN Wireless LAN active Access point mode active Disable
548. s stored in the machine s memory are deleted 6936 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 852 6937 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 853 6938 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted 854 6939 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If you unplug the power cord all
549. s the OK button Use the 4 button to select Destination folder then press the OK button 642 9 Use the 4 button to select a shared folder then press the OK button DJ Note e When you specify a PIN code for a registered folder a screen asking you to enter a PIN code in case you specify the code Entering the PIN code allows you to assign the shared folder as the destination DJ Note e You can forward up to 250 pages of fax as one PDF file e You can forward up to 2000 PDF files to the shared folder on the computer e If the machine is disconnected with the computer or if the writing error occurs on the computer while saving faxes is in progress the error message is displayed on the LCD Press the OK button to dismiss the error The faxes forwarded to the shared folder are named with the serial number from FAX_0001 file extension PDF e When disconnecting the machine with the computer set Auto save setting to OFF 643 Remote Reception If the machine is located away from the telephone pick up the handset of the telephone connected to the machine and dial 25 the remote reception ID to receive faxes remote reception e If you use a rotary pulse line temporarily switch your telephone to tone dialing For details on how to switch to tone dialing refer to your telephone s instruction manual e If you have an answering machine connected to the machine that can carry out remote control operations the security c
550. s the ON button to turn the power on e If you unplugged the power cord without turning off the power the POWER lamp is lit reconnecting it turns on the power automatically e If you unplugged the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power the POWER lamp is off reconnect it then press the ON button to turn on the power e If the power was turned off due to power failure etc the power is automatically turned on when the power failure is resolved J Important e Confirm that the POWER lamp is off before unplugging the power cord then unplug the power cord If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord all faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted For details on how to unplug the power cord refer to Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord Note e If the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord the list of the faxes deleted from the machine s memory MEMORY CLEAR REPORT will be printed after turning the machine on For details see Summary of Reports and Lists eile Is the machine s memory full Print the received faxes stored in the machine s memory save them on the USB flash drive or forward them to the shared folder on the computer then delete them from the machine s memory and have the sender resend the faxes Document Stored in Machine s Memory ley Does an error occur during reception e Ensure that a m
551. scanned Press the OK button to start scanning After scanning Document setting screen appears on the LCD after scanning each sheet of original Document setting Document setting fl Back Place the next document and press OK Print now Remove the sheet of original from the platen glass after scanning and load the next sheet on the platen glass then press the OK button DJ Note e If you do not need more scanning press the left Function button The machine starts copying e You can add the copying job while printing Adding the Copying Job Reserve copy 429 About Special Copy Menu gt Copying Thick Originals Such as Books 430 Copying Thick Originals Such as Books When ON is selected for Frame erase copy in Standard copy you can make a copy without black margins around the image and gutter shadows in copying thick originals such as books Using this function you can reduce unnecessary ink consumption gt iia Note e When you use this function load the original on the platen glass and close the document cover e When the Copy standby screen is displayed pressing the center Function button allows you to preview an image of the printout on the preview screen Displaying the Preview Screen There may be a narrow black margin that appears around the image This function removes the dark margins only If a scanned book is too thin or when the machine is used near
552. screen will appear Select Roller cleaning then press the OK button Maintenance Print nozzle check pattern Cleaning Deep cleaning Auto head alignment Manual head alignment Print the head alianment walue Roller cleaning The confirmation screen will appear Select Yes then press the OK button Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette Press the OK button The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating then follow the message to load three sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette Extend the output tray extension then open the paper output support Press the OK button 229 The machine starts cleaning The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected 11 When the completion message appears press the OK button If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller contact the service center 230 Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning Remove stains from the inside of the machine If the inside of the machine becomes dirty printed paper may get dirty so we recommend performing cleaning regularly You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper Be sure to use a new piece of paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on TA 2 Select iA Setup on the HOME screen then press the OK button LCD and Operation Panel
553. scriptions 1 Place the items on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings e00 Canon Jj Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon WY series _ a w D Al Document Photo Custom Stiteh Driver j a amp OCR E mail instructions The Settings dialog appears 4 Click Custom Scan 455 eoo Settings Custom Scan leja ii Documont Sean Scan Options Select Source Auto Photo sean Color Mode Color 2 Paper Size Auto Resolution Auto si ex Document Sean Orientation Settings Image Processing Settings 2 Divar Save Settings Bs ocr File Name IMG Save in E Pictures si diz wr Emi Data Format Auto s JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard V Create a PDF file that supports keyword search C Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings eee ee LA al a a Instructions Defaults 20K 5 Select Select Source according to the items to be scanned eoo Settings Custom Scan Wela ii Document Sean Scan Options Select Source Phato Photo Scan Paper Size Auto scan s e sects 5H C ere Image Processing Settings Pa Save Settings ma Otvor File Name IMG im a Gen Save in Pictures si Data Format JPEG Exif 3 BF
554. scuees 864 cs ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 865 pl rer ere eee ee eer ee Pees ere eee re eee ee ee en ee EE 866 Po fib heaseseee reteset tetesegaeeesbesauscees eu tenho srseseaesseeeis 867 ch ee ee er ee ees ee ee ee ee ee a eee 868 oo ee eee ee ee re ee E re ee en eS eee rer ee ee 869 2002 25 Gabe este ebset aout etegngeceeehesasetessiuksacneeieioensenees 870 re ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 871 DO ci me Pa Oo hee ea ap 6048 bs Oe oF ee a a ee ee he es 872 Pave E E E E E ondere cuss eseeeeeees eeeee T seeeteeSaeesauecoses 873 7S ee ee es ee ee ee eee a re ee eee 874 Be Ce etal ee oat ae eh oo aba ee he bee me ees eden nee 875 OU 2cease sence tenes ee soeuuesecG et ateeneseueseetasesentegeeaueesies 876 DIGS A E EES CESARE AEP ED ELE OPERAS SES RHETT EERE EOE ERSESE SES 877 Read Me First Notes on Online Manual Usage How to Print Notes on Online Manual Usage e Reproduction diversion or copying of any text photo or image published in the Online Manual hereinafter referred to as this guide in whole or in part is prohibited e In principle Canon shall change or delete the contents of this guide without prior notice to customers In addition Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this guide due to unavoidable reasons Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion of information in this guide or suspension stoppage of disclosure of this guide e Although the contents
555. sers add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the user information screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears e Changing Administrator and Standard user settings You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users 3 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed The Administrator can use the Mng printer functions to change the printer name 4 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed Sort Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area Drag the app to change the order 83 Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums 5 CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM sigh paper craft When you finish sorting press the Set sort order button and confirm the order EJ Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them Mng pricier Manage users Userinformafion instuctons Logout Registered Search apps CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums Contig CANON INC CANON INC ON i ON ee
556. settings of each receive mode For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode Advanced Settings of Receive Mode e For details on the receive mode 573 About the Receive Mode DRPD is available only in the US and Canada Network switch may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase e Refer to Receiving Faxes for information on receiving faxes or the procedure for each receive mode About the Receive Mode You can select the receive mode suitable for your fax use conditions whether you use a dedicated line for fax etc Receive Your fax use condition Receiving operation mode TEL priority When mainly receiving voice When a call incomes the telephone will ring mode calls with a telephone or answering machine connected to the machine Pick up the handset If the call is a voice call talk on the telephone If the call is a fax hang up the handset after the machine starts receiving the fax Note The telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is connected to the machine depending on the type or settings of the telephone DRPD or When receiving voice calls When a call incomes the telephone will ring The machine detects a Network with a telephone or fax call by the fax ring pattern switch answering machine connected to the machine and subscribing to a ring If the call is a fax the machine will receive the fax automatically If th
557. sh drive is connected to the machine through the USB hub disconnect the hub from the machine Connect a USB flash drive directly to the machine 804 2110 Cause The paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to the machine DJ Note e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac e For copying specify the paper settings for copying so that they match the cassette paper information e For details on the cassette paper information registering to the machine Paper setting for Printing Windows Paper setting for Printing Mac Paper setting for Printing Smartphone and so on If the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to the machine as the following a message is displayed on the LCD e Print settings specified on the printer driver Paper size B5 Media type Plain paper e Cassette paper information registered to the machine Paper size A4 Media type Plain paper Print settings specified for printing or copyin
558. side the machine may be stained Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like gt Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax or when unsent faxes are stored in the machine s memory Make sure if the machine completed sending or receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power cord The machine cannot send or receive faxes when the power is turned off If the power cord is unplugged the date time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the machine s memory will be lost Send or print a necessary document or save it on a USB flash drive before unplugging the power cord 232 233 Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette If the pad in a cassette is smeared with paper powder or dirt two or more sheets of paper may be ejected Follow the procedure below to clean the pad in a cassette You need to prepare cotton swab 1 Pull out the cassette from the machine then remove all the paper 2 Clean the pad A sideways with a moistened cotton swab gt Important e After cleaning the smeared pad dry it completely 3 Reload the paper then insert the cassette into the machine Note e If a message is displayed on the screen after inserting the cassette into the machine press the OK button If the problem is not resolved contact the ser
559. sk You can use areas shown below to start add and manage apps If you are using a smartphone or a tablet you can also print photos and documents If you are using a smartphone or tablet If you are using a PC 72 If you are using a smartphone or tablet CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Scan to E mail Evernote Dropbox Google Drive SkvMrive 1 t Contg Propeces 1 Left context menu 2 Printer name area 3 Right context menu 4 Display area 5 Menu area 1 Left context menu When you select z the Mng printer screen of the Manage users screen appears For general users the Select printer screen appears Mng printer screen Select printer screen Mng printer Updated date Mar 3 2014 2 30 AM e 1 series Multiuser mode Copy apps Add printer 73 From the Mng printer screen Select printer screen you can check and update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center change printer names delete printers add printers and copy apps Check the printer information series Multiuser mode Copy apps The registered printer name is displayed indicates the currently selected printer indicates that an error occurred on the printer Display update date time of the printer information Mng printer Updated date Mar 3 2014 2 30 AM ar series Multiuser mode Copy apps This displays the date a
560. specifications and Canon FAX Standard chart No 1 for others both in standard mode Black Standard 203 pels inch x 98 lines inch 8 pels mm x 3 85 lines mm Black Fine Photo 203 pels inch x 196 lines inch 8 pels mm x 7 70 lines mm Black Extra fine 300 x 300 dpi Color 200 x 200 dpi Automatic dialing Recipient max 100 destinations Group dial max 99 destinations Regular dialing with Numeric buttons Automatic redialing Manual redialing max 10 destinations Activity report after every 20 transactions Sequential broadcasting max 101 destinations Rejected numbers max 10 destinations Communication protocol TCP IP Wireless LAN Supported Standards EEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b Frequency bandwidth 2 4 GHz Channel 1 11 or 1 13 Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or region Communication distance Indoors 164 feet 50 m Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location Security WEP 64 128 bits WPA PSK TKIP AES WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Setup Standard setup WPS Push button configuration PIN code method WCN WCN NET Cableless setup Other Features Administration password 332 Minimum System Requirements Conform to the operating system s requirements when higher than those given here Windows Operating System Windows 8 Windows 8 1 Windows 7 Windows 7 SP1 Windows Vista SP1 Windows Vista SP2 W
561. sstul Fax FUNCIONS bass cs 3b nese seek en eden bes PEER ETARA ER 650 Using the Information Services 2cccccsesns poe he Ve RHE EVEN orit SR RUS YORU EERSTE YER RES REM 651 Transmission Reception of Faxes Using ECM 2 2 6e5000e5 eee eh ences ee es beneeans 654 Document Stored in Machine s Memory enw OOPTE TETEE TOTTE ipida TEETE TT E TT 655 Printing a Document in Machine s Memory 2 TERET EO DNA ET TEE 656 Deleting a Document in Machine s Memory a na saanuna anaa 658 Saving a Document in Machine s Memory to USB Flash Drive 00 0200 e aes 660 Forwarding a Document in Machine s Memory to Shared Folder on the Computer 663 Summary of Reports and Lists 0 0002 e eee eae paea Se EMEP SRM Se ERR HAH Bi 666 NN a 5 hee he 8 he ek E a ee 671 Problems with Network Communication 00000 0c eee eee 672 Problems with the Machine While Using with Network 0 0 00000 eee eee 673 The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly eee ia EEE EE 674 Ponting Speed E SIOWis os ica esp oasieenereideneietagdseeagtdnedaddesaanage same sags 677 Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings seske 678 Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network ssssssesssserasrrsesresnsarrerrrsereranaea 680 Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Communication naaa a aaau 681 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup
562. st of detected printers If you do not enter the correct administrator password you cannot operate the printer 304 Monitoring Wireless Network Status gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e When using the machine over the wired LAN you cannot monitor network status 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Status from the View menu The Status screen is displayed and you can check the printer status and connection performance Status Performance Available Signal Level Link Quality Advanced Measurement toO j 1 Signal Level Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer ranging from 0 to 100 2 Link Quality Indicates the signal quality excluding the noise while communicating ranging from 0 to 100 Important If the indicated value is low move your printer closer to the wireless network device 3 Advanced Measurement Click to examine the connection performance between the printer and the access point Follow the instructions on the screen to start measuring and display the status Measurement takes a few minutes When is displayed in Connection performance between the printer and the access point the printer can communicate with the access point Otherwise refer to displayed comments and Help for improving the status of communication link and click Remeasurement e Check that the pri
563. stration information If the Print from E mail information stored on this printer could not be deleted even though the registration information on the service was deleted from the operation panel of this printer display the home window and select HA Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Delete registered printer and delete the registration information If You Cannot Print after the Printer Is Repaired Re registering the printer and the printer owner When the printer is repaired all of the registered information is deleted and Print from E mail can no longer be used If you want to use this service again you must re register the printer and the printer owner For information about the re registration procedure see Preparing to Use Print from E mail Even if users other than the owner were registered as members repeat the registration starting from here 121 Preparing to Use Print from E mail To use this service to print a photo or document you need to follow the procedure provided below and register the printer Print the Printer Registration Page s URL and the PIN Code First print the printer registration page s URL and the PIN code Check that there is sufficient amount of ink in the printer and then print using the printer s operation panel 1 Check that the printer is connected to the network J Important e This product needs to be connected to a
564. t Register apps Select this to add your favorite apps See here for details on how to add apps Delete apps Select this to delete registered apps See here for details on how to delete apps Sort Select this to sort the apps list See here for details on how to sort the apps list 3 Manage button Use this button to manage jobs log out of an app show the license agreement and privacy statement and set the time zone Manage jobs Settings Legal information Log out of all apps 55 Manage jobs From the Status list window you can check the status of a job Settings Select this to set the Time zone Select your region on the list For some regions you can set whether or not to apply the daylight saving time setting Important e If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Legal information This shows the License agreement and Privacy statement Press the Start button to print the displayed information Log out of all apps You can log out at the same time from all apps that you are logged into Note e Some apps may not allow you to log out when you are logged on If you want to log in with a different account you need to use this function to log out first e Once you log out you need to log in again You may lose the settings with some apps 56 Cloud Troubleshooting If you cannot print Check the following if
565. t be applied Low Select this to correct a small amount of fading and colorcast Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this to correct a large amount of fading and colorcast This can affect the tone of the image Important e Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small Not effective if Color is not selected for Kind Grain Correction Use this function to reduce graininess roughness in photos taken with high speed or sensitized film etc None Graininess will not be reduced 529 Low Select this when the photo is slightly grainy Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this when the photo is very grainy This can affect the gradation and sharpness of the image Important e Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small Gutter Correction Use this function to correct shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Unclear or blurred text lines caused by curved pages are not corrected None Gutter shadow will not be corrected Low Select this when the effect level is too strong with the medium setting Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this when the effect level is too weak with the medium setting Important Do not place objects that weigh 4 4 lbs 2 0 kg or more on the platen In addition do not press on
566. t is printed in this condition the received fax will not be printed and will be stored in the machine s memory until the ink is replaced You must manually print out faxes that were stored in the memory You can change the setting so that the received fax is forcibly printed out instead of being stored in the memory but all or part of the fax information may not be printed because of the ink out condition 796 1700 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the machine s OK button to continue printing Contact the service center 797 1701 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the machine s OK button to continue printing Contact the service center 798 1754 Cause The ink tank is not installed properly Action Open the front cover Then push the ink tank After installing the ink tank properly close the front cover If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important The ink tank that was once installed cannot be removed until the ink runs out 799 1755 Cause The ink has run out Action To maintain both machine and print quality the machine cannot continue printing under the ink out condition Cancel printing and replace the ink tank before printing again Important Do not remove an ink tank until a new one is prepared to be installed e Once you remove an ink tank the machine will not operate until a new one is installed
567. t size is larger than the page size specified on the machine the document will be printed at a reduced size In this case thin lines on the document may not be printed or images may be misaligned For some PDF files an error message may be displayed before printing starts or while printing is in progress For details see A Message Is Displayed 415 Paper setting for Printing By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette you can prevent the machine from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings When you load paper in the cassette The screen to register the cassette paper information is displayed Register cassette paper info Page size A4 Type Plain paper OK Register Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper 9 gt Important e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer e For copying specify the paper settings for copying so that they match the cassette paper information DJ Note Depending on the registered cassette paper information the screen to confirm if you apply the registered information to the paper settings for c
568. t supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format J Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning Important This does not appear when Select Source is Auto 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu 485 At
569. t the A mark on the rear cover aligns with the V mark on the machine 6 Reload the paper then press the machine s OK button If the paper is jammed while printing the faxes or the fax report in progress After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the machine s OK button the machine resumes printing from the page where the paper was jammed e If the paper is jammed while printing from a computer or copying in progress 779 After clearing the paper jam error and pressing the machine s OK button then the machine resumes printing from the next page where the paper was jammed As the page where the paper was jammed is not printed reprint if necessary When the paper is jammed while duplex printing or duplex copying is in progress it is possible that the printing or copying order is not as you expect if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning When the paper is jammed while layout printing 2 on 1 copying or 4 on 1 copying is in progress it is possible that some pages are not printed if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning If you turned off the machine while taking the appropriate action of the paper jam error All print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary DJ Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printin
570. t the Power Is On The POWER lamp is lit when the machine is turned on Even if the LCD is off if the POWER lamp is lit the machine is on 3 Note e It takes about 10 seconds until you can operate the machine after you turn on its power Wait until the HOME screen is displayed on the LCD e The LCD will turn off if the machine is not operated for about 5 minutes To restore the display press any button except the ON button or perform the print operation The display will be also restored when receiving faxes You cannot change the wait time before the LCD turns off 147 Turning the Machine On and Off Turning on the machine 1 Press the ON button to turn on the machine The POWER lamp flashes and then remains lit Confirming that the Power Is On Note e It takes about 10 seconds until you can operate the machine after you turn on its power Wait until the HOME screen is displayed on the LCD e If the Alarm lamp lights up or flashes and an error message is displayed on the LCD see A Message Is Displayed e You can set the machine to automatically turn on at the specified day of week or time For details on Power control ON settings see below From the machine About ECO settings From the computer Managing the Printer Power Turning off the machine 1 Press the ON button to turn off the machine When the POWER lamp stops flashing the machine is turned off 3 Import
571. t to print from your smartphone tablet or computer to the e mail and send it to the e mail address for printing To check the print address from the operation panel of this printer display the home window and select il Setup gt i l Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Check address for printing Important e You will not be able to use the service during periods when the service is undergoing maintenance 119 Use the Service With More Than One Person To allow multiple users to use this function register users other than the printer s owner as members 1 The printer s owner uses his her smartphone tablet or computer to access the service s login URL https pr mp c ij com po and logs in 2 Select the printer name that you want to add the member Click Member Settings gt Add to enter the member s e mail address and click Add A URL of the member registration page is sent to the e mail address of the newly registered member 3 Registered member accesses to the URL that is included in the e mail and complete the registration You can use this service from registered e mail address Note e You can register up to 500 members Print from E mail Troubleshooting The Document Does Not Print f You Cannot Register to the Service or Delete the Service f You Cannot Print after the Printer Is Repaired The Document Does Not Print I
572. t will not be applied Auto Applies Image Adjustment by automatically detecting the item type It is recommended that you normally select this setting Photo Applies Image Adjustment suitable for photos Magazine Applies Image Adjustment suitable for magazines Document Applies Image Adjustment suitable for text documents 528 DJ Note If the image is not adjusted properly with Auto specify the item type The color tone may change from the source image due to the Image Adjustment In that case set Image Adjustment to None Reduce Dust Scanned photos may contain white dots caused by dust or scratches Use this function to reduce such noise None Dust and scratches will not be reduced Low Select this to reduce small dust particles and scratches Large ones may remain Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this to reduce large dust particles and scratches however evidence of the reduction process may remain or delicate parts of the image may be removed Important e This function may not be effective for some types of photos Note It is recommended that you select None when scanning printed materials Fading Correction Use this function to correct photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors None Fading Correction will no
573. table for editing saved images Note e Some TIFF files are incompatible e IJ Scan Utility supports the following TIFF file formats e Uncompressed black and white binary e Uncompressed RGB 8 bits per channel e Uncompressed Grayscale PDF Standard File Extension pdf A data format for electronic documents developed by Adobe Systems Incorporated It can be used on various computers and operating systems and fonts can be embedded as well therefore people in different environments can exchange the files without being aware of the differences 541 Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Learn how to place items on the platen or ADF Auto Document Feeder of your scanner or printer Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly Important e Do not place objects on the document cover When you open the document cover the objects may fall into your scanner or printer resulting in malfunction e Close the document cover when scanning e Do not touch the operation panel buttons or LCD Liquid Crystal Display monitor when opening closing the document cover May result in unintended operation Placing Items Platen Placing Documents ADF Auto Document Feeder Placing Items Platen Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type or size automatically Important When scanning by specifying the pap
574. tach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 486 Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Fn Click Scan and Stitch on the L Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog In the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog you can make advanced scan settings for scanning items larger than the platen e008 a if aa Cocument Scan BB revo scan Custom Scan Settings Scan and Stitch Scan Options Select Source Color Mode Resolution Image Processing Settings Save Settings Document Color 300 dpi File Name IMG E Obor Save in D Pictures E ocr Data Format PDF Multiple Pages POF Compression Standard B eat V Create a POF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application Ki Finder Sen
575. taching to e mail Black an4 ons i 150 dpi i Scanning text using OCR Color or Grayscale 300 dpi e If you double the resolution the data size of the scanned image quadruples If the file is too large the processing speed will slow down significantly and you will experience inconvenience such as lack of memory Set the minimum required resolution according to the use of the image Important 539 DJ Note e When you will be printing the scanned image by enlarging it scan by setting a higher resolution than the recommended one above 540 Data Formats You can select a data format when saving scanned images You should specify the most suitable data format according to how you want to use the image on which application Available data formats vary by application and operating system Windows or Mac OS See below for the characteristics of each image data format PNG Standard File Extension png A data format often used on websites PNG is suitable for editing saved images JPEG Standard File Extension jpg A data format often used on websites and for digital camera images JPEG features high compression rates JPEG images slightly degrade every time they are saved and cannot be returned to their original state JPEG is not available for black and white images TIFF Standard File Extension tif A data format featuring a relatively high compatibility between various computers and applications TIFF is sui
576. tain your clothes or the surrounding area Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks e Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables e Handle the ink tanks carefully Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to them 3 Remove the ink tank from the package 192 gt Important e Do not touch the contact C and joint D of the ink tank 4 Insert a new ink tank aligning it with the installation guide E of the machine 3 Important e You cannot insert the ink tank in the wrong position Check the label under the installation position then install the ink tank in the correct position 5 Push the ink tank until it snaps firmly into place 193 aE B a 6 Press the right Function button to select Exit If Next is displayed on the screen it means there is another ink tank that can be replaced If you want to replace this ink tank press the right Function button and then repeat procedures from step 2 To exit the ink tank replacement press the right Function button until Exit is displayed on the screen The print head holder moves to the standby position You cannot remove the ink tank while at this position 3 Important e You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed Be sure to install all the ink tanks e An installed ink tank cannot be removed until the message to replace it is displayed 7 Close the front co
577. tal white streaks B Lines are missing Horizontal white streaks are present E Number of sheets printed so far 2 Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation screen Which is closer for printed color patterns Which is closer for printed color patterns AIl A Also B For A no missing lines or no horizontal white streaks in both the pattern C and pattern D The cleaning is not required Select All A then press the OK button Confirm the message then press the OK button The screen will return to the Maintenance screen 204 For B lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present in the pattern C or pattern D or in both patterns The cleaning is required Select Also B then press the OK button The cleaning confirmation screen appears Select Yes then press the OK button The machine starts cleaning the print head Cleaning the Print Head J Note The total number of sheets printed so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the printout of the nozzle check pattern 205 Cleaning the Print Head Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition Cleaning the print head consumes ink so clean the print head only when necessary J Note e You can also clean the print head using the computer When using th
578. te direction FS e If the corner of the envelope flap is folded flatten it Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope 33 Important The envelopes may jam in the machine if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0 1 inch 3 mm 2 Pull out the cassette from the machine 166 3 Slide the paper guide A in front and B on the right to open the guides 4 Load the envelopes WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN and place them in the center of the cassette The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up as shown in the figure below C c D C Rear side D Address side Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once 3J Note e Align the envelope stack with the edge of the cassette as shown in the figure below If the envelopes are in contact with the protrusion E the envelopes may not be fed properly 167 5 Align the paper guide A in front with the envelopes 6 Slide the paper guide B on the right to align the right and left guides with both sides of the envelopes Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes The envelopes may not be fed properly Note Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark F e Keep the envelope stack height below the tabs G of the paper guides 7 Insert th
579. ted to Canon inkjet printerscannerfax Computer s OS version language and display setting informaton Device driver and application software usage logs 2 information related to Canon inkjet printerfax Printer s ID number installation Gate and ime ink use information number of sheets printed and maintenance information E your Canon product is shared for use collective information recorded in the shared product will be sent in this survey we will not send any other information including your personal information For this reason from the information that is sent to us we are unable to identity specific customers We are ereiore unable in reanond in AALA 1N disclose any sant information if you agree to the above click Agree Otherwise click Do not agree if you wish to turn off this program click Turn off This will disable the program and no further survey will be made Turn off Do not agree Agree If you agree to participate in the survey program Click Agree then follow the on screen instructions The printer usage information will be sent via the Internet If you have followed the on screen instructions the information will be sent automatically from the second time onward and the confirmation screen will not be displayed again Note e If you deselect the Send automatically from the next time check box the information will not be sent automatically from the second time onward and the Inkjet Printe
580. tem to be scanned K Finder 49 Preview None None Attach Manually Output to Text More Functions Defaults e Scanning documents Document or Document ADF Platen e Scanning magazines Magazine Scanning documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder Document ADF Simplex Document ADF Manual Duplex or Document ADF Platen 471 J Note When Document ADF Platen is selected and documents are placed both on the platen and ADF those placed on the ADF will be scanned Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK Width inches 1 00 8 50 Height 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 Unit inches Cancel Defaults DJ Note e Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution J Note e Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings Document Scan Orientation Settings This appears when you select ADF for Select Source Click to display the Document Scan Orientation Settings dialog in which you can set the orientation and binding side of the documents to be scan
581. tems When Scanning from a Computer 747 Q Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation Panel A Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer lente Check that the settings match the item to be scanned If you cannot scan properly by automatically detecting the item type specify the item type and size When Scanning from the Operation Panel Refer to Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on the setting items when scanning from the operation panel When Scanning with IJ Scan Utility Scanning Documents Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Settings 748 Q Item Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted A When Document or Magazine is selected for Select Source deselect the Correct slanted text document checkbox and scan the item again Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog 749 Q Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor A Change the display setting in the application Refer to the application s manual for details If you have any questions contact the manufacturer of the application Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then change the resolution setting and scan again The higher the resolution the larger the
582. th the first administrator account created Important e If you install an older version of the scanner driver after installing a newer one the scanner driver may not operate properly In that case reinstall the newer scanner driver DJ Note e When installing multiple versions of the scanner driver install the older scanner driver first Related Topic Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver Installing the Scanner Driver 535 Installing the Scanner Driver Access our website via the Internet to download the latest scanner driver Follow these steps to install the downloaded scanner driver 1 Mount the disk Double click the downloaded disk image file The file is decompressed and the disk is mounted 2 Start the installer Double click the pkg file in the decompressed disk Installation starts 3 Install the driver Follow the prompts to install When the license agreement screen appears read the terms and click Continue If you do not accept the license agreement you cannot install this software If an authentication screen appears enter the administrator s name and password then click Install Software 4 Complete the installation The scanner driver is installed Set up the network environment if you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection Refer to Network Scan Settings for the set
583. the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages 491 J Note e When PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected images up to 9600 pixels x 9600 pixels can be scanned e When the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings or when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you can select JPEG Exif TIFF or PNG e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Create a PDF file that supports key
584. the OK button The Function list screen is displayed 4 Use the 4 button to select TEL number registration then press the OK button 5 Use the 4 button to select Directory registration then press the OK button 6 Use the 4 button to select a registration menu to change then press the OK button 7 Use the Y a button or the Numeric buttons to select a recipient or a group dial to change then press the OK button 8 Use the 4 button to select Edit then press the OK button 9 Change the registered information e To change an individual recipient When you want to change the recipient s name move the cursor to the entry field of name then change the recipient s name After pressing the OK button the cursor moves to the entry field of fax telephone numbers To register the changed recipient s name press the OK button again When you want to change the fax telephone number move the cursor to the entry field of fax telephone numbers then change the fax telephone number After pressing the OK button the changed number is registered To change a group dial When you want to change the group name move the cursor to the entry field of group name then change the group name After pressing the OK button the cursor moves to the list of the members To register the changed group name press the OK button again When you want to add the member to group or delete from group move the cursor to the list of the members t
585. the OK button e You can register the rejected number by selecting Function list on the Fax standby screen then selecting Rejected numbers under TEL number registration 647 Using the Caller ID Service to Reject Calls If you subscribe to the Caller ID service the machine detects the sender s Caller ID If the sender s ID matches the condition specified in this setting the machine rejects the phone call or fax reception from the sender DJ Note e This setting may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase Contact your telephone company to confirm whether it provides this service Specify the setting following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on JA 2 Select JA Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Device settings then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to select FAX settings then press the OK button 5 Use the amp button to select Security control then press the OK button 6 Use the button to select Caller rejection then press the OK button 7 Use the Y button to select Yes then press the OK button The Caller rejection conditions screen is displayed 8 Specify the rejection conditions Use the 4 button to select a setting item and use the A button to select Accept or Reject Anonymous no Selects whether to reject a phone call or fax reception from an anonymous number Out of area no Selects whether to r
586. the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 522 Image Stitch Window Click Stitch in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to display the Image Stitch window You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image You can scan items up to approximately twice as large as the platen 800 Image Stitch Select Output Size A3 A4 x 2 Scan Direction Scan from Left Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Imaget Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Adjust cropping frames 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 2 Toolbar 3 Thumbnail View Area 4 Preview Area J Note e The displayed items vary depending on the select source and view 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Select Output Size B4 B5 x 2 Scans the left and right halves of a B4 size item separately A3 A4 x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an A3 size item separately 11 x 17 Letter x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as Letter size separately Full Platen x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as the platen se
587. the machine press the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed When the previous screen is displayed confirm the paper size and the media type then register them to the machine e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the LCD Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Cancel Cancels printing Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying Change the paper settings then try printing again 806 Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting When you disable the message the machine starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and the cassette paper information registered to the machine are different e To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings Windows Cassette settings Mac Cassette settings Smartphone and so on e To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode Windows Changing the Printer Operation Mode Mac 807 2120 Cause The paper settings of the cassette is not complete
588. the printer driver You should also refer to this section if the printer driver cannot be installed Checking the Personal Computer Settings e Terminate all running applications e Log on as a user who has the administrator account The installer will prompt you to enter the name and password of the administrative user When multiple users are using Mac OS log on with the account of the administrator who registered first Important e When you upgrade Mac OS all printer drivers that were installed will be deleted If you plan to continue using this printer re install the latest printer driver Related Topics Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 404 Installing the Printer Driver You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver for your model The procedure for installing the downloaded printer driver is as follows 1 Mount the disk Double click the disk image file you have downloaded The file is unpacked and then the disk is mounted 2 Start the installer Double click PrinterDriver_XXX_YYY pkg where XXX is your model name and YYY is version contained in the disk 3 Start the installation Install the printer driver according to the messages on the screen When the Software License Agreement is displayed check the contents and click Continue If you do not agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement you cann
589. the right Function button the print settings confirmation screen is displayed On the print settings confirmation screen you can change the settings of page size media type and print quality and so on Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 4 Date specification By pressing the center Function button you can select photo with specifying the date last modified date of data Using Useful Display Functions 5 Change view By pressing the left Function button you can change the display method Using Useful Display Functions Note e If you specify the number of copies for each photo use the A button to display the photo you want to print and use the or button to specify the number of copies when the desired photo is displayed e You can also display the screen to specify the number of copies by pressing the OK button when the desired photo is displayed When the screen to specify the number of copies is displayed specify the number of copies by using the Numeric buttons Press the OK button to display the photo selection screen 6 Press the Color button The machine starts printing D gt Note e To cancel printing press the Stop button e You can add the print job by pressing the right Function button while printing Adding the Print Job Adding the Print Job You can display photo selection screen again and add the print job Reserve photo print while printing p
590. then click Edit 2 Enter the fax telephone number in the Rejected Number dialog then click OK e To change a rejected number 1 Select a code to change from the list then click Edit 2 Enter the fax telephone number in the Rejected Number dialog then click OK To delete a rejected number 1 Select a code to delete from the list then click Delete The selected fax telephone number is deleted D gt Note e To delete all fax telephone numbers on the list click Select All then Delete 626 Calling the Registered Information Up from Your Computer and Registering the Information to the Machine You can register the fax telephone numbers user s name user s fax telephone number and rejected numbers saved on the computer to the machine 1 Start up Speed Dial Utility 2 Select the machine from the Printer Name list box then click Display Printer Settings 3 Click Load from PC 4 Select the RSD file rsd to register to the machine 5 Click Open on the dialog 6 Click Register to Printer The registered information on the computer is registered to the machine 627 Uninstalling Speed Dial Utility Follow the procedure below to uninstall Speed Dial Utility 1 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder double click Canon Utilities gt Speed Dial Utility then drag the Speed Dial Utility icon into the trash Note e To reinstall Speed Dial Utility uninstall Speed Dial Utility then install
591. then the machine resumes printing from the next page where the paper was jammed As the page where the paper was jammed is not printed reprint if necessary When the paper is jammed while duplex printing or duplex copying is in progress it is possible that the printing or copying order is not as you expect if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning When the paper is jammed while layout printing 2 on 1 copying or 4 on 1 copying is in progress it is possible that some pages are not printed if you resume printing after clearing the paper jam error In this case cancel printing and reprint from the beginning If you turned off the machine while taking the appropriate action of the paper jam error All print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary DJ Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 786 2801 Cause The document is jammed in the ADF Action Remove the document following the procedure below 3 Important The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax or when the received fax or the u
592. ti Hl Scan and Sitch f J z Save Settings m Oder File Name IMG at ocr Save in B Pictures Data Format JPEG Exif 7 Ema JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application Ki Finder Send to an application 48 Preview Send to a folder None Attach to mail None Attach Manually Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults oss o T R 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Photo is selected Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK 477 Width inches 1 00 8 50 Height 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 Unit inches Cancel Defaults J Note e Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available Sharpen
593. tication method must match among the machine the access point and the computer Normally select Auto for the authentication method If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point gt How to Set an Encryption Key 678 Q When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Machine After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point A If the machine cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the machine was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point matches that set to the machine Cannot Communicate with the Machine After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point 679 Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Communication gt The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN 680 Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Communication If the machine could not be detected on the network when setting up the network communication confirm the network settings before redetecting the machine Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 D gt Note e You can set up the network communication via USB To set up via USB select the Set up the network connection via USB check box on the Check Printer Settings screen and click Next 681 Q Cannot D
594. ting procedure Important e Installation may fail if you click Go Back during the process In that case select Quit Installer from the Installer menu to exit the installer then start over the installation Scanner driver can be downloaded for free however Internet connection fees apply Related Topic Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver Before Installing the Scanner Driver 536 Useful Information on Scanning Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Resolution gt Data Formats 537 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Cropping is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it In the Image Stitch window you can specify a cropping frame on the image displayed in the Preview area Note e Refer to Help of Image Capture for how to adjust the cropping frames selection boxes in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen Initial Cropping Frame No cropping frame is specified When you select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox an active cropping frame is automatically specified around the image in the Preview area You can drag the cropping frame to specify the area When you perform a scan the image in the area specified with the cropping frame will be scanned Adjusting a Cropping Frame The cursor will change into N Arrow when it is positioned over a cropping fr
595. tings Save to PC Document Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog il General Settings Tab You can set the product to use file size restriction on e mail attachment language to detect text in images and folder in which to save images temporarily Settings General Settings Dialog 470 Settings Document Scan Dialog Tr Click Document Scan on the L Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Document Scan dialog In the Settings Document Scan dialog you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as documents eoo els ih Scan Options Select Source Color Mode Paper Size Resolution lt x p Image Processing Settings Save Settings File Name Save in Data Format POF Compression Settings Document Scan Document ADF Platen Color Letter 300 dpi Docurnent Scan Orientation Settings MG E Pictures PDF Multiple Pages Standard Vi Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application Send to an application Send to a folder _ J Attach to e mail Start OCR Do not start any application Instructions 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of i
596. tings of the access point click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the problem is not resolved select the Set up the network connection via USB check box on the Check Printer Settings screen and click Next to set up the network communication via USB 687 Q The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN A Make sure that the machine is turned on Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to Disable LAN When the machine is connected to the computer temporarily using a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is connected properly When you set up the wireless LAN connection or change the wireless LAN settings using IJ Network Tool through USB connection make sure that the machine is connected to the computer with a USB cable securely Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable Make sure that the machine setup is completed If not perform setup according to the instructions on our website When using IJ Network Tool click Update to search for the machine again Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Make sure that the network settings in the machine are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the machine settings
597. tings of the network device vary depending on your system environment For details refer to the manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer Check if your device supports IEEE802 11n 2 4 GHz IEEE802 11g or IEEE802 11b If your device is set to the IEEE802 11n only mode WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security protocol Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or change the setting to something other than IEEE802 11n only The connection between your device and the access point will be temporarily disabled while changing the setting Do not operate the screen of this guide until the setup is complete For office use consult your network administrator Take added care when connecting to a network that is not protected with security measures as there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party Connection without Using an Access Point D Important If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access point mode the connection between the device and access point will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data connection charges may apply depending on your contract e When you connect a device and the printer in access point mode the connection informatio
598. tints that most people prefer 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the document data is printed with the specified color correction Important e Depending on the application software when a printing ICC profile is specified from that application software Canon Color Matching cannot be selected because ColorSync is selected automatically The Quality amp Media setting is necessary even when ColorSync or Canon Color Matching is selected Related Topics Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver 368 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver 369 Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data When people print images taken with digital cameras they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones you must select a printing method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose Color Management Devices such as digital cameras scanners monitors and printers handle color differently Color management color matching is a method that manages device dependent colors as a common color space For Mac OS a color management system called ColorSync is built into th
599. tion as Configuration in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default 292 Set up printer s wireless LAN You can change the access point mode settings Perform settings following the message on the screen If you change the Encryption Method setting and the Password setting on the Set up printer s wireless LAN screen the changed settings are applied to the printer settings DJ Note e You can use this function only when you are using a computer compatible with the wireless LAN 4 Help menu Instructions Displays this guide 293 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the wireless LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wireless LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USB appearing in the Connected to column 3 Click the Configuration butt
600. tion is filed Redistribution You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium with or without modifications and in Source or Object form provided that You meet the following conditions 1 You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License and 2 You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files and 3 You must retain in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute all copyright patent trademark and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works and 4 If the Work includes a NOTICE text file as part of its distribution then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works in at least one of the following places within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works within the Source form or documentation if provided along with the Derivative Works or within a display generated by the Derivative Works if and wherever such third party notices normally appear The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
601. tion is set An administrator password is already specified for the machine at the time of purchase For details About the Administrator Password Setting the Administrator Password Restricting the Operation 336 Setting the Administrator Password You can specify or disable the administrator password Specifying the administrator password requires you to enter the password to change the machine settings or connection settings Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items in the following menus e ECO settings Quiet setting e Web service setup FAX settings LAN settings e Device user settings e Language selection Firmware update Administrator password setting e Operation restrictions Reset setting Follow the procedure below to specify the administrator password 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on JA 2 Select ii Setup on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel 3 Select Lee Device settings then press the OK button 4 Use the 4 button to select Administrator password setting then press the OK button 5 When the confirmation screen to specify the administrator password is displayed then select Yes and press the OK button 6 Check the message then press the OK button 7 Select the range where the administrator password is valid Remote UI Network Tool Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting ite
602. tions Paper Size Use Device Setting s ca Save ta PC Document Resolution Use Device Setting mi Attach to E mad Photo Save Settings File Name IMG PAG ee zn om bed ye Save in ij Pictures Data Format Use Device Setting JPEG Image Quality Standard _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application Me Finder 7 _ Send to an application 45 Preview _ end to a folder None _ Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults 565 6 Select the application you want to start after scanning in Application Settings eoa Settings Save to PC Photo pa if Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting m y repel Save to PC Document Resolution Use Device Setting Ti Attach to E maz Photo Save Settings File Name IMG m OO n bed at Save in D Pictures Data Format Use Device Setting JPEG Image Quality Standard _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application Send to an application a Preview Send to a folder None C Bo not start any application More Functions instructions Defaults 7 Click OK The responses will be executed according to the specified settings when you start scanning from the operation panel 566 Faxing Preparing for Faxing Sending Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine
603. tive disc labels may not be scanned as expected e Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly Refer to Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer for how to place items e When scanning two or more documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder place documents of the same size even if Auto is set Note To convert text in the image into text data after scanning specify Select Source instead of selecting Auto e To reduce moire set Select Source to Magazine Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Note e Only Color is available when Select Source is Auto Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK Width inches 1 00 8 50 Height 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 Unit inches Cancel Defaults Note e Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto e Click Defaults in the screen in which you can specify the paper size to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution D gt Note e Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto e Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is se
604. to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in DJ Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 493 Settings OCR Dialog Q Click OCR on the L Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings OCR dialog In the Settings OCR dialog you can make advanced settings for extracting text from scanned images eo0oo9 Iela if aa Document Scan BM Proto sean E custom sen E Scan and Stitch S Oever Gz E mail Instructions Scan Options Settings OCR Select Source Calor Mode Paper Size Resolution lt z Image Processing Settings Save Settings File Name Save in Data Format JPEG Image Quality S
605. to the machine s directory 339 7 Press the left Function button The operation restrictions you selected are enabled D Note If you disable all restrictions select Cancel operation restrictions in step 5 and press the OK button When the confirmation screen is displayed select Yes then press the OK button To disable each operation restriction select the item in step 6 press the OK button select Do not restrict then press the OK button 340 About the Administrator Password An administrator password canon is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase Important e For security reasons it is recommended to change the password before you use the printer e You can change the password using one of the tools below Some tools may not be available depending on the printer you are using operation panel of the printer e IJ Network Tool e printer information screen displayed on some Canon application software e When you change the password use 0 to 32 alphanumeric characters e If the password has been changed while you are sharing the printer and you do not know the password ask the administrator of the printer you are using e The password reverts to the default setting by initializing the printer settings 341 Printing Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Paper setting for Printing 342 Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Application Software that
606. ts own even if you do not do anything A third party may be able to illegally use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services On the printer s Home screen select il Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac If you are using iOS or Mac and the password contains the symbol enter a backslash instead For instructions on entering a backslash see the OS help 100 What is a Security code A Security code identifies the user when multiple other users are sharing the same printer Important e If you do not set a Security code another user may use your account e This code is valid only when you use MAXIFY Cloud Link from the printer operation panel You cannot use this code when you access the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from your smartphone tablet or computer 101 Printing with Google Cloud Print The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc By using Google Cloud Print you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print 1 Preparations for Printing with Google Cl
607. tus on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 197 The Current estimated ink levels screen can also be displayed by selecting Setup in the HOME To display and print the model number of the ink tank select Ink number by pressing the right Maintenance gt When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Machine 198 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Maintenance Procedure gt Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Manually 199 Maintenance Procedure If print results are blurred colors are not printed correctly or print results are unsatisfactory e g misaligned printed ruled lines perform the maintenance procedure below DJ Note e Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven Print the nozzle check pattern From the machine Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern From the computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern Clean the print head From the machin
608. ty that enables you to display and modify the machine network settings It is installed when the machine is set up Important To use the machine over LAN make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type such as an access point or a LAN cable Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access Starting up IJ Network Tool 1 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder double click Canon Utilities gt IJ Network Tool and double click the Canon IJ Network Tool icon Depending on the printer you are using an administrator password is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase When you change the network settings authentication by the administrator password is required For details About the Administrator Password For improving security it is recommended to change the administrator password Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet 289 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen a0 Canon lj Network Tool Modei MAC Address Type Connected to n 3 eae E 4 if the printer to be used could not be det
609. u can set the range of pages to be printed Paper Size Select the size of the paper to be used for printing To set a non standard size select Manage Custom Sizes Orientation Select the print orientation Pop up Menu You can switch between pages in the Print dialog by the pop up menu The first menu to appear differs depending on the application software that opened the Print dialog You can choose one of the following items from the pop up menu 387 Layout You can set page layout printing Use Reverse page orientation to change the paper orientation and use Flip horizontally to print a mirror image of the document You can also set duplex printing Color Matching You can select the color correction method Paper Handling You can set the pages to be printed on paper and the print order Cover Page You can output cover pages both before and after a document Scheduler You can set the print start time and print priorities Quality amp Media You can set basic print settings that match the printer Color Options You can adjust the print colors as you desire Margin You can set the stapling side and the stapling margin Supply Levels A rough indication of the remaining ink level is displayed Summary The selected items in the Print dialog are displayed Important e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 you cannot use Scheduler and Summary PDF Y
610. un out we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings to store the received fax in the machine s memory After you replace the ink tank and select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings the fax stored in the machine s memory will be printed automatically Auto print settings o Paper has run out 637 Load the paper and press the OK button A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size then press the OK button You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a fax Press the HOME button and select FAX to resume printing of the fax 2 Note The machine can store up to max 250 pages max 30 documents of faxes in the machine s memory When using ITU T No 1 chart Standard mode If the machine s memory becomes full during memory reception only pages which already have been received are stored in the memory Print the received faxes stored in the machine s memory save them on the USB flash drive or forward received faxes to the shared folder on the computer then delete them from the machine s memory and have the sender resend the faxes Document Stored in Machine s Memory 638 Receiving Faxes Using Useful Functions Saving Received Faxes Automatically on a USB Flash Drive Forwarding Received Faxes Automatically to Sha
611. under FAX settings is set to ON For details see Sending Faxes after Checking Information Checking the Recipient s Information Reception has been rejected because the fax matches the fax rejection condition specified by FAX reception reject in Security control under FAX settings For details see Rejecting Fax Reception If the machine receives a fax under one of the following conditions the machine will not be able to print the reports When the problem is resolved as described the reports are printed automatically e The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a report Replace the ink tank gt Replacing an Ink Tank e Paper has run out Load the paper and press the OK button A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size then press the OK button e You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a report Press the HOME button and select FAX to resume printing of the report 765 A Message Is Displayed This section describes some of the errors or messages DJ Note e A Support Code error number is displayed on the computer or on the LCD for some error or message For details on errors with Support Codes refer to Support Code List If a message is displayed on the LCD see below e A Message Is Displayed on the LCD If a message is displayed on the computer see below
612. ure appropriate for each case If the paper is jammed inside the front cover gt 1300 If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover 1303 If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover as the machine pulled in the printed paper 1313 If the paper is jammed inside the rear cover when automatic duplex printing 1314 If the document is jammed in the ADF 2801 Cases other than above n Other Cases 773 1300 Cause Paper is jammed inside the front cover Action If the paper is jammed inside the front cover remove the paper following the procedure below 3 Important The power cannot be turned off while the machine is sending or receiving a fax or when the received fax or the unsent fax are stored in the machine s memory Make sure that the machine has completed sending or receiving all the faxes before unplugging the power cord If you unplug the power cord all the faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted J Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing press the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Open the front cover J Important e Do not touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can be damaged 2 Make sure that the jammed paper is not under the print head holder If the jammed paper is under the print head
613. uter Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Photo Scan dialog Custom Scans items with your favorite settings and saves the images to a computer The item type can be automatically detected Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Custom Scan dialog Stitch Displays the Image Stitch window in which you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine the scanned images back into one image Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog Driver Allows you to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Driver dialog OCR Scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in a specified application 467 Scan save settings and applications can be specified in the Settings OCR dialog E mail You can send scanned images via e mail Scan save settings and applications can be specified in the Settings E mail dialog Instructions Opens this guide Settings Displays the Settings dialog in which you can specify the scan save settings and the response after scanning 468 Settings Dialog Fn PON There are three tabs in the Settings dialog L Scanning from a Computer as Scanning from the Operation Pa
614. utomatic head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment The procedure for performing automatic print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Select Test Print from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Click the Print Head Alignment icon A message is displayed 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette DJ Note The number of sheets to be used differs when you select the manual head alignment If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 4 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head Print head alignment starts D Important e Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress Note e Wait until printing ends before performing other operations Printing takes about 3 to 4 minutes to complete Note After head alignment is completed you can print and check the current setting To do so
615. utomatic redialing is complete all faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted and not sent Resend the document 669 Errors When You Receive a Fax If an error occurs when you receive a fax the error number is printed on RX REPORT or ACTIVITY REPORT there are some errors for which the cause is also printed The causes corresponding to the error numbers are as follows 003 It takes too long to receive a page l 037 Memory is full 046 Reception has been rejected due to the specified fax rejection condition 099 The Stop button was pressed during reception 995 The received fax was deleted Contact the sender and have the sender divide the fax or set the image quality Fax resolution to a lower setting and resend it When receiving a fax manually the machine could not detect the signals from the sender s fax machine Contact the sender and have the sender resend it or set the machine to receive the fax automatically The machine could not receive a fax because its memory is full Delete contents in memory then ask the sender to resend the fax See Document Stored in Machine s Memory Reception has been rejected because the fax matches the fax rejection condition specified by FAX reception reject in Security control under FAX settings For details see Rejecting Fax Reception The Stop button was pressed to cancel reception of the fax Contact the sender and have the sender res
616. utomatically ejected 588 Setting Items for Sending Faxes You can specify the settings of the scan contrast and the scan resolution on the Fax standby screen TEL priority 05 05 12 20 TX image quality settings Na Enter the number ScanRes Standard Contrast A RENEE A B Function list Memory in use 13 Directory A Redial OK End setup Use the 4 button to change the setting item and use the A button to change the setting e ScanRes The following settings of the scan resolution are selectable Standard Suitable for text only documents Fine Suitable for fine print documents Extra fine Suitable for detailed illustration or fine print quality documents If the recipient s fax machine is not compatible with Extra fine 300 x 300 dpi the fax will be sent in the Standard or Fine resolution Photo Suitable for photographs Note e When sending a color fax documents are always scanned in the same resolution 200 x 200 dpi The image quality compression rate is determined by which scan resolution is selected except that Extra fine and Photo provide the same image quality e Contrast You can a setting of the scan contrast from Lower Standard and Higher The LCD returns to the Fax standby screen when you finish specifying the setting and pressing the OK button 589 Sending Faxes Using Useful Functions Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone Sending a Fax to the Registered Recipient
617. ver 194 After replacing the ink tanks the machine starts mixing the ink automatically Wait until the machine has stopped making operating noise This takes about 1 to 2 minutes 3 Note e If the error message appears on the LCD take appropriate action A Message Is Displayed e If the print head is out of alignment as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar symptoms align the print head e The machine may make noise during operation 195 Checking the Ink Status Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Machine You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 196 Checking the Ink Status with the LCD on the Machine 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and display the HOME screen If the HOME screen is not displayed press the HOME button to display it 2 Press the center Function button on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level Current estimated ink levels mela Y BK C M OK Back Ink number Example i Ink tank is running low Prepare a new ink tank D Note The above screen shows estimated ink levels screen and selecting Estimated ink levels in the setup menu Function button You can also check the ink status on a screen of the LCD displayed while printing You can also check the ink sta
618. vice center 234 Changing the Machine Settings Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD Registering the Favorite Settings Custom profiles Checking the Total Number of Uses of the Machine 235 Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Registering a Changed Printing Profile Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 236 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model 1 Select Ink Level Information from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility An illustration of the ink types and their status is displayed If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs the printer driver displays an icon to let you know 2 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related information D gt Note e Ink Details is displayed when the ink level is low Click to check which ink tank your model uses e Click Update to display the current remaining ink level 237 Registering a Changed Printing Profile You can name and register the printing profile you made in the Print Dialog The registered printing profile can be called up from Presets to be used You can also delete the unnecessary printing profile The procedure f
619. vironment such as when the temperature and humidity are either too high or too low In this case reduce the number of document pages to approximately half of the loading capacity If the document still jams use the platen glass instead e If the original is jammed in the ADF from the paper feed side If the document is jammed in the document output slot close the document tray as shown in the figure below and pull out the document When rescanning the document after clearing the error rescan it from the first page If you cannot remove the document or the document tears inside the machine or if the document jam error continues after removing the document contact the service center 813 4100 Cause The specified data cannot be printed Action When you print the contents on CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM confirm the message on the computer screen make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks are installed properly for all colors then start printing again 814 4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with the current print settings Action Press the machine s Stop button to cancel printing Then change the print settings and print again 815 5011 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center D Important e If
620. w for manual redialing 587 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load documents on the platen glass or in the ADF Se 3 Select Bims FAX on the HOME screen LCD and Operation Panel The Fax standby screen is displayed 4 Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary Setting Items for Sending Faxes 5 Press the right Function button The Redial screen is displayed 0567891234 0678912345 0789123456 0891234567 0912345678 0987654321 OK Set 6 Use the 4 button to select the recipient s number to redial then press the OK button 7 Press the Color button for color transmission or the Black button for black amp white transmission Important e Color transmission is available only when the recipient s fax machine supports color faxing Note e For manual redialing the machine memorizes up to 10 recent recipients dialed by entering the fax telephone numbers Note that the machine does not memorize any recipients dialed using the redial function or selecting from the directory To cancel manual redialing press the Stop button To cancel a fax transmission while it is in progress press the Stop button then follow the instructions on the LCD e If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress Document in ADF Select to eject document is displayed on the LCD By pressing the OK button the remaining documents are a
621. weighing 4 4 Ib 2 0 kg or more on the platen glass Do not put any pressure of 4 4 Ib 2 0 kg or more on the platen glass such as pressing down the original Failure to observe the above may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break 3 Close the document cover gently 33 Important After loading the original on the platen glass be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy fax or scan 181 Loading Documents in the ADF Auto Document Feeder Note e To scan a document at optimum quality load it on the platen glass 1 Make sure that any original has been removed from the platen glass 2 Open the document tray y 3 Insert the document in the document tray until you hear a beep sound Load the document WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING UP in the document tray Originals You Can Load Note e When you set the alarm to be silent in Sound control of Device user settings the alarm will not beep even if the document is inserted in the document tray Device user settings 4 Adjust the document guides A to match the width of the document Do not slide the document guides too hard against the document The document may not be fed properly 182 How to Load Originals for Each Function Load the original in the correct position according to the function to use If you do not load the original correctly it may not be scanned properly Loading
622. word search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format DJ Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Enable large image scans Select this checkbox to scan images up to 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels and 1 8 GB Important e When this checkbox is selected you cannot select Send to an application Send to a folder Attach to e mail or Start OCR Note e When this checkbox is not selected images up to 10208 pixels x 14032 pixels can be scanned 492 Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning 2 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you
623. work are displayed You can select up to three scanners and printers in total at the same time Important e You cannot use over the network if Bonjour is disabled Enable Bonjour on your scanner or printer 518 e If you have changed the Bonjour service name after selecting your scanner or printer by Bonjour service name reopen the network selection screen and select the new Bonjour service name from Scanners J Note If the Bonjour service name of your scanner or printer does not appear or cannot be selected check the following click OK to close the screen then reopen it and try selecting again The scanner driver is installed e Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the scanner driver e Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear refer to Problems with Network Communication for your model from Home of the Online Manual 519 Save Settings Dialog Select the Check scan results checkbox in Save Settings of the Settings dialog to display the Save Settings dialog after scanning You can specify the data format and destination while viewing the thumbnails of scan results Save Settings _ Save Settings menm T 3 Save in E Pictures Data Format JPEG Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date Cancel l OK 1 Preview Operatio
624. xtending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default Energy Star The Energy Star programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of energy efficient models which help to minimise environmental impact Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star programme for both environmental benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star logo accordingly Paper types This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper certified to an environmental stewardship scheme which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard In addition it can support printing on media down to a weight of 64g m2 lighter paper means less resources used and a lower environmental footprint for your printing needs Regulatory Model Code RMC is for identification and proof that the product complies with the regulations Please note that RMC is different from the marketing model number of the product 3 136 CE Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Machine LCD and Operation Panel Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 138 Main Components gt Front View gt Rear View gt Inside View Operation Panel 139 Front View 11 10 1 operation panel Use to change the settings of the machine or to operate it Operation Panel 2 ADF Auto Document Feeder Load a
625. y be solved You can access our website and download the latest printer driver for your model Important e You can download the printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility Related Topics Before Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 402 Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List A Canon IJ Printer that you no longer use can be deleted from the printer list Before deleting the Canon IJ Printer disconnect the cable that connects the printer to the computer The procedure to delete the unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the printer list is as follows You cannot delete the Canon IJ Printer unless you are logged in as a user with the administrative right For information about an administrative user refer to the user s manual for the Mac OS 1 Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print amp Scan or Print amp Fax 2 Delete the Canon IJ Printer from the printer list From the printer list select the Canon IJ Printer to be deleted and then click Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears J Note e Even if a Canon IJ Printer is deleted from the printer list you can re register it automatically by connecting the printer and your computer with a USB cable 403 Before Installing the Printer Driver This section describes the items that you should check before installing
626. y registered the recipients Not available is displayed next to the ID number If you already registered the group dial the registered group name is displayed 7 Use the Y A button to select an unregistered ID number then press the OK button The screen to register the group name and the member of the group is displayed 609 Directory 03 Group name OK Apply 8 Enter the group name 1 Use the 4 button to move the cursor to the entry field of group name 2 Enter the group name Directory 03 Group name Na Friend 1 OK Apply 123 oa Space 3 Press the OK button D Note e You can enter the name up to 16 characters including spaces Entering Numbers Letters and Symbols 9 Register the members 1 Ensure that Member is displayed 2 Press the left Function button The machine s directory is displayed 3 Choose a member to register Display by name Display by ID number Enter first letter Directory 00 L George 01 Alice 02 D V Michael 00 L George 01 Alice 02 D V Michael 04 B Dylan ABC Find by ID Find by initial 610 By entering the initial letter using the Numeric By entering the ID number using the Numeric buttons the registered recipients are sorted by buttons the registered recipients are searched by ID name number Use the amp button to select a member then press Use the amp W button to select a member then press the OK button the
627. y the confirmation screen when information is sent The survey program is turned on Turn off If you wish to turn off this program click Turn off Do not display the confirmation screen when information is sent If the check box is selected the information will be sent automatically If the check box is not selected the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey Click the icon then follow the on screen instructions Turn off Turn on button Click the Turn off button to stop the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Click the Turn on button to restart the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 769 If You Cannot Resolve the Problem If you cannot resolve the problem with any of the workarounds in this chapter please contact the seller of the machine or the service center Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers Ay Caution e If the machine emits any unusual sound smoke or odor turn it off immediately Unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact the seller or the service center Never attempt to repair or disassemble the machine yourself e Attempts by customers to repair or take apart the machine will invalidate any warranty regardless of whether the warranty has expired Before contacting the service center confirm the following e Product name
628. yed 5 Use the 4 button to select Print reports lists then press the OK button 6 Use the 4 button to select Directory list then press the OK button 7 Use the 4 button to select an item to print then press the OK button e If you selected Recipient The confirmation screen to select whether to print the list in alphabetical order of the registered names is displayed If you select Yes Prints RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST with the destination names in alphabetical order If you select No Prints RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST with the registered entries in numerical order If you selected Group dial The printing confirmation screen is displayed Select Yes using the button and press the OK button to print GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO LIST 614 Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility About Speed Dial Utility Speed Dial Utility is a utility for forwarding the fax telephone numbers registered on the machine to a computer and registering changing them on the computer In addition you can register the fax telephone number user s name user s fax telephone number and rejected numbers edited on the computer to the machine You can also save them on the computer as a backup For safety reasons it is recommended that you backup the registered data on the computer using Speed Dial Utility Starting Up Speed Dial Utility Speed Dial Utility Dialog Saving Registered Information on the Machine
629. yed on the preview screen Data edited or processed on a computer must be printed from the computer 766 The specified PDF file contains unprintable data Some portions may not be printed PDF file which contain lot of graphics or hi resolution images may lose that data or stop before printing is completed In this case print from the computer Check the page size and select E The size of the loaded paper is different from that specified in the paper size setting Load the same size of paper as that specified in the paper size setting then press the OK button Power was not turned off correctly the last time Press the button when turning power off The power cord may have been unplugged last while the machine was still on Press the OK button to dismiss the error D gt Note e See Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord for unplugging the power cord The power cord has been unplugged and unsent received docs in memory have been lost A power failure has occurred or the power cord has been unplugged when the faxes are stored in the machine s memory D Important e If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord all faxes stored in the machine s memory are deleted e For details on how to unplug the power cord see Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord Press the OK button After pressing the OK button the list of the faxes deleted from the machine s memory MEMORY CLEAR REPORT will be printed Fo
630. you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document 502 Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Select the d
631. you want to register 46 Register apps Creative Park paper craft CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM Christmas card DJ Note e Description of displayed icons ia Can be used with genuine Canon ink 6 Select Register CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM greeting card This app is available exclusively to users of genuine Canon inks You can print various greeting Register The registration is completed and the app is added to the apps list To register another app repeat the procedure from step 5 To end the app registration select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen Important Some apps may require a linked app account before you can use the app If this is the case set up an account beforehand Delete apps You can delete unnecessary apps from the apps list Follow the steps described below to delete apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Add delete Manage 47 3 Select Delete registered apps Register apps Delete apps Sort 4 From the apps list select the app that you want to delete Delete apps WAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums DJ Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model ia Can be used with genuine Canon ink
632. ypes of characters that can be used e The displayed printer s e mail address and the URL of the login page are not sent Be sure to write down the printer s e mail address and the URL of the login page before closing the screen 124 Timezone List UTC 12 00 International Date Line West UTC 06 00 Guadalajara Mexico City Monterrey Saskatchewan Central America Central Time US amp Canada UTC 05 00 Indiana East Bogota Lima Quito Eastern Time US amp Canada Caracas UTC 04 00 Asuncion Santiago Georgetown La Paz San Juan Manaus Atlantic Time Canada Newfoundland UTC 03 00 Cayenne Greenland Buenos Aires Brasilia Montevideo UTC 02 00 Mid Atlantic UTC 01 00 Azores Cape Verde Is UTC 00 00 Casablanca Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London Monrovia Reykjavik Coordinated Universal Time Amsterdam Berlin Bern Rome Stockholm Vienna Sarajevo Skopje Warsaw Zagreb Brussels UTC 01 00 oa Copenhagen Madrid Paris Belgrade Bratislava Budapest Ljubljana Prague West Central Africa UTC 02 00 Athens Bucharest Istanbul Amman Windhoek Jerusalem Cairo Harare Pretoria Beirut Helsinki Kyiv Riga Sofia Tallinn Vilnius Minsk UTC 03 00 Kuwait Riyadh Tbilisi Nairobi Baghdad Moscow St Petersburg Volgograd Tehran UTC 04 00 Abu Dhabi Muscat Yerevan Baku Port Louis Kabul Islamabad Karachi Ekaterinburg Tashkent Sri Jayawardenepura Chenna

Settings - CNET Content Solutions

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents